Prepared and filed by St Ives Financial

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 29, 2006

   

UNITED STATES

   
   
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
   
   
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
   
   
FORM 20-F
   
  (Mark One)
   
 
REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b)
   
   
OR 12(g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
   
   
OR
   
 
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
   
   
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
   
   
For the fiscal year ended 31 DECEMBER 2005
   
   
OR
   
 
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
   
   

THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

   
   
For the transition period from ______________ to ______________
   
   
   
   
Commission file number 1-4546
   
   
   
   

UNILEVER PLC

   
   

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

   
   

ENGLAND
   
   
(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
   
   

UNILEVER HOUSE, BLACKFRIARS, LONDON, ENGLAND
   
   
(Address of principal executive offices)
   
   
   







  Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:    
 
 
  Title of each class Name of each exchange on which registered  
 
 
  American shares (evidenced by Depositary Receipts) New York Stock Exchange  
       
  each representing four Ordinary Shares of the nominal amount of 1.4p each    
 
 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
(Title of class)

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:
None
(Title of class)

 
 
  The total number of outstanding shares of the Registrant’s capital at the close of the period covered by the Annual Report was 2 911 458 580 ordinary shares  
 
 
  Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 of 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  
     
 
  Yes                        No
 
     
 
Indicate by check mark which financial statement item the Registrant has elected to follow.
 
     
 
Item 17                Item 18
 

 


Back to Contents


Back to Contents

Our corporate purpose

Unilever’s mission is to add vitality to life. We meet everyday needs for nutrition, hygiene and personal care with brands that help people feel good, look good and get more out of life.

Our deep roots in local cultures and markets around the world give us our strong relationship with consumers and are the foundation for our future growth. We will bring our wealth of knowledge and international expertise to the service of local consumers – a truly multi-local multinational.

Our long-term success requires a total commitment to exceptional standards of performance and productivity, to working together effectively, and to a willingness to embrace new ideas and learn continuously.

To succeed also requires, we believe, the highest standards of corporate behaviour towards everyone we work with, the communities we touch, and the environment on which we have an impact.

This is our road to sustainable, profitable growth, creating long-term value for our shareholders, our people, and our business partners.


Back to Contents

 

  Contents

 

 
 
  Report of the Directors 03

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
  Financial statements 73

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
 
  Shareholder information 179

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 01

Back to Contents

At a glance

 

Turnover (€ million)
Continuing operations
      Operating profit (€ million)
Continuing operations
         
 Europe    The Americas    Asia Africa        Europe    The Americas    Asia Africa
         
     
         

Earnings per share and dividends(a) 

 2005    2004

Per Ordinary €0.51 share of
Unilever N.V. (€)(b)
  Per Ordinary 1.4p share of
Unilever PLC
(€ cents)
  Per Ordinary 1.4p share of
Unilever PLC
(pence)
         
   
         
         
Per €0.51 New York share of
Unilever N.V. ($)(b)
      Per 5.6p American Depositary Receipt of
Unilever PLC ($)
         
     

 

(a) Earnings per share are stated on a total operations basis. Dividend figures for each year comprise dividends declared or proposed for that year. Under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs), dividends are only recorded against the year in which they become payable. For further information please refer to note 35 on page 145.
(b) For Unilever N.V. share capital, the euro amounts shown above and elsewhere in this document are representations in euros on the basis of Article 67c of Book 2 of the Civil Code in the Netherlands, rounded to two decimal places, of underlying share capital in Dutch guilders, which have not been converted into euros in Unilever N.V.’s Articles of Association. Until conversion formally takes place by amendment of the Articles of Association, the entitlements to dividends and voting rights are based on the euro equivalent of the underlying Dutch guilder according to the official euro exchange rate. The term ‘shares’ as used in this document should, with respect to shares issued by Unilever N.V., be construed to include depositary receipts for shares issued by Stichting Administratiekantoor Unilever N.V., unless the context otherwise requires or unless it is clear from the nature of the notification that this is not the case. For further information please refer to page 44.
(c) Rounded to two decimal places.
(d) Actual dividends payable for 2005 on Unilever N.V. New York shares and American Depositary Receipts of Unilever PLC may differ from those shown above, which include final dividend values calculated using the rates of exchange ruling on 8 February 2006 (€1.00 = $1.1948, £1.00 = $1.7427).

 

02 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Report of the Directors

 

General information 04  
Chairman’s foreword 05  
Group Chief Executive 06  
About Unilever 09  
Financial and operating reviews 15  
Risk management 31  
Corporate governance 33  
Reports of Board committees 51  

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 03

Back to Contents

General information

 

The Unilever Group
Unilever N.V. (NV) is a public limited company registered in the Netherlands, which has listings of shares or certificates (depositary receipts) of NV on the stock exchanges in Amsterdam, New York, Frankfurt and Zürich.

Unilever PLC (PLC) is a public limited company registered in England which has shares listed on the London Stock Exchange and, as American Depositary Receipts, on the New York Stock Exchange.

The two parent companies, NV and PLC, together with their group companies, operate as a single economic entity (the Unilever Group, also referred to as Unilever or the Group). NV and PLC and their group companies constitute a single reporting entity for the purposes of presenting consolidated accounts. Accordingly, the accounts of the Unilever Group are presented by both NV and PLC as their respective consolidated accounts.

Publications
This publication is produced in both Dutch and English and comprises the full Annual Report and Accounts for 2005 of the Unilever Group. This document complies with Netherlands and United Kingdom regulations. It also forms the basis of the NV and PLC Annual Reports on Form 20-F to the Securities and Exchange Commission in the United States for the year ended 31 December 2005, and cross references to Form 20-F are set out on page 191. It is made available to all shareholders who request or elect to receive it, and on our website at
www.unilever.com/investorcentre.

The separate publication, ‘Unilever Annual Review 2005’, containing a Summary Financial Statement with figures expressed in euros, with translations into pounds sterling and US dollars, is also published in Dutch and English. It is a short form document that is prepared in accordance with the United Kingdom regulations for Summary Financial Statements. The Unilever Annual Review 2005 is mailed to all registered shareholders and to other shareholders who are either entitled or have asked to receive it, and is also made available on the website at
www.unilever.com/investorcentre.

Accounting standards
With effect from 1 January 2005, Unilever adopted International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the EU, with a transition date of 1 January 2004. For further details of this change please refer to note 35 on page 144. For Unilever, there are currently no differences between IFRSs as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (IASB) and IFRSs as adopted by the EU, and therefore no reconciliation is presented.

Reporting currency and exchange rates
Details of key exchange rates used in preparation of these accounts are given on page 156, together with Noon Buying Rates in New York for the equivalent dates.

Basis of discussion and analysis
In parts of this document, notably the Group Chief Executive’s discussion on pages 6 and 7 and the review of operations by region on pages 26 to 28, discussion of performance is based on constant rates of exchange. This removes the impact of currency movements on translation into euros, and more clearly portrays the underlying performance of the operations themselves. The constant rate used is the annual average rate for the prior year. The year-on-year trend in euros is the same as that which would arise if the results were shown in sterling or US dollars at constant exchange rates.

is used in this report to denote amounts in euros.

£ and p are used in this report to denote amounts in pounds sterling and pence respectively.

Fl. is used in this report to denote amounts in Dutch guilders.

$ is used in this report to denote amounts in United States dollars, except where specifically stated otherwise.

The brand names shown in italics in this report are trademarks owned by or licensed to companies within the Unilever Group.

Cautionary statement
This document may contain forward-looking statements, including ‘forward-looking statements’ within the meaning of the United States Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Words such as ‘expects’, ‘anticipates’, ‘intends’ or the negative of these terms and other similar expressions of future performance or results and their negatives are intended to identify such forward looking statements. These forward-looking statements are based upon current expectations and assumptions regarding anticipated developments and other factors affecting the Group. They are not historical facts, nor are they guarantees of future performance. Because these forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, there are important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements, including, among others, competitive pricing and activities, consumption levels, costs, the ability to maintain and manage key customer relationships and supply chain sources, currency values, interest rates, the ability to integrate acquisitions and complete planned divestitures, physical risks, environmental risks, the ability to manage regulatory, tax and legal matters and resolve pending matters within current estimates, legislative, fiscal and regulatory developments, political, economic and social conditions in the geographic markets where the Group operates and new or changed priorities of the Boards. Further details of potential risks and uncertainties affecting the Group are described in the Group’s filings with the London Stock Exchange, Euronext Amsterdam and the US Securities and Exchange Commission, including the Annual Report and Accounts on Form 20-F. These forward-looking statements speak only as of the date of this document. Except as required by any applicable law or regulation, the Group expressly disclaims any obligation or undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained herein to reflect any change in the Group’s expectations with regard thereto or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based.


 

04 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Report of the Directors

Chairman’s foreword

 

2005 was the first year when Patrick and I worked together as respectively Group Chief Executive and Chairman. I've been delighted with how successfully our combination has developed.

I’d like to congratulate Patrick and his Executive, as well as all the staff at Unilever, for the progress made during the year. Although there is still work to do to release the full growth potential of our powerful portfolio of brands, the business has stabilised its aggregate market share, a key objective in 2005.

To ensure the business has the best structure and governance processes to deliver long-term shareholder value in the top third of our peer group, I set myself three objectives at the start of last year. These were reviewing Unilever’s dual NV/PLC structure, evaluating its corporate governance procedures and preparing for a series of Board departures over the next couple of years.

Dual structure strengths
The review of Unilever’s structure, which I led with the support of two Non-Executive Directors, as well as a team of leading independent financial and legal advisers, involved over six months of hard work. As one independent adviser commented: “It was one of the most exhaustive and thorough reviews that I have seen undertaken”.

Three important principles guided the review. First, Unilever’s commercial operations should be advanced and not prejudiced by any change. Second, any change should have tangible benefits for shareholders. Lastly, any change should improve transparency and flexibility. These principles were designed to ensure that any resulting structure serves the best interests of both the business and our shareholders.

Based on these criteria and an in-depth analysis, the Boards unanimously concluded that Unilever’s current dual structure, with some important changes, meets the needs of the business for the foreseeable future. While this conclusion might seem somewhat unexpected in an age of constant change, it is totally consistent with the review’s three guiding principles. The current structure has been and still serves as a framework by which we can benefit from the best of many cultures and influences.

Moving to a unitary structure would not only be costly and disruptive to the business but in our case would not yield the material advantages to justify it. As a result of changes made to our Boards and leadership structures at the beginning of 2005, Unilever already has operational and governance unity, with a single Chairman, a single Board with a majority of Non-Executive Directors, a single Group Chief Executive and one Executive team. The current structure does not hinder the operation of the business, its decision-making ability or organisational efficiency. Unilever might also in moving to a unitary structure lose some of the fiscal flexibility that it has under its dual structure.

Changes
This does not mean, of course, that we cannot improve our existing arrangements. The Boards will be proposing to shareholders at the May 2006 AGMs three changes to enhance balance sheet and capital structure flexibility, as well as strengthen elements of its corporate governance.

These include adapting Unilever’s constitutional arrangements to allow greater flexibility for allocating assets between both parent companies. This will ensure that the Group continues to be able to return capital to shareholders and pay dividends in the most efficient manner. To simplify the relationship between our NV and PLC shares, and provide greater transparency, we also propose establishing a one-to-one equivalence in their underlying value by

splitting the NV shares and consolidating the PLC shares. Finally, we intend to allow shareholders the right to nominate candidates to the Boards, taking into account the need to ensure the unity of management. Details of all these changes are set out in the Notices convening the AGMs.

Board succession
As I mentioned earlier, one of my objectives was to prepare for Board succession. Three Non-Executive Directors will be retiring in 2006 – Bertrand Collomb, Oscar Fanjul and Hilmar Kopper. I would like to thank them for their enormous contribution over the years. This presents us with both a challenge and an opportunity to re-populate the Boards with new members who can build on our retiring members’ strengths and help take Unilever forward.

After a thorough search I am pleased to announce the nomination of four new Non-Executive Directors, all with extensive financial and business experience, to take over from the Board members retiring this year and Claudio Gonzalez who retired at the 2005 AGMs. These are Charles Golden, Executive Vice-President and CFO of Eli Lilly and Company, Byron Grote, CFO of BP p.l.c., Jean-Cyril Spinetta, Chairman/CEO of Air France-KLM S.A. and Kornelis (Kees) Storm, former Chairman of the Executive Board of AEGON N.V.

We engaged the services of two highly reputable independent search firms to help us in this task and they are also leading the evaluation of potential candidates to succeed me as Chairman in 2007.

Governance study
During 2005, we also commissioned a review of Unilever’s governance arrangements to ensure that these were best in class.

The review was conducted by independent consultants who concluded that our arrangements stood comparison with our peers. A full report was made to the Boards in the first quarter of 2006, and a range of minor changes in terms of the day-to-day operation of the Boards will be introduced during the balance of the year.

A particular pleasure for me this year has been to work with our social and environmental partners, for example with UNICEF’s Child Nutrition programme and the World Business Council for Sustainable Development. Ensuring the vitality of the societies and environments in which we operate is essential for Unilever to sustain its long-term growth.

It is good to see that the many changes that were initiated over the last 12 months have not impeded the progress of Unilever in the market place. All this progress would not be possible without the commitment and the hard work of all our 206 000 employees. Without their dedication we could not add vitality to the lives of our consumers across the globe. On behalf of the Boards I would like to convey my thanks to all of them.

Antony Burgmans
Chairman


 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 05

Back to Contents

Group Chief Executive

 

Here Patrick Cescau, Group Chief Executive, talks about performance in 2005 and looks ahead to what needs to be achieved over the next 12 months.

What was the key challenge for 2005?
At the start of 2005 it was clear what we had to do. We had to restore our competitiveness in the market and get the business growing again.

But we had to do it in a way that we can sustain for the long term, creating value and unlocking our full potential.

How did you set about tackling this challenge?
Our approach was simple – to focus on three things that matter.

First, to make our portfolio work harder for us, with sharper priorities and resource allocation. Secondly, better execution, especially in the areas of marketing and customer management. And, finally, create a more agile ‘One Unilever’ organisation, aligned behind a single strategy, with the right people in the right jobs, delivering quality and speed of execution.

What were the priorities and why did you focus on these areas?
We focused on building on our strengths in developing and emerging (D&E) markets, vitality and Personal Care. They are areas of strength for Unilever where we have performed well, with good growth and profitability.

Regaining momentum in Europe was an equally important priority.

Overall, what results have been achieved by following this approach?
We have made real progress. In 2005 underlying sales growth was 3.1%, significantly ahead of a flat 2004, and in line with our markets. Growth momentum has improved steadily throughout the year and has been driven by volume.

I’m also pleased to report that our growth rates improved across most of our major markets and in most categories. These figures are a real testament to the hard work of our people, the strength of our brands and the resilience of our business.

Restoring growth required a step up in investment behind our brands. In 2005, we invested an extra €500 million in advertising and promotions. We also invested significantly to reduce prices, especially in Europe, and offer better value to the consumer in selected categories and markets.

Our savings programmes generated more than €700 million in 2005 and helped fund the additional investment in our brands and absorb the impact of higher input costs.

Why has Personal Care played a key role in the strategy?
Personal Care is one of our traditional strengths and accounts for around a quarter of sales, so it was vital we delivered real growth.

Over the last year or so, Personal Care has been achieving growth levels that are up with the best at more than 6%. And we have delivered broad-based share gain across most of our biggest markets and strong profitability.

Key to this success are our brands. The big global brands such as Axe, Dove, Lux, Rexona and Sunsilk all performed and delivered growth. Smaller, more local brands such as Clear and Lifebuoy also pulled their weight.

What role has vitality played in the progress that’s been achieved?
Vitality unites us as a mission and resonates with our customers and consumers.

Our mission is to help people feel good, look good and get more out of life and this underpins everything we do.

It is the inspiration for innovations that are driving growth across the entire product portfolio. Lipton and AdeS – healthy and refreshing beverages; Dove – the Campaign for Real Beauty; and healthier choices in ice cream.

In Foods, for instance, our Knorr Vie mini shots, which help you on your way towards your daily fruit and vegetable needs, have done extremely well in Europe. We have revitalised Lipton in the US by stressing its natural health benefits with its ‘AOX’ antioxidant seal, and this has produced good share gain especially in the ready-to-drink market.

In Home and Personal Care our Dove Campaign for Real Beauty, which offers consumers a broader, healthier view of female beauty, has played a central role in the brand’s continued growth, while programmes to encourage hygienic handwashing in India have improved sales of Lifebuoy.

You mentioned developing and emerging markets. Why are these so important to Unilever?
D&E are rapidly growing markets – the forecast is that they will account for 90% of the world’s population by 2010. We have long-established local roots in these markets, which gives us a competitive advantage, and we need to capitalise on this opportunity.

In 2005 we delivered a strong performance in all major D&E markets in Foods, Home Care and Personal Care. And for the first time, our D&E sales, at 38%, exceeded our sales in Western Europe.

The reason for our success here is partly due to our well-established distribution strength in both the traditional and modern trade and also to our ability to adapt excellent global brand concepts, such as the Omo ‘Dirt is Good’ campaign, to local markets. In Turkey, for instance, this enabled us to regain market leadership with double-digit growth.

But what has been achieved in Europe and North America?
Our sustained recovery in the US is great news for us. In one of the world’s most competitive markets we grew by 3.2% with strong performances from both Foods and Home and Personal Care.

Europe has been an area that needed our attention. A healthy European business matters to Unilever. It delivers a large proportion of our sales – 41% in 2005 – and is an important source of profit.

Looking at our performance, Central and Eastern Europe performed strongly in 2005 with Russia, for example, delivering around 20% growth. So the challenge is Western Europe. And the issue here is growth, not profitability.

Western Europe is an extremely tough competitive environment and to turn the business around we are having to do things differently. We have addressed pricing in selected markets and categories and by doing so are now offering consumers better value.


 

06 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Report of the Directors

Group Chief Executive
(continued)

 

We are also increasing choice by extending our product portfolio – ice cream value ranges, for example – and by moving into a wider range of channels. And we are delivering innovation – new heart health ranges and Sunsilk styling are just two examples, which are being backed by increased marketing investment.

What are you doing to build capabilities across the business?
This is another area we are investing in. Customer management is a strategic priority and our team is implementing an improvement programme market by market, with outstanding results.

An important element of this programme is combining our Foods and HPC sales teams so that we can present a single, integrated face to our customers and leverage our scale. The programme developed in the USA has been rolled out in France, Germany and the Netherlands and will be extended to other markets in 2006.

By working closely with our customers such as Carrefour, Tesco and Wal-Mart we are increasing the value that we can gain by doing business together.

We are also improving our marketing capabilities. For example, we will craft more of our global brand mixes to the standards set by the best of our brands. And we intend to get more out of the investment in our brands whether it be in advertising or in R&D.

In 2004 you announced ‘One Unilever’ as a way of simplifying the business and generating savings. Has it achieved this?
Our ‘One Unilever’ programme is all about making us fit to compete. It has achieved a great deal in simplifying our business and leveraging our scale more effectively.

We have merged our operations in countries so that, at the end of 2005, almost 80% of our turnover is managed through ‘One Unilever’ organisations.

We will continue with its implementation in 2006 with our priorities being to put in place a single management team in all markets. Most of our top 20 markets report directly to UEx. There will be a further reduction in the management headcount and simplified, standardised business services up and running, with a substantial proportion outsourced.

By the end of 2006, ‘One Unilever’ will deliver €700 million savings and €1 billion by the end of 2007. But the biggest benefit for us is that we now have ‘one face’ for our customers and consumers, as well as being faster and more disciplined. In other words we are fit to compete.

What is driving the decisions you are making relating to the portfolio?
In 2005 we reviewed and sharpened our portfolio strategy. It is an essential building block that gives us clarity – it identifies the best opportunities for sustainable long-term growth, enables us

to make choices and to allocate resources according to those choices. It then allows us to drive disciplined execution.

We had to take decisive action on parts of our portfolio where we had reached a strategic cross-roads.

The sale of UCI (Unilever Cosmetics International) and the recent announcement of our intention to sell the majority of our European frozen foods business were tough decisions. We made them because it was clear we would not be able to grow these businesses in the long term which is fundamental to future value creation. We felt we had better opportunities to invest in and that these businesses would perform better in the hands of owners to whom they were a top priority.

As we move forward we will continue to invest behind our best growth opportunities, channelling more of our resources into building leading positions in high growth areas.

Continuing to look forward, what are your priorities for 2006 and beyond?
Our priorities will not change. We will continue to build on the stronger focus we now have. UEx believes that the portfolio is in good shape; all parts of our business have an important role to play in delivering growth, but it’s not always the same role.

Obviously I can’t disclose all our intentions in detail. But I would like to give you some insight into our priorities for 2006.

You will not be surprised to hear that our plans include capitalising on the high-growth potential of D&E markets such as China, India and Russia. Or that in Personal Care, we will be building on our leading market positions in deodorants and personal wash. And that vitality will continue to be at the heart of our innovation programme.

Unilever is now in better shape, with increased competitiveness and growth. What’s your summary of 2005?
We have achieved a tremendous amount in 2005 – organisational change, improved capabilities and restored growth. Our people have much to make them proud.

The Unilever team has worked together to create a momentum that will help us rise to the challenges of the year ahead. There is still a great deal to do, but we know the categories, segments, brands and countries that will drive growth. And we are now rigorously deploying our funds and resources behind our best opportunities.

We have the right structure to deliver and the processes in place to make sure that we execute against our priorities. Our people are clear about what they need to do.

We will build on what we achieved in 2005 and deliver the results we have promised for 2006. This will unlock more of the unique potential of Unilever. I passionately believe that we can now compete to win.


 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 07

Back to Contents

 

[THIS PAGE HAS BEEN DELIBERATELY LEFT BLANK]

 

08 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Report of the Directors
About Unilever

 

General information 04
Chairman’s foreword 05
Group Chief Executive 06
   
About Unilever 10
       Description of business 10
               Regions 10
               Categories 10
               Functions 10
               Brands 10
     People 10
     Environment and corporate responsibility 11
     Information technology 12
     Corporate venture activities 13
     Competition 13
     Distribution and selling 13
     Exports 13
     Seasonality 13
     Related party transactions 13
     Intellectual property 13
     Description of our properties 14
     Legal and arbitration proceedings and regulatory matters 14
     Government regulation 14
   
Financial and operating reviews 15
Risk management 31
Corporate governance 33
Reports of Board Committees 51

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 09

Back to Contents

About Unilever

 

Description of business
Unilever is one of the world’s leading suppliers of fast moving consumer goods across foods, home and personal product categories. Unilever’s portfolio includes some of the world’s best known and most loved brands.

Regions
Three regional teams are responsible for managing Unilever’s business in the regions, and for market operations. They are primarily responsible for winning with customers and deploying brand events and innovations effectively. The regions are fully accountable for the profit performance of our business, as well as growth, cash flows and the in-year development of market shares.

The Europe region includes our operations in Western Europe and in Central and Eastern Europe, and in 2005 accounted for approximately 41% of our business on a turnover basis. The Americas region includes our operations in North America and Latin America and represented around 33% of our business. Our Asia Africa region accounted for 26% of our business, and includes our operations in the Middle East, Turkey, Africa, Asia and Australasia.

Categories
Two category teams cover Foods and Home and Personal Care, and are responsible for each category and the brands therein. They are fully responsible for brand development and innovation, as well as brand and category management. Categories also lead some elements of the supply chain and are accountable for long-term value creation in the business, as measured by market share development, category growth, innovation metrics and brand health.

For more information about our two categories and their innovation activities during 2005 please refer to pages 29 and 30.

Functions
Our five support functions (Finance, HR, IT, Communications and Legal) provide value-adding business partnership, strategic support and competitive services to the whole business (especially the regional and category organisations). They are organised around the model of business partners, shared services and expertise teams.

Brands
Our Foods category manages brands in four groups:

Savoury and dressings includes sales of soups, bouillons, sauces, snacks, mayonnaise, salad dressings and olive oil. Among the leading brands are Knorr, Hellmann’s, Calvé, Wishbone, Amora and Bertolli.

Spreads and cooking products includes sales of margarines, spreads and cooking products such as liquid margarines. Our most important brands in this group are our healthy heart Becel and Flora ranges, together with our family brands including Rama, Blue Band and Country Crock.

Beverages includes sales of tea, where our brands include Lipton and Brooke Bond, weight management products, principally Slim•Fast, and nutritionally enhanced staples sold in developing markets, including our Annapurna and AdeS ranges.

Ice cream and frozen foods includes our sales of ice cream under the international Heart brand, including Cornetto, Magnum, Carte d’Or and Solero, and also Ben & Jerry’s, Breyers, Klondike and Popsicle. Our frozen foods brands include Iglo, Birds Eye and Findus.

In addition to these groups, our Unilever Foodsolutions business is a global food service business providing solutions for professional chefs and caterers. Its results are reported within those for the groups above.

Our Home and Personal Care category manages brands in two main groups:

In Personal Care, six global brands are the core of our business in the deodorants, skin cleansing, daily hair care and mass-market skin care categories – Axe, Dove, Lux, Pond’s, Rexona and Sunsilk. Other important brands include Suave, Clear, Lifebuoy and Vaseline, together with Signal and Close Up in oral care.

Our Home Care ranges include a series of laundry products, including tablets as well as traditional powders and liquids for washing by hand or machine. Tailored products including soap bars are available for lower-income consumers. Our brands include Comfort, Omo, Radiant, Skip, Snuggle and Surf. Our household care products are led by our Cif and Domestos brands.

People

Number of employees                    
Year end in thousands 2005   2004   2003   2002   2001  










 
Europe 49   52   55   60   71  
The Americas 47   47   50   53   60  
Asia Africa 110   124   129   134   134  










 
Total 206   223   234   247   265  










 

At Unilever our people are at the centre of everything we do. We give priority to their professional fulfilment, their work-life balance and their ability to contribute equally as part of a diverse workforce.

Our people’s creativity, energy and passion drive our business. One of our ongoing goals is to help our business leaders connect to our people around the world and achieve a shared understanding of our business objectives and future challenges. In January 2006 at Unilever’s leadership forum Group Chief Executive Patrick Cescau presented Unilever’s change agenda, a set of common initiatives which will be adopted throughout Unilever.

We want to attract innovative individuals who relish real-life challenges. Questions like “Can you think of 101 new things to do with egg yolks and oil?”, which appeared in one of our recent recruitment ads, lie at the heart of a new and competitively different strategy to win the battle for the world’s top talent.


 

10 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Report of the Directors

About Unilever
(continued)

 

As ‘One Unilever’ we can now take a holistic view of our global marketing capability and manage and deploy our talent more strategically. Overseen by the new post of Chief Marketing Officer we have developed Group-wide programmes to improve our skills, tools and career paths, with an unprecedented focus on brand building and development to support our new structure. Via our Marketing Academy we have also adopted a more applied, business-led approach to training, underpinned by common toolsets and data.

Unilever's mission is to add vitality to life. That includes encouraging greater vitality among our staff in a programme that encompassed the broad concepts of ‘fitness of body’ and ‘fitness of heart, mind and spirit’. Designed to help them manage their personal energy and resilience in the face of change, as well as striking a good work-life balance, among other objectives, the first step of the programme was an Enjoy Nutrition campaign. This provided staff with important nutritional information, such as advice on how to reduce consumption of sugar, salt and unhealthy fats. We also piloted nutritional training for our chefs and external suppliers so that our canteens and restaurants could offer healthier options.

In today's global markets, Unilever's international heritage helps us compete. Our deep roots in over 100 countries worldwide give us a powerful competitive advantage, enabling us to adapt our global brands to local consumers’ needs. To help us understand their needs more fully we’ve introduced a diversity programme so that our staff reflect our consumers’ diversity more closely in gender, ethnicity and many other ways.

Diversity is already very evident. For example, our top 1 000 managers span 45 nationalities. With new initiatives, including local Diversity Boards and toolkits, we hope to encourage diversity deeper into our organisation.

In Unilever, by embracing our differences, we create an environment that inspires people to contribute to our business. We encourage people to be themselves within a framework of shared values and goals. This means giving full and fair consideration to all applicants and continuing development to all employees, regardless of gender, nationality, race, creed, disability, style or sexuality.

Unilever’s success depends on the economic health of the countries in which it operates. In an extensive research project with Oxfam GB and Novib (Oxfam Netherlands) ‘Exploring the links between business and poverty reduction: A case study on Indonesia’, we examined the impact our local business has on the country’s economic well-being. Unilever Indonesia employs about 5 000 direct employees and contract workers. The research found that indirectly this manufacturing activity supports around 300 000 full-time equivalent jobs in our ‘value chain’ – the chain that stretches from raw materials suppliers through manufacturing to distribution and retailing to consumers. Such employment and the wealth that it spreads around can make a significant contribution to reducing poverty.

Environment and corporate responsibility
We seek to manage and grow our business around the world in a responsible and sustainable fashion. The values and standards by which we expect to be judged are set out in our Code of Business Principles.

We aim to share these standards and values with our suppliers and contractors through our Business Partner Code which, in turn, is based on our Code of Business Principles. It sets out standards on ten key points of business integrity, labour standards, consumer safety and the environment.

The long-term success of our business is intimately linked with the vitality of the environment and the communities in which we operate. More than two-thirds of our raw materials come from agriculture, while water and other natural resources play an equally critical role in our business. To ensure we protect these key resources, we have clear, long-term eco-efficiency objectives and targets for our manufacturing operations, as well as three sustainability initiatives on water, agriculture and fish. Over the last ten years, we have continued to improve our eco-efficiency performance across all of our seven key environmental parameters which we use to measure the emissions from our factories and set future reduction targets. In 2004 (the latest year for which figures are available) we continued to improve on our 2003 performance but did not meet all our targets.

The strength of our commitment to sustainability is reflected in the fact that we remain the leading food company in the Dow Jones Sustainability World Index.

In 2005 we spent around €79 million on our voluntary initiatives in communities around the world. This increase on our 2004 contribution of €65 million is partly due to the overwhelming response of our business to the plight of the December 2004 Asian tsunami victims.

Our Close Up toothpaste brand launched Project Smile to bring much-needed oral health care products and advice to people in rural Nigeria where only around 60% of the population use toothpaste. The campaign involved retailers of all sizes, including the very smallest, as partners. We created branded kiosks – tiny shops – to promote Close Up, and these gave an opportunity to unemployed young people to make a living by creating new long-term outlets, as well as offering existing retailers a way to showcase their wares. The success of the campaign meant it was quickly extended into towns and cities and over the year sales rose by 35%.

With its global supply chain, Unilever has a major role to play in caring for the environment. We believe that acting responsibly creates advantages for our business, as well as helping to address environmental concerns. For example, ensuring a sustainable supply of raw materials, such as palm oil, is essential for the long-term wealth of our business. Of course, due to the scale and complexity of this issue, we cannot do this alone. A multi-stakeholder approach is required, which is why we co-founded the Roundtable on Sustainable Palm Oil (RSPO) in 2004.


 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 11

Back to Contents

About Unilever
(continued)

 

The RSPO, which includes palm oil growers and processors, consumer goods manufacturers, retailers, investors and a number of social and environmental non-governmental organisations, now has over 100 members. As the largest consumer goods company on the RSPO Board, we have gained significant insights. Key developments during 2005 included the adoption of the principles and criteria for Sustainable Palm Oil Production – elements of sustainability ensuring that production is economically viable, environmentally appropriate and socially beneficial.

The widely discussed Dove Campaign for Real Beauty has played a key role in highlighting the need for a broader, more inclusive definition of beauty, beyond the stereotypical super-model image. With our Dove Self-Esteem Fund, which is a cornerstone of the brand’s long-term growth strategy, we’re going even further. Together with partners such as the Girl Scouts in the US and the UK’s Eating Disorder Association, we’re funding educational ‘Body Talk’ programmes in schools to help young people develop stronger body-related self-esteem. By 2008 our aim is to have reached 1 million children.

In Brazil, a recycling project has created jobs and brought commercial advantages. An exclusive recycling partnership with a major Brazilian retailer, Pao de Acucar, has not only given Unilever’s brands greater in-store prominence at no extra cost but also provided employment to more than 300 local people. Under the award-winning scheme, a co-operative of local people collects, recycles and sells used packaging deposited at recycling stations outside the retailer’s supermarkets. In addition to having Unilever’s logo on the stations, our participating brands, Hellmann’s, AdeS, Omo and Rexona, appear on point-of-sale information and educational materials, raising their profile.

By reducing waste, Unilever has also succeeded in reducing its costs. Using the same methodology employed in our highly successful Medusa water conservation programme, we expect to reduce waste levels for disposal by 30% from our manufacturing sites in the Asia Africa region between 2005 and 2006. Under our new Triple ‘R’ (Reduce, Re-use, Recycle) programme, the sites are collaborating to share best practice and setting targets to reduce waste levels and disposal costs. In 2006 we’ll launch a similar initiative, Electra, to reduce energy consumption in Latin America.

The health of our staff is a priority for Unilever worldwide. In some regions HIV/AIDS poses a serious risk to our employees and communities. Using the experience gained from dealing with AIDS in our own workplace over the last 25 years, we have worked in partnership to share our learning with international bodies such as the Global Business Coalition on HIV/AIDS. More locally, we work with groups such as the South African Business Coalition on HIV/AIDS, with whom we co-developed a well-respected toolkit to help businesses tackle the disease effectively. In Kenya we have formed a partnership with the German aid agency GTZ to share good practice with the wider community, including schools and smallholder tea growers.

In 2005 we launched a searchable database where consumers can find out exactly what ingredients are used in our Home and Personal Care products in Europe. Access to the database is through Unilever’s website at www.unilever.com/ourvalues. Visitors select their country and preferred language before choosing a brand and product. A single click then reveals the full

list of ingredients. Allergy sufferers can check the presence of ingredients to which they could be sensitive. Further help is available through the brand carelines (telephone numbers are listed on the website) and there is additional information on our website about the chemicals Unilever uses in its products.

Millions of people suffer from heart disease every year. The World Heart Federation (WHF) is committed to helping the prevention and control of heart disease and stroke and is made up of over 150 medical societies and heart charities from 100 low and middle-income countries. We are a key sponsor of World Heart Day each September and our Becel/Flora brand’s partnership with the WHF means that we work together to increase public awareness of heart disease and its risk factors. For example in Greece our Becel pro•activ brand teamed up with the Cardiologists Foundation to bring free cholesterol testing, heart checks and health advice direct to people’s homes and school halls on the remote Greek islands of the eastern Mediterranean. In Sweden we ran a lecture tour on cholesterol, while in Finland our Foodsolutions business worked with the Finnish Heart Foundation to support national Heart Week with healthy food and recipes.

Information technology
We are driving towards regional convergence of systems, processes and organisation to support the operation of the new Unilever business model.

In Europe, we have continued to progress the project to implement the single European Enterprise system. Successful 2005 implementations were performed in France, Germany, the Netherlands and Russia. We have also delivered a further nine countries onto the European customer relationship management system, covering primary sales force support and tele-business for Foodsolutions. An artwork management system commenced deployment in HPC and Foodsolutions; this system is now used by 2 200 users across Europe. With increasing dependence upon regional applications, resilience and recovery become even more critical. In mitigation we have constructed and commissioned an additional world class data centre to ensure full European backup and recovery capability.

In Latin America, we have made significant progress towards the goal to operate as one business. This will be fully complete in July 2006, delivering a single system, process and information system for all operating companies in Latin America. In North America, we reached a regional agreement with Dell Computer Corp. to provide and manage PC equipment and support, including a technology update. A new regional supply chain planning solution was developed and implemented in the HPC business; Foods will go live by the end of the first quarter of 2006.

In Asia Africa, the focus has been to deepen the penetration of the regional standard application portfolio. By the year end we had implemented the demand and supply network planning tool in thirteen countries and the Unilever standard data warehouse in fourteen countries, and twelve countries now use the regional eCommerce hub. In India, a system to manage pricing / promotions into our dealers, with a capability for e-Claims settlement and self-service was successfully rolled out to 1 500 stockists. This is planned for completion at all 6 000 stockists by


 

12 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Report of the Directors

About Unilever
(continued)

 

March 2006. We have completed the implementation of an SAP based system, which simplifies and harmonises processes across Arabia, Israel and Turkey – a project successfully delivered in an extremely challenging environment.

An initiative to standardise operational IT processes and procedures globally started in 2005 and has delivered on plan. We have set world-class objectives for this programme and the implementations in 2005 won the ‘best project of the year’ in the 2005 ITsmf awards. To support the innovation agenda, the internal management system had a significant upgrade and has been deployed to 16 000 users world-wide.

Corporate venture activities
Unilever has allocated €250 million to its venturing activities in order to create business opportunities that will help build our core business interests in Foods and Home and Personal Care. These activities include:
Unilever Technology Ventures, which invests in technology funds and start up companies. Investments have been made in haplotyping genomics technology, systems biology, radio frequency identification, water purification and surface chemistry.
Unilever Ventures, which is an early-stage business development fund for businesses from both inside and outside Unilever. Investments include Persil Services in the UK, Pond’s Institute Beauty Centre in Spain and the Biotechnology Application Centre in the Netherlands.
Langholm Capital, which is an independent fund investing in private European companies with above-average longer-term growth prospects. Investments include Physcience, a supplements business in France, Lumene, a natural personal care business in Finland, Dorset Cereals in the UK and Just Retirement, a financial services business in the UK.

Competition
We have a wide and diverse set of competitors in our consumer goods businesses. Many of our competitors also operate on an international scale, but others have a narrower regional or local focus.

Competition is a normal part of business. We aim to compete and give value to our consumers, customers and shareholders in three ways:
by continually developing new and improved products;
by sharing our innovations and concepts with our businesses all around the world; and
by striving to lower the cost of our sourcing, manufacturing and distribution processes while still maintaining, and improving, the quality of our products.

We support efforts to create a more open competitive environment through the liberalisation of international trade. We support the full implementation of the Single European Market and inclusion of other European countries in the European Union.

Distribution and selling
Unilever’s products are generally sold through its sales force and through independent brokers, agents and distributors to chain, wholesale, co-operative and independent grocery accounts, food service distributors and institutions. Products are distributed through distribution centres, satellite warehouses, company-operated and public storage facilities, depots and other facilities.

Exports
We sell our products in nearly all countries throughout the world and manufacture in many of them. We export a wide range of products to countries where we do not make them. For example, inside the European Union we make many of our products in only a few member countries, for sale in all of them. The chosen manufacturing configuration is generally determined by an optimised regional sourcing strategy which takes account of requirements for innovation, quality, service, cost and flexibility.

Seasonality
Certain of our businesses, such as ice creams, are subject to significant seasonal fluctuations in sales. However, Unilever operates globally in many different markets and product categories. No individual element of seasonality is likely to be material to the results of the Group as a whole.

Related party transactions
Transactions with related parties are conducted in accordance with the transfer pricing policies described in note 1 on page 85 and consist primarily of sales to joint ventures and associates. Other than those disclosed in this report, there were no related party transactions that were material to the Group or to the related parties concerned that are required to be reported in 2005 or the preceding year.

In approximately 40 countries, our associated company, JohnsonDiversey Inc., acts as Unilever’s sole and exclusive sales agent for professional channels, in respect of cleaning products, in return for which it receives an agency fee. In 2004 Patrick Cescau, Group Chief Executive, purchased a house from a group company ultimately owned by NV. The full Boards, acting on the recommendation of the Remuneration Committee and without participation of Mr Cescau, gave their prior approvals to the purchase, which was made at full market value based on two independent valuations of the property.

Further information is given in note 32 on page 142.

Intellectual property
We have a large portfolio of patents and trademarks, and we conduct some of our operations under licences which are based on patents or trademarks owned or controlled by others. We are not dependent on any one patent or group of patents. We use our best efforts to protect our brands and technology.


 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 13

Back to Contents

About Unilever
(continued)

 

Description of our properties
We have interests in properties in most of the countries where there are Unilever operations. However, none is material in the context of the Group as a whole. The properties are used predominantly to house production and distribution activities and as offices. There is a mixture of leased and owned property throughout the Group. There are no environmental issues affecting the properties which would have a material impact upon the Group, and there are no material encumbrances on our properties. Any difference between the market value of properties held by the Group and the amount at which they are included in the balance sheet is not significant. Please refer to the schedule of principal group companies and non-current investments on page 167 and 168 and details of property, plant and equipment in note 11 on page 100.

We currently have no plans to construct new facilities or expand or improve our current facilities in a manner that is material to the Group.

Legal and arbitration proceedings and regulatory matters
We are not involved in any legal or arbitration proceedings and do not have any obligations under environmental legislation which might lead to material loss or expenditure in the context of the Group results. None of our Directors or Officers are involved in any such material legal proceedings.

In 1999, NV issued 211 473 785 €0.05 (Fl.0.10) cumulative preference shares, with a notional value of €6.58 (Fl.14.50), as an alternative to a cash dividend. In March 2004, NV announced its intention to convert part (€6.53 – equivalent to Fl.14.40) of the notional value of the preference shares, in accordance with its Articles of Association, into NV ordinary shares in the first quarter of 2005. A number of holders of preference shares raised objections to the conversion, claiming that NV is obliged to buy the preference shares back for an amount of €6.58, the amount of the cash dividend in 1999. A group of holders of preference shares requested the Enterprise Chamber of the Amsterdam Court of Appeal to conduct an inquiry into the course of affairs surrounding the preference shares. On 21 December 2004, the Enterprise Chamber decided to order an inquiry; an additional request to forbid NV to convert the preference shares was rejected. NV lodged an appeal with the Dutch Supreme Court against the decision of the Enterprise Chamber, which was dismissed. As at the date of this Report, the inquiry is ongoing.

On 15 February 2005, after close of trading, NV converted part of the notional value of the preference shares into NV ordinary shares. The value, which the holders of the preference shares received upon conversion, was €4.55 for each preference share.

As a consequence of the conversion, the notional value of the preference shares was reduced to €0.05 (Fl.0.10) and pursuant to the Articles of Association of NV the preference shares could be cancelled upon repayment of this remaining notional value. On 4 May 2005, the Enterprise Chamber of the Amsterdam Court of Appeal rejected another request of a group of holders of preference shares which was aimed to prohibit NV from cancelling

the preference shares. This group lodged an appeal to the Dutch Supreme Court on 4 August 2005 against the decision given on 4 May 2005. The Dutch Supreme Court has not yet decided on this case. On 10 May 2005, NV’s Annual General Meeting decided to cancel the preference shares. Cancellation took effect as of midnight on 13 July 2005.

Both groups of former preference shareholders have requested the Rotterdam District Court to nullify the NV Board’s decision to convert the preference shares, claiming that this decision was unreasonable.

Unilever has businesses in many countries and from time to time these are subject to investigation by competition and other regulatory authorities. One such matter concerns ice cream distribution in Europe, notably the issues of outlet and cabinet exclusivity. In October 2003, the Court of First Instance in Luxembourg ruled in favour of the European Commission’s decision banning Unilever’s Irish ice cream business, HB Ice Cream, from seeking freezer cabinet exclusivity for their products in the Irish market. HB Ice Cream has submitted an appeal against the decision of the Court of First Instance in Luxembourg. If unsuccessful, then freezer exclusivity in Ireland will be unenforceable in outlets which only have HB freezers. Similar consequences may apply in specific European markets with equivalent structures to those described in the decision.

During 2004 the Federal Supreme Court in Brazil (local acronym STF) announced a review of certain cases that it had previously decided in favour of taxpayers. Because of this action we established a provision in 2004 of €169 million for the potential repayment of sales tax credits in the event that the cases establishing precedents in our favour are reversed.

Also during 2004 in Brazil, and in common with many other businesses operating in that country, one of our Brazilian subsidiaries received a notice of infringement from the Federal Revenue Service. The notice alleges that a 2001 reorganisation of our local corporate structure was undertaken without valid business purpose. If upheld, the notice could result in a tax claim in respect of prior years. The 2001 reorganisation was comparable with that used by many companies in Brazil and we believe that the likelihood of a successful challenge by the tax authorities is remote. This view is supported by the opinion of outside counsel.

Government regulation
Unilever businesses are governed, in particular, by laws and regulations designed to ensure that their products may be safely used for their intended purpose and that their labelling and advertising are truthful and not misleading. Unilever businesses are further regulated by data protection and anti-trust legislation. Important regulatory bodies in respect of our businesses include the European Commission and the US Food and Drug Administration.

We have processes in place to ensure that products, ingredients, manufacturing processes, marketing materials and activities comply with the above-mentioned laws and regulations.


 

14 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Report of the Directors
Financial and operating reviews

 

General information 04
Chairman’s foreword 05
Group Chief Executive 06
About Unilever 09
     
Financial review 15
  Non-GAAP measures 16
  Basis of reporting and discussion 20
  International Financial Reporting Standards 20
  Turnover definition 20
  Critical accounting policies 20
  Reporting currency and exchange rates 21
  Results for 2005 compared with 2004 22
  Acquisitions and disposals 22
  Dividends and market capitalisation 23
  Balance sheet 23
  Off-balance sheet arrangements 24
  Cash flow 24
  Share buy-back 24
  Finance and liquidity 24
  Treasury 24
  Pensions investment strategy 25
  Total Shareholder Return 25
  Significant changes after the balance sheet date 25
Operating review by region 26
  Europe 26
  The Americas 27
  Asia Africa 28
Operating review by category 29
  Foods 29
  Home and Personal Care 30
Risk management 31
     
Corporate governance 33
Reports of Board committees 51

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 15

Back to Contents

Financial Review
Non-GAAP measures

 

Certain discussions and analyses set out in this Annual Report and Accounts include measures which are not defined by generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP) such as IFRSs or US GAAP. We believe this information, along with comparable GAAP measurements, is useful to investors because it provides a basis for measuring our operating performance, ability to retire debt and invest in new business opportunities. Our management uses these financial measures, along with the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures, in evaluating our operating performance and value creation. Non-GAAP financial measures should not be considered in isolation from, or as a substitute for, financial information presented in compliance with GAAP. Non-GAAP financial measures as reported by us may not be comparable to similarly titled amounts reported by other companies. Definitions of non-GAAP measures and reconciliations to GAAP measures are provided on pages 17 to 19.

Measures of long term value creation
Unilever’s ambition for the creation of value for shareholders is measured by Total Shareholder Return over a rolling three year period compared with a peer group of 20 other companies. Unilever believes that the contribution of the business to this objective can best be measured and communicated to investors through the following measures:

The delivery, over time, of Ungeared Free Cash Flow (UFCF), which expresses the translation of profit into cash, and thus longer term economic value; and
   
The development, over time, of Return on Invested Capital (ROIC), which expresses the returns generated on capital invested in the company.

Unilever communicates progress against these measures annually, and management remuneration is aligned with these objectives. The UFCF over a three year period is incorporated as a performance element of Unilever’s management incentive scheme.

UFCF and ROIC are non-GAAP measures under IFRSs and US GAAP. We include them in this respect since they are the way in which we communicate our ambition and monitor progress towards our longer-term value creation goals and in order to:

Improve transparency for investors;
   
Assist investors in their assessment of the long-term value of Unilever;
   
Ensure that the measures are fully understood in light of how Unilever reviews long-term value creation for shareholders;
   
Properly define the metrics used and confirm their calculation;
   
Share the metrics with all investors at the same time; and
   
Disclose UFCF as it is one of the drivers of management remuneration and therefore management behaviour.

As investor measures, we believe that there are no GAAP measures directly comparable with UFCF and ROIC. However, in the tables on pages 17 and 18, we reconcile each as follows: UFCF to cash flow from operating activities and also to net profit; ROIC to net profit.

Unilever cautions that, while UFCF and ROIC are widely used as tools for investment analysis, they are not defined terms under IFRSs or US GAAP and therefore their definition should be carefully reviewed and understood by investors. Investors should be aware that their application may vary in practice and therefore these measures may not be fully comparable between companies. In particular:

Unilever recognises that the usefulness of UFCF and ROIC as indicators of investment value is limited, as such measures are based on historical cost information;
   
UFCF and ROIC measures are not intended to be a substitute for, or superior to, GAAP measures in the financial statements;
   
The fact that ROIC is a ratio inherently limits its use, and management uses ROIC only for the purposes discussed above. The relevance and use of net profit for the year (being the most relevant comparable GAAP measure) is clearly more pervasive; and
   
UFCF is not the residual cash available to pay dividends. It is broadly available to cover the servicing of debt along with other non-discretionary expenditures that have not been deducted from this measure.

 

16 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Report of the Directors

Financial Review
Non-GAAP measures (continued)

 

Ungeared free cash flow
UFCF expresses the generation of profit by the business and how this is translated into cash, and thus economic value. It is therefore not used as a liquidity measure within Unilever. The movement in UFCF is used by Unilever to measure progress against our longer-term value creation goals as outlined to investors.

UFCF is cash flow from group operating activities, less capital expenditure, less charges to operating profit for share-based compensation and pensions, and less tax (adjusted to reflect an ungeared position), but before the financing of pensions.

The reconciliation of UFCF to the GAAP measures net profit and cash flow from operating activities is as follows:

  € million   € million  
  2005   2004  




 
Net profit 3 975   2 941  
Taxation 1 301   836  
Share of net profit of joint ventures/associates and other income from non-current investments (55 ) (95 )
Net finance costs 618   631  
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment 1 274   2 063  
Changes in working capital 193   547  
Pensions charges in operating profit less payments (532 ) (472 )
Movements in provisions less payments (230 ) 574  
Elimination of profits on disposals (789 ) (308 )
Non-cash charge for share-based compensation 192   218  
Other adjustments (23 ) (10 )
 


 
Cash flow from operating activities 5 924   6 925  
         
Less charge for share-based compensation (192 ) (218 )
Add back pension payments less pension charges in operating profit 532   472  
Less net capital expenditure (813 ) (869 )
         
Less tax charge adjusted to reflect an ungeared position (1 440 ) (964 )
         
     Taxation on profit (1 301 ) (836 )
     Tax relief on net interest expense (139 ) (128 )
         
Ungeared free cash flow 4 011   5 346  




 

The tax charge used in determining UFCF can be either the income statement tax charge or the actual cash taxes paid. Our consistently applied definition uses the income statement tax charge in order to eliminate the impact of volatility due to the variable timing of payments around the year end. For 2005 and 2004 the income statement tax charge on this basis is materially impacted by the tax effect of non-cash charges for the impairment of Slim•Fast and certain other non-cash items. UFCF based on actual cash tax paid would be €3.7 billion (2004: €4.8 billion).

UFCF reported in the 2004 Annual Report and Accounts was based on cash flow from group operating activities, less capital expenditure and financial investment less a tax charge adjusted to reflect an ungeared position. This measure is the same as defined above in all respects except for the non-cash charge for share-based compensation less payments of €545 million (2004: €(114) million), the non-cash charge for pensions less payments of €(532) million (2004: €(472) million) and net financial investment of €33 million (2004: €43 million), resulting in UFCF on this basis of €4 057 million (2004: €4 803 million).

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 17

Back to Contents

Financial Review
Non-GAAP measures (continued)

 

Return on invested capital
Return on invested capital (ROIC) expresses the returns generated on capital invested in the company. The progression of ROIC is used by Unilever to measure progress against our longer-term value creation goals outlined to investors.

ROIC is profit after tax but excluding net interest on net debt and impairment(a) of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets both net of tax, divided by average invested capital for the year. Invested capital is the sum of property, plant and equipment and other non-current investments, software and finite-lived intangible assets, working capital, goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets at gross book value and cumulative goodwill written off directly to reserves under an earlier accounting policy.

The reconciliation of ROIC to the GAAP measure net profit is as follows:

  € million   € million  
  2005   2004  




 
Net profit 3 975 2 941
Add back net interest expense net of tax 424 431
Add back impairment charges net of tax(a) 245 536
 


Profit after tax, before interest and impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets 4 644 3 908
 


Year-end positions for invested capital:
Property, plant and equipment and other non-current investments 7 333 6 966
Software and finite-lived intangible assets 642 623
Inventories 4 107 3 756
Trade and other receivables 5 061 4 410
Trade payables and other creditors due within one year (8 658 ) (8 232 )
Elements of invested capital included in assets and liabilities held for sale 200
Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets at gross book value 21 621 19 854
 


Total 30 306 27 377
         
Add back cumulative goodwill written off directly to reserves 6 870 7 246
 


Year-end invested capital 37 176 34 623
 


Average invested capital for the year 37 012 36 444
 


Return on average invested capital 12.5%   10.7%  




 
(a) Excluding write-downs of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets taken in connection with business disposals.

 

18 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Report of the Directors

Financial Review
Non-GAAP measures (continued)

 

Underlying sales growth
USG reflects the change in revenue at constant rates of exchange, excluding the effects of acquisitions and disposals. It is a measure that provides valuable additional information on the underlying performance of the business. In particular, it presents the organic growth of our business year on year and is used internally as a core measure of sales performance.

The reconciliation of USG to the GAAP measure turnover is as follows:

2005
vs 2004


Underlying sales growth (%) 3.1
Effect of acquisitions (%) 0.1
Effect of disposals (%) (1.6 )
Effect of exchange rates (%) 1.3
 
Turnover growth (%) 2.9


Net debt
Net debt is defined as the excess of total borrowings, bank overdrafts, relevant derivatives and finance leases over, cash, cash equivalents and financial assets, excluding amounts held for sale. It is a measure that provides valuable additional information on the summary presentation of the Group’s net financial liabilities and is a measure in common use elsewhere.

The reconciliation of net debt to the GAAP measure total borrowings is as follows:

  million   € million   € million   € million  
          IAS 32/39      
  31 December   1 January   and IFRS 5   31 December  
  2005   2005   adjustments   2004  








 
Total borrowings (12 399 ) (13 669 ) (1 621 ) (12 048 )
                 
Borrowings due within one year (5 942 ) (6 448 ) (1 293 ) (5 155 )
Borrowings due after one year (6 457 ) (7 221 ) (328 ) (6 893 )
           
Cash and cash equivalents as per balance sheet 1 529 1 582 (8 ) 1 590
         
Cash and cash equivalents as per cash flow statement 1 265 1 406 1 406
Add bank overdrafts deducted therein 265 184 184
Less cash and cash equivalents in assets/liabilities held for sale (1 ) (8 ) (8 ) n/a
           
Other financial assets 335 533 (480 ) 1 013
Derivatives and finance leases included in other receivables and other liabilities 33 369 587 (218 )
 






 
Net debt (10 502 ) (11 185 ) (1 522 ) (9 663 )








 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 19

Back to Contents

Financial review

 

Basis of reporting and discussion
Our accounting policies are based on International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) and UK and Netherlands law. These differ in certain respects from United States GAAP. The principal differences are described on pages 158 to 161. We have shown reconciliations to net income and equity under US GAAP on page 157.

International Financial Reporting Standards
Unilever has adopted International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the EU with effect from 1 January 2005, with a transition date of 1 January 2004. Unilever has applied the exemption in IFRS 1 relating to business combinations, as explained in note 35 on page 144. IAS 32 and IAS 39 in respect of financial instruments and IFRS 5 in respect of non-current assets and asset groups held for sale have been applied with effect from 1 January 2005.

The most significant impacts of the transition to IFRS on Unilever’s restated consolidated financial statements relate to the timing of the recognition of items in the income statement. Reported net assets are impacted as a result of these timing changes, but there is no impact on the underlying cash flows generated by Unilever.

The key changes in our accounting policies as a result of our adoption of IFRSs are described in note 35 on pages 144 and 145. These changes, unless otherwise stated, have been applied retrospectively in arriving at the opening balance sheet under IFRSs as at 1 January 2004.

Reconciliations of our equity as at the transition date and 31 December 2004 and the profit for the year then ended are given in note 35 on pages 146 to 151. For further details of these and other changes in Unilever’s reporting please refer to our website at www.unilever.com/investorcentre.

Turnover definition
Until 31 December 2004, promotional couponing and trade communication costs were included in the cost of advertising and promotions. From 1 January 2005, these costs are deducted from turnover and treated as part of the price element in the variance analysis of sales growth, together with other trade promotion costs which are already deducted from turnover. Comparatives have been restated to reflect this change.

The effect of this change in presentation is a reclassification from advertising and promotions expenditure to a deduction from turnover for the year ended 31 December 2004 amounting to €1 061 million. This change in accounting policy does not have any impact on operating profit or net profit.

Critical accounting policies
Unilever complies with IAS 1, which requires that the most appropriate accounting policies are selected in all circumstances. The accounts comply in all material respects with IFRS and UK and Netherlands law. To prepare these accounts, we are required to make estimates and assumptions, using judgement based on available information, including historical experience. These estimates and assumptions are reasonable and are re-evaluated on an ongoing basis. However, actual amounts and results could differ. Critical accounting policies are those which are most important to the portrayal of Unilever’s financial position and results of operations. Some of these policies require difficult, subjective or complex judgements from management, the most important being:

Goodwill, intangible assets and property, plant and equipment
Impairment reviews in respect of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are performed at least annually. More regular reviews, and impairment reviews in respect of other assets, are performed if events indicate that this is necessary. Examples of such triggering events would include a significant planned restructuring, a major change in market conditions or technology, expectations of future operating losses, or negative cash flows.

Impairment reviews are performed following the guidance in IAS 36. Such reviews are performed by comparing the carrying value of the asset concerned to that asset’s recoverable amount (being the higher of value in use and fair value less costs to sell). Value in use is a valuation derived from discounted future cash flows. Significant assumptions, such as long-term growth rates and discount rates, are made in preparing these forecast cash flows; although these are believed to be appropriate, changes in these assumptions could change the outcomes of the impairment reviews.

The most significant balances of goodwill and intangible assets relate to the global savoury and dressings product group. We have reviewed the carrying value of this cash generating unit by considering expected future cash flows based on actual and planned growth rates and margins for this product group. No impairment loss has been identified.

We have reviewed the carrying value of the Slim•Fast business in light of the continued decline in the weight management market segment throughout 2005. Over the last few years, consumer tastes in this group have changed frequently, featuring low-calorie, low-carbohydrate, low-salt, low-sugar and other products. The business declined in 2005 but maintained leadership of the market segment by refreshing its product range and offering a more personalised diet plan. The impairment review of the business resulted in an impairment loss of €363 million (2004: €791 million) reflected in operating profit for the Americas region. The impairment review was based on determining the value in use of the global Slim•Fast business incorporating a number of important assumptions regarding the future performance of the Slim•Fast business. For further details, refer to note 10 on page 99.


 

20 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Report of the Directors

Financial review
(continued)

 

Financial instruments
From 1 January 2005, we account for financial instruments in accordance with IAS 32 and 39. Financial instruments are classified according to the purpose for which the instruments were acquired. This gives rise to the following categories: held-to-maturity investments, loans and receivables, available-for-sale financial assets and financial assets at fair value through profit or loss. Please refer to note 1 on page 83 for a description of each of these categories.

Based on IAS 32 and 39, we report derivative financial instruments at fair value. Changes in fair values are booked through profit or loss unless the derivatives are designated and effective as hedge of future cash flows, in which case the changes are recognised directly in equity. At the time the hedged cash flow results in the recognition of an asset or a liability, the associated gains or losses on the derivative that had previously been recognised in equity are included in the initial measurement of the asset or liability. For hedged items that do not result in the recognition of an asset or liability, amounts deferred in equity are recognised in the income statement in the same period in which the hedged item affects net profit or loss.

Changes in fair value of net investment hedges in relation to foreign subsidiaries are recognised directly in equity.

The most important change associated with the implementation of IAS 32 relates to the treatment of our preference share capital. Under the new accounting rules we treat the preference shares as third-party borrowings and the dividends are reported as interest costs through profit or loss.

Retirement benefits
We account for pensions and similar obligations in accordance with IAS 19 ’Employee Benefits’. Under this standard, the assets and liabilities of the plans are recognised at fair values in the balance sheet.

Pension accounting requires certain assumptions to be made in order to value our obligations and to determine the charges to be made to the income statement. These figures are particularly sensitive to assumptions for discount rates, inflation rates and expected long-term rates of return on assets. The following table sets out these assumptions, as at 31 December 2005, in respect of the four largest Unilever pension plans. Further details of assumptions made are given in note 22 on pages 115 and 116.

  %   %   %   %  
      Nether-   United      
  UK   lands   States   Germany  








 
Discount rate 4.7   4.0   5.5   4.0  
Inflation 2.7   1.8   2.4   1.8  
Expected long-term rate of return:
   Equities 7.6   7.0   8.0   7.0  
   Bonds 4.5   3.7   4.8   3.7  
   Property 6.1   5.5   6.5   5.5  
   Others 6.7   3.7   4.2   3.7  








 

These assumptions are set by reference to market conditions at the valuation date. Actual experience may differ from the assumptions made. The effects of such differences are recognised through the statement of recognised income and expense.

Demographic assumptions, such as mortality rates, are set having regard to the latest trends in life expectancy, plan experience and other relevant data. The assumptions are reviewed and updated as necessary as part of the periodic actuarial valuation of the pension plans. Mortality assumptions for the four largest plans are given in more detail in note 22 on page 116.

Share-based compensation
In accordance with IFRS 2 we include a non-cash charge against operating profit to reflect the fair value to the employee of share options and awards granted. In determining the additional charge, we apply a valuation based on modified Black-Scholes or multinomial models spread over the vesting period. The fair value so calculated depends on certain assumptions which are described in note 31 on page 132. The assumptions made in respect of share price volatility and expected dividend yields are particularly subjective. Unilever considers these and all other assumptions to be appropriate, but significant changes in assumptions could materially affect the charge recorded.

Provisions
Provision is made, among other reasons, for environmental and legal matters and for employee termination costs where a legal or constructive obligation exists at the balance sheet date and a reliable estimate can be made of the likely outcome.

Advertising and promotion costs
Expenditure on items such as consumer promotions and trade advertising is charged against profit in the year in which it is incurred. At each balance sheet date, we are required to estimate the part of expenditure incurred but not yet invoiced based on our knowledge of customer, consumer and promotional activity.

Deferred tax
Full provision is made for deferred taxation, as required under IAS 12, at the rates of tax prevailing at the year end unless future rates have been enacted, as detailed in note 1 on page 84. Deferred tax assets are regularly reviewed for recoverability, and a valuation allowance is established to the extent that recoverability is not considered likely.

Reporting currency and exchange rates
Foreign currency amounts for results and cash flows are translated from underlying local currencies into euros using annual average exchange rates; balance sheet amounts are translated at year-end rates except for the ordinary capital of the two parent companies. These are translated at the rate prescribed by the Equalisation Agreement of £1 = Fl.12, and then to euros at the official rate of €1.00 = Fl.2.20371 (see Corporate Governance on page 41).


 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 21

Back to Content

Financial review
(continued)

 

The figures quoted in the following discussion are in euros, at current rates of exchange, ie. the average or year-end rates of each period, unless otherwise stated. Information about exchange rates between the euro, pound sterling and the US dollar is given on page 156.

Results for 2005 compared with 2004
The results reflected in the consolidated income statement and supporting notes arise from the continuing operations of the Group. During July 2005, we completed the sale of Unilever Cosmetics International (UCI) to Coty Inc., United States. The results of UCI have been presented separately as discontinued operations for the 2004 year and, in 2005, for the period up to the date of sale.

Reported turnover grew by 2.9% in the year to €39 672 million. This increase includes a favourable effect from movements of the average euro exchange rate against the basket of Unilever currencies, which amounted to 1.3% of turnover. The net impact of disposals less acquisitions was a decline in turnover of 1.5% . This arose principally from the sale of European olive oil and other foods businesses. Underlying sales growth in the year of 3.1% was the result of volume increases.

Operating profit increased by 25% in the year to €5 314 million with operating margin increasing to 13.4% (2004: 11.0%) . Before the impact of net costs of restructuring, business disposals and impairments, the operating margin for 2005 would have been 0.8 percentage points lower than the previous year. Advertising and promotions were 1.1 percentage points of sales higher than last year. Cost savings and an improved mix more than offset the effect of an increase of nearly €600 million in input costs. Operating charges for restructuring, business disposals and impairments include the impairment of the Slim•Fast business in both 2005 and 2004 amounting to €363 million and €791 million respectively. An overview of performance by region is included in the operating reviews on pages 26 to 28.

Net finance costs were 2% lower in the year at €618 million, through lower levels of borrowings. This also reflects a reduction in the finance costs associated with pensions which were €55 million.

A reduced contribution was generated from our shares in joint ventures and associates, most significantly from our associate JohnsonDiversey. Profit from discontinued operations includes the gain of €458 million arising from the sale of UCI.

The Group’s effective tax rate of profit for the year was 26%, compared with 22% in 2004, which reflected resolution of a higher level of outstanding prior year tax issues.

Net profit and earnings per share from continuing operations increased by 21% and 22% respectively in the year. Including the profits of the discontinued operations, total earnings per share increased by 37% in the year.

Return on invested capital (ROIC) for the year was 12.5%, up from 10.7% in 2004. This reflects the lower restructuring costs and higher profits on business disposals included in net profit. ROIC retains all goodwill and intangibles in invested capital, regardless of impairment.

Acquisitions and disposals
There were no material acquisitions during 2004 or 2005.

In March 2005 Unilever completed the restructuring of its Portuguese foods business. Before the restructuring Unilever Portugal held an interest in FIMA/VG – Distribuição de Produtos Alimentares, Lda. (FIMA) foods business, a joint venture with Jerónimo Martins Group, in addition to its wholly owned Bestfoods business acquired in 2000. As a result of the transaction the two foods businesses – FIMA and Unilever Bestfoods Portugal – were unified and the joint venture stakes were re-balanced so that Unilever now holds 49% of the combined foods business and Jerónimo Martins Group 51%.

On 11 July 2005, we announced the completion of the sale of our Prestige fragrance business, UCI, to Coty Inc. of the United States. Unilever received US $800 million in cash, with the opportunity for further deferred payments contingent upon future sales.

On 20 December 2005, Unilever announced its intention to sell its Mora business to Ad van Geloven in the Netherlands, for an undisclosed sum. The agreement is subject to approval by competition authorities and advice from work councils. The proposed transaction relates to the Mora brand and to factories in Maastricht and Mol (Belgium).

Other business disposals in 2005 included Stanton Oil in the UK and Ireland, Dextro in various countries in Europe, Opal in Peru, Karo and Knax in Mexico, spreads and cooking products in Australia and New Zealand, Crispa, Mentadent, Marmite, Bovril and Maizena in South Africa, frozen pizza in Austria, Biopon in Hungary and tea plantations in India. The combined annual turnover of these businesses was approximately €200 million.

In 2004 we disposed of more than 20 businesses with total turnover in excess of €700 million. Significant disposals included the sale of certain household care brands in North America, our edible oils business under the Capullo, Inca and Mazola brands in Mexico, the Dalda brand in Pakistan and the sale of our European frozen pizza and baguette business. Our chemicals business in India (Hindustan Lever Chemicals) was merged with Tata Chemicals.


 

22 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Report of the Directors

Financial review
(continued)

 

On 9 February 2006 Unilever announced its intention to sell the majority of its frozen foods businesses in Europe. The intended sale includes the frozen food portfolio under the Iglo and Birds Eye brands in Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, the Netherlands, Portugal, Spain and the United Kingdom.

For further information on the impact of acquisitions and disposals refer also to the cash flow section of this review on page 24 and to note 28 on page 128.

Dividends and market capitalisation
The proposed final dividend of €1.32 per €0.51 share brings the dividends paid and proposed on the NV ordinary capital to €1.98 per €0.51 share (2004: €1.89), an increase of 5% per share. The proposed final dividend of 13.54p per 1.4p share brings the dividends paid and proposed on the PLC ordinary capital to 20.31p per 1.4p share (2004: 19.15p), an increase of 6% per share. The 2005 final proposed and interim paid dividends of €1 905 million (2004: €1 832 million) represented 51% (2004: 66%) of net profit attributable to shareholders’ equity for the year.

Unilever’s combined market capitalisation at 31 December 2005 was €57.5 billion (2004: €49.3 billion).

Balance sheet
Goodwill and intangible assets at 31 December 2005 were €1 048 million higher than in 2004. Currency movements added €1 575 million, offset by Slim•Fast impairment, disposals and the reclassification of assets held for sale. Inventories and current trade receivables were €1 050 million higher, reflecting currency movements and the low position achieved at the end of 2004.

Total equity has increased by €2 250 million since 1 January. Net profit added €3 975 million and currency retranslation and fair value gains €540 million. Treasury stock, which is deducted from equity, was used for the conversion of the €0.05 preference shares. This reduced borrowings by €1 380 million and increased equity by €930 million. Subsequent purchases of treasury stock and parent company dividends reduced equity by €1 262 million and €1 867 million respectively.

The net debt position (see page 19) at 31 December 2004 was €9 663 million which increased on 1 January 2005 to €11 185 million as a result of the application of IAS 32/39 and IFRS 5 from this date. Closing net debt was €10 502 million, a decrease of €683 million since 1 January. Purchases of treasury stock were €1 276 million (including the share buy-back program of €500 million) and proceeds of business disposals were €804 million. The €1 380 million net debt reduction on conversion of the €0.05 preference shares was largely offset by currency movements.

At 31 December 2005, cash and cash equivalents and financial assets (including the positive fair value of derivatives relating to borrowings amounting to €250 million) amounted to €2 114 million (2004: €2 603 million); borrowings, including finance leases, amounted to €12 616 million (2004: €12 266 million). The net of these cash and borrowing positions, being the net debt, amounted to €10 502 million (2004: € 9 663 million).

Unilever manages the related interest rate and currency exposures based on this net debt position. Taking into account the various cross currency swaps and other derivatives, 60% of Unilever's net debt was in US dollars (2004: 96%) and 17% in euros (2004: (28)% financial assets), with the remainder spread over a large number of other currencies. The currency distribution of total borrowings was as follows: 51% in US dollars (2004: 58%) and 20% in euros (2004: 15%) with the remainder spread over a large number of other currencies. Further details of the currency analyses are given in note 17 on page 106 and note 18 on page 109.

Unilever has committed credit facilities in place to support its commercial paper programmes and for general corporate purposes. The undrawn committed credit facilities in place at the end of 2005 were: bilateral committed credit facilities totalling US $4 292 million, bilateral notes commitments totalling US $200 million and bilateral money market commitments totalling US $1 725 million. Further details regarding these facilities are given in note 18 on page 109.

In September, a total of €750 million of term financing was raised through issuance of a 10 year Eurobond.

Unilever is satisfied that its financing arrangements are adequate to meet its working capital needs for the foreseeable future.

Unilever’s contractual obligations at the end of 2005 included capital expenditure commitments, borrowings, lease commitments and other commitments. A summary of certain contractual obligations at 31 December 2005 is provided in the table below. Further details are set out in the following notes to the accounts: note 11 on page 100, note 18 on page 108, note 19 on pages 110 to 112 and note 27 on page 127.

Contractual obligations at 31 December 2005

      € million   € million   € million   € million   € million
          Due           Due in
          within   Due in   Due in   over
      Total   one year   1-3 years   3-5 years   5 years












Long-term debt   8 447   1 990   2 229   1 884   2 344
Operating lease          
  obligations   1 931   339   564   431   597
Purchase obligations(a)   240   165   55   20  
Finance leases   330   75   116   27   112
Other long-term          
  commitments   591   200   330   43   18


(a) Raw and packaging materials and finished goods.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 23

Back to Contents

Financial review
(continued)

 

In 2005, pension liabilities less plan assets amounted to €5 581 million (2004: €5 454 million).

In November 2001, NV entered into a forward purchase contract with a counterparty bank to buy 10 000 000 PLC shares at 559p per share in November 2006 to meet the obligation to employees under share option plans. Depending on the market value of this forward purchase contract, a cash collateral must be placed with the counterparty bank at a minimum of €8 million. At 31 December 2005, €16 million of collateral had been placed with the counterparty.

Off-balance sheet arrangements
IFRSs interpretation SIC 12 and US GAAP FIN 46R require that entities with which we have relationships are considered for consolidation in the consolidated accounts based on relative sharing of economic risks and rewards rather than based solely on share ownership and voting rights. We periodically review our contractual arrangements with potential special purpose entities (SPEs) or variable interest entities (VIEs) as defined by SIC 12 and FIN 46R respectively. The most recent review has concluded that there are no significant SPE or VIE relationships which are not already appropriately reflected in the accounts. Information concerning guarantees given by the Group is stated in note 27 on page 127.

Cash flow
Cash and cash equivalents at 31 December 2005 were at a similar level to the end of 2004. Net cash flow from operating activities, at €4 353 million, was €1 194 million lower than in the previous year. This includes the effects of additional marketing investment, a lower inflow from working capital compared with last year, and higher cash costs of restructuring, pensions and tax.

Net cash flow from investing activities was €635 million higher than last year, reflecting higher disposal receipts (including €623 million from the sale of UCI) and net movements in investments with maturity greater than three months. Net cash flow used in financing activities fell by €1 117 million, reflecting borrowing activity offset by increased purchases of own shares.

Share buy-back
In 2005 we completed a share buy-back program of €500 million. This was in addition to the purchase of €776 million of shares to partially replenish treasury stock used for the conversion of the €0.05 NV preference shares.

Finance and liquidity
Unilever aims to be in the top third of a reference group of 21 international consumer goods companies for Total Shareholder Return, as explained on page 25. The Group’s financial strategy supports this objective and provides the financial flexibility to meet its strategic and day-to-day needs. The key elements of the financial strategy are:

Appropriate access to equity and debt capital;
Sufficient flexibility for tactical acquisitions;
A1/P1 short-term credit rating;
Sufficient resilience against economic turmoil; and
Optimal weighted average cost of capital, given the constraints above.

Unilever aims to concentrate cash in the parent and finance companies in order to ensure maximum flexibility in meeting changing business needs. Operating subsidiaries are financed through the mix of retained earnings, third-party borrowings and loans from parent and group financing companies that is most appropriate to the particular country and business concerned. Unilever maintains access to global debt markets through an infrastructure of short-term debt programmes (principally US domestic and euro commercial paper programmes) and long-term debt programmes (principally a US Shelf registration and euromarket Debt Issuance Programme). Debt in the international markets is, in general, issued in the name of NV, PLC or Unilever Capital Corporation. NV and PLC will normally guarantee such debt where they are not the issuer.

Treasury
Unilever Treasury’s role is to ensure that appropriate financing is available for all value-creating investments. Additionally, Treasury delivers financial services to allow operating companies to manage their financial transactions and exposures in an efficient, timely and low-cost manner.

Unilever Treasury operates as a service centre and is governed by policies and plans approved by the Boards. In addition to policies, guidelines and exposure limits, a system of authorities and extensive independent reporting covers all major areas of activity. Performance is monitored closely. Reviews are undertaken by the corporate internal audit function.

The key financial instruments used by Unilever are short- and long-term borrowings, cash and cash equivalents and certain straightforward derivative instruments, principally comprising interest rate swaps and foreign exchange contracts. The accounting for derivative instruments is discussed in note 1 on page 83. The use of leveraged instruments is not permitted.

Other relevant disclosures are given in note 2 on pages 86 to 87, and notes 17, 18 and 19 on pages 105 to 113.

Unilever Treasury manages a variety of market risks, including the effects of changes in foreign exchange rates, interest rates and liquidity. Further details of the management of these risks are given in note 2 on pages 86 and 87.


 

24 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Report of the Directors

Financial review
(continued)

 

Pensions investment strategy
The Group’s investment strategy in respect of its funded pension plans is implemented within the framework of the various statutory requirements of the territories where the plans are based. The Group has developed policy guidelines for the allocation of assets to different classes with the objective of controlling risk and maintaining the right balance between risk and long-term returns in order to limit the cost to the company of the benefits provided. To achieve this, investments are well diversified, such that the failure of any single investment would not have a material impact on the overall level of assets. The plans invest the largest proportion of the assets in equities, which the Group believes offer the best returns over the long term commensurate with an acceptable level of risk. The Group also keeps a proportion of assets invested in property, bonds and cash. Most assets are managed by a number of external fund managers with a small proportion managed in-house. In December 2005, Unilever launched a pooled investment vehicle (Univest) which will offer its pension plans around the world a simplified investment solution to implement their strategic asset allocation models initially for equities. The aim is to provide a high quality, well diversified risk controlled solution.

Total Shareholder Return
Total Shareholder Return (TSR) measures the returns received by a shareholder, capturing both the increase in share price and the value of dividend income (assuming dividends are re-invested). Unilever’s TSR performance is compared with a peer group of competitors over a three-year rolling performance period. This period is sensitive enough to reflect changes but long enough to smooth out short-term volatility. The return is expressed in US dollars, based on the equivalent US dollar share price for NV and PLC. US dollars were chosen to facilitate comparison with companies in Unilever’s chosen reference group. The choice of currency affects the absolute TSR but not the relative ranking.

Unilever’s TSR target is to be in the top third of a reference group including 20 other international consumer goods companies on a three-year rolling basis. At the end of 2004 we were positioned 13th, and at the end of 2005 the ranking was 14th. In 2005, the following companies formed the peer group of comparative companies:

Altria Kao
Avon Lion
Beiersdorf L’Oréal
Cadbury Schweppes Nestlé
Clorox Orkla
Coca-Cola Pepsico
Colgate Procter & Gamble
Danone Reckitt Benckiser
Gillette Sara Lee
Heinz Shiseido

From 2006, Kraft will replace Altria and Kimberly-Clark will replace Gillette in the peer group.

Unilever’s position relative to the TSR reference group


The reference group, including Unilever, consists of 21 companies. Unilever’s position is based on TSR over a three-year rolling period.

Significant changes after the balance sheet date
We announced on 9 February 2006 our decision to put the majority of the frozen foods businesses in Europe up for sale. The intended sale includes the frozen food portfolio under the Iglo and Birds Eye brands in Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, the Netherlands, Portugal, Spain and the United Kingdom.


 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005   25 

Back to Contents

Operating review by region
Europe

 

2005 results compared with 2004 € million   € million   € million   € million   %   %  
(continuing operations)     Exchange           Change at   Change at  
  2005 at   rate   2005 at   2004 at   actual   constant  
  2005 rates   effects   2004 rates   2004 rates   current rates   2004 rates  






 




 
Turnover 16 211   (56 ) 16 155   16 650   (2.6)%   (3.0)%  
Operating profit 2 304   (4 ) 2 300   2 303   (0.0)%   (0.2)%  
Operating margin 14.2%       14.2%   13.8%          
Restructuring, business disposals and impairment charges included in operating margin
(0.8)%       (0.8)%   (2.3)%          






 




 
                         
Turnover and underlying sales growth 2005                      
(at constant 2004 rates) vs 2004                      


                     
Underlying sales growth (%) (0.8 )                    
Effect of acquisitions (%) 0.2                      
Effect of disposals (%) (2.3 )                    
Turnover growth (%) (3.0 )                    


                     
                         

Turnover at current rates of exchange fell by 2.6%, mainly due to disposals, and including a positive impact from currency movements of 0.4% . Operating profit at current rates of exchange was at the same level as in 2004, after including a favourable effect of currency movements of 0.2% . The underlying performance of the business after eliminating these exchange translation effects and the impact of acquisitions and disposals is discussed below at constant exchange rates.

Our priority in Europe is to regain momentum and improve competitiveness. The focus has been on enhancing the value to consumers of our products through keener pricing, improved quality and more and better innovation.

Marketing support has been raised to a more competitive level with additional spend deployed against our best opportunities. The organisation is being streamlined and we are building up stronger capabilities in customer management.

We have made progress over the last year. Volume has been slightly positive (compared with a 2% decline in 2004), but investment in pricing meant that underlying sales declined by 0.8% in the year.

Central and Eastern Europe performed well in buoyant markets, notably in Russia which was ahead by nearly 20%.

Western Europe was challenging, with continued weak consumer demand. Our businesses grew in the Netherlands and Spain, but declined by around 2% in France and Germany and by nearly 4% in the UK.

In Foods, we have held overall market share through the course of the year, with growth across all key categories apart from frozen foods. On 9 February 2006 we announced that we were putting up for sale the majority of our frozen foods business in Europe.

In Home and Personal Care we had a disappointing year and we have lost market share, particularly in the UK.

Overall, there was some pick-up in the fourth quarter, but we are not yet where we want to be.

New product launches this year have included Knorr Vie mini shots, extensions of the Becel/Flora pro•activ heart health range, soups fortified with vitamins and low-fat soups.

We have introduced a Rexona Sport variant in deodorants, Axe shower gel and Sunsilk hair styling products. We have further improved our Home Care product range with launches that address specific consumer needs, such as ‘no-need-to-pre-treat’ laundry detergents, Sun 4-in-1 dishwash and Domestos sink and drain unblocker.

The operating margin, at 14.2%, was 0.4 percentage points higher than last year. Increased advertising and promotions and pricing investment together with higher input costs were partly offset by productivity gains. Net restructuring, disposal and impairment costs, at 0.8% were 1.5 percentage points lower than in 2004.


 

26 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Report of the Directors

Operating review by region
The Americas

 

2005 results compared with 2004 € million   € million   € million   € million   %   %  
(continuing operations)     Exchange           Change at   Change at  
  2005 at   rate   2005 at   2004 at   actual   constant  
  2005 rates   effects   2004 rates   2004 rates   current rates   2004 rates  











 
Turnover 13 179   (464 ) 12 715   12 296   7.2%   3.4%  
Operating profit 1 719   (75 ) 1 644   896   91.9%   83.6%  
After charging:                        
    Impairment of Slim•Fast (363 ) (12 ) (375 ) (791 )        
    Provision for Brazilian sales tax         (169 )        
Operating margin 13.0%       12.9%   7.3%          
Restructuring, business disposals and impairment                        
    charges included in operating margin (3.4)%       (3.4)%   (9.2)%          






 




 
                         
Turnover and underlying sales growth 2005                      
(at constant 2004 rates) vs 2004                      


                     
Underlying sales growth (%) 4.1                      
Effect of acquisitions (%) 0.0                      
Effect of disposals (%) (0.7 )                    
Turnover growth (%) 3.4                      


                     
                         

Turnover at current rates of exchange rose by 7.2%, including a positive impact from currency movements of 3.8% . Operating profit at current rates of exchange was 92% higher than in 2004, including a favourable impact from currency movements of 8.3% . The underlying performance of the business after eliminating these exchange translation effects and the impact of disposals is discussed below at constant exchange rates.

Underlying sales grew by 4%, all coming from volume gains, broadly based across the region, underpinned by a successful innovation programme.

Consumer demand in the US showed a sustained recovery. Our sales in the US grew by 3.2%, accelerating through the year, and we gained market share in aggregate.

In Brazil and Mexico, a strong first half was followed by relatively weaker demand in the second half of the year. We grew in line with our markets in Home and Personal Care, but saw some share loss in Foods.

Growth in Personal Care across the region has been driven by good consumer response to our initiatives, including vitality innovation and consistent support. This has been particularly evident in the deodorants and personal wash categories, with strong double-digit growth for Axe, now the number one deodorant in the US, and for the Dove and Rexona brands.

Another strong Foods performance in the US was driven by further share gains in ice cream, continued good results from the extension of the Country Crock and Bertolli brands into new categories, and from Lipton ready-to-drink and speciality teas.

Slim•Fast continued to regain share, but in a much contracted weight management market and sales were well below the previous year.

New launches in the US included the well received Dove Cool Moisture range and the extension of Axe into male shower gels. In Latin America our brands have also been very successful in connecting with younger consumers through Rexona ‘teens’ and innovative communication for Axe.

In the US we introduced all Small & Mighty laundry detergent, offering the convenience of the same cleaning power in a smaller bottle. We have invested in communication of our Omo laundry brands, under the ‘Dirt is Good’ campaign in southern Latin America.

In Foods, we strengthened the vitality credentials of our brands in the US with Promise heart health spread, Ragú organic and support for the anti-oxidant properties of Lipton teas. AdeS continued to build across Latin America with the distinctive nutrition benefits of ‘soy with fruit’.

The operating margin at current rates of exchange was 13.0%, 5.7 percentage points higher than in 2004. Net charges for restructuring, disposal and impairment were 3.4%, which was 5.8 percentage points lower than in the prior year. Cost savings offset a higher level of advertising and promotions and increased input costs. There were also gains from the sale of an office in the US, in US healthcare plans and from currency effects on capital reductions.


 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005   27 

Back to Contents

Operating review by region
Asia Africa

 

2005 results compared with 2004
(continuing operations)  
€ million   € million   € million   € million   %   %  
    Exchange           Change at   Change at  
2005 at   rate   2005 at   2004 at   actual   constant  
  2005 rates   effects   2004 rates   2004 rates   current rates   2004 rates  






 




 
Turnover  10 282   (1 ) 10 281   9 620   6.9%    6.9 % 
Operating profit  1 291   6   1 297   1 040   24.1%    24.7 % 
Operating margin  12.6%       12.6%   10.8%           
Restructuring, business disposals and impairment                         
       charges included in operating margin (0.0)%       (0.0)%   (2.9)%           






 




 
                         
 Turnover and underlying sales growth 2005
vs 2004
                     
 (at constant 2004 rates)                      


Underlying sales growth (%) 8.7                      
Effect of acquisitions (%) 0.0                      
Effect of disposals (%) (1.6 )                    
Turnover growth (%) 6.9                      


                     
                         

Turnover at current rates of exchange rose by 6.9%, with no net impact from currency movements. Operating profit at current rates of exchange was 24% higher than in 2004, after allowing for an adverse impact from currency movements of 0.6% . The underlying performance of the business after eliminating these exchange translation effects and the impact of disposals is discussed below at constant exchange rates.

We have capitalised on our leading positions and buoyant consumer demand across most of the region, growing underlying sales by nearly 9%, in a competitive environment, and increasing market share in key battlegrounds.

The growth was broad-based in terms of both categories and geographies. There were notable performances in all major developing and emerging countries, including a strong recovery in India with market share gains, and significant contributions from China, which was up by over 20%, and from South East Asia, South Africa, Turkey and Arabia. Japan returned to growth. After a weak first half, Australia improved in the second half of the year.

Most of the increase came from volume, but price growth gained momentum through the year, as we moved to selectively recover increased commodity costs, especially in Home Care.

Growth was underpinned by a range of innovations. In skin care in India, Lux has been strengthened with new soap bars from the global range and the introduction of limited editions. Innovations in Pond’s included a new ‘mud’ range in China.

In hair care we launched Dove in Indonesia, a Sunsilk summer range across South East Asia, a new variant for Lux Super Rich in China and a strengthened Sunsilk range across several key markets in Africa and the Middle East.

New formulations for our laundry products include improved whiteness delivery for Surf in Indonesia and Omo for sensitive skin in Turkey.

In tea, we have substantially strengthened the Brooke Bond brand in India, while Lipton is benefiting from strong regional innovations, including Earl Grey and Green Tea variants in markets such as Turkey and Arabia.

The operating margin was 12.6%, 1.8 percentage points higher than in 2004. Increased investment in advertising and promotions was partly offset by productivity gains. The remaining difference was due to net restructuring, disposal and impairment charges which were insignificant in 2005 compared with a net charge of 2.9% in 2004.


 

28 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Report of the Directors

Operating review by category
Foods

 

Highlights in 2005 included:

The growth of healthier innovations, such as Becel/Flora pro•activ and Knorr Vie, is a direct result of our vitality strategy.
   
We completed our nutritional enhancement programme. Over 16 000 products have been assessed for levels of trans fats, saturated fats, sodium and sugars, and, where necessary, action has been taken to reduce them.
   
Our R&D has been restructured to operate as a single, integrated organisation, enabling us to leverage our global scale and allocate resources more productively.

We are embracing vitality at the core of our Foods brands, ensuring they deliver the nutritional and health benefits that consumers are increasingly demanding, as well as that essential ingredient for success – great taste.

Becel/Flora pro•activ is a case in point. Originally launched as a spread to help people reduce their cholesterol, Becel/Flora pro•activ has extended rapidly into a range that includes milk drinks, yoghurt products and minidrinks. This no longer relates only to cholesterol, as there is now a mini-drink to help people control blood pressure. In fact, the brand has proved so effective in improving heart health, as part of a balanced diet, that the Netherlands’ largest health insurer, VGZ, is rewarding its policy holders financially when they buy Becel/Flora pro•activ products.

To help consumers meet their daily nutritional requirements, we also launched Knorr Vie mini shots in Europe. Free of preservatives and other additives, these convenient natural drinks help consumers on their way towards their daily fruit and vegetable needs. Other advances included new fruit variants of our nutritionally rich, soy-based drink, AdeS, in Latin America. Like so many of our brands that have embraced vitality, AdeS has proved a success and will be extended to other markets. Our dedicated new vitality platforms group are actively creating numerous future opportunities such as the ones mentioned above.

In all cases, whether we’re communicating the health benefits of Lipton tea or the vitality credentials of Hellmann’s, we only make health and nutrition claims for our brands that are supported by robust, scientifically-validated evidence. This approach is underpinned by a strict claims guidance framework, as well as a commitment to make nutritional information available to consumers.

Improved quality has been another theme of our innovations, reflected in the launch of our gourmet-standard Bertolli Dinner for Two frozen range, a major success in the US. Knorr has also produced exceptional results in the Netherlands and other European countries with its new, high quality wet soups in pouches (also sold as Unox), as has our ice cream business with its new and intensely flavoured Magnum Five Senses.

For developing and emerging markets, we have continued to make our products more affordable through packaging and price-per-serving with pioneering products such as Knorr Cubitos seasoning cubes.

While consumers increasingly look for ways to eat healthily out of home, they are not willing to sacrifice taste and convenience. This often challenges foodservice operators to offer food that meets all the needs of their customers. Our Unilever Foodsolutions business gives foodservice professionals products that deliver delicious taste, consistent quality, convenience and healthier menu options.

In 2005 we launched Knorr Coulis, a new innovative range of pure sauces made from freshly mashed vegetables. To be used as a warm or cold sauce or as a natural ingredient, Knorr Coulis creatively refines and decorates all types of dishes. With its pure, high quality ingredients, its fresh authentic taste and exciting colours, it is a solution that brings chefmanship and vitality naturally together.


 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 29

Back to Contents

Operating review by category
Home and Personal Care

 

Highlights in 2005 included:

The success of all Small & Mighty liquid detergent has underlined the power of stronger relationships with our customers.
   
Dove and Rexona extended their leadership with launches such as Dove Cool Moisture and Rexona ‘teens’.
   
Technological breakthroughs have spearheaded the recovery of our Home Care business, as well as hair in Asia.
   
To make greater inroads in the US skin market, we opened a new $23 million R&D facility in Connecticut.

Vitality is now central to our Home and Personal Care business. The Dove Campaign for Real Beauty, the Omo Dirt is Good campaign and the Lifebuoy Handwashing campaigns in Asia are tangible programmes that bring Unilever’s vitality mission to life in our Home and Personal Care brands.

The success of Lifebuoy in India and Indonesia contributed to the performance of our skin business in Asia, as did the launch of Pond’s whitening platform, which underlines Unilever’s strength in the face care sector across Asia.

The new Dove Cool Moisture range was launched in North America while the Dove firming range was rolled out globally. We also extended the Dove Campaign for Real Beauty with the creation of the Dove Self-Esteem Fund for young women to educate and inspire girls on a wider definition of beauty.

In South Africa we relaunched Vaseline with a range of lotions and creams aligned with the new global packaging. We also launched South Africa’s first mass-market male lotion, new Vaseline ‘For Men’.

To grow our share of the male grooming market, we launched Axe shower gel in North America. Within just three years, Axe has become the leading deodorant brand in the US. We also launched Rexona Sport for Men with an award-winning advertising campaign called ‘Stunt City’. Rexona is now the number one male deodorant brand in Russia and Ukraine.

In hair, the new Sunsilk colour enhancement range in Europe has been designed to increase the brand’s appeal among young consumers. In oral care, the world’s first centre-filled gel toothpaste was introduced in Vietnam.

Innovation has reinvigorated our laundry business. The Omo Dirt is Good campaign was rolled out across most of Asia after its launch in Latin America and Europe, giving us near global coverage. In Europe, we introduced a new gel-layered detergent tablet that helped make Skip the fastest growing HPC brand in France by the end of 2005. A new whiteness shading technology in Latin America gave consumers more appealing whites with Radiant. The proprietary technology behind the innovation is ensuring we keep ahead of our key competitors. In North America, all Small & Mighty is leading the concentrated liquid detergent market. Its success illustrates how great mixes, which have both a consumer-winning innovation and a strong customer benefit, can be successful. In China, we continued to develop the fabric conditioners market where Comfort is the market leader.

The level of innovation in household care has been equally creative. Cif, for example, rolled out pioneering power cream sprays for the bathroom and kitchen. The traditional offer to the consumer of cream from Cif has now been enhanced with an attractive new proposition with the same power of the Cif cream in a spray. Domestos, meanwhile, extended its ‘kill germ’ power into a new territory with the sink and drain unblocker that now clears blockages up to twice as fast as the market leader.


 

30 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Report of the Directors
Risk management

 

The following discussion about risk management activities includes ‘forward-looking’ statements that involve risk and uncertainties. The actual results could differ materially from those projected. See the ‘Cautionary Statement’ on page 04.

Unilever’s system of risk management is outlined on page 74. Responsibility for establishing a coherent framework for the Group to manage risk resides with the Boards. The remit of the Boards is outlined on page 35.

Particular risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to vary from those described in forward-looking statements within this document, or which could impact on our ability to meet our published targets, have been identified. In this context the following specific risks have been identified as areas of focus in 2006.

Sales and profit growth
The increasingly competitive environment, the further consolidation in the marketplace and continued growth of discounters could adversely impact our rate of sales growth. In light of this, we will continue to invest in selected brands and high growth market areas to ensure that we deliver profitable sales growth. Our continued sales and profit growth depends in large part on our ability to generate and implement a stream of consumer-relevant improvements to our products. The contribution of innovation is affected by the level of funding that can be made available, the technical capability of the research and development functions, and the success of operating management in rolling out quickly the resulting improvements. Our focus will continue to be on developing our brands in ways that are distinctive and are relevant for our customers.

We have a number of large global brands, including 12 with an annual turnover of greater than €1 billion which often depend on global or regional development and supply chains. Any adverse event affecting consumer confidence or continuity of supply of such a brand could have an impact in many markets. The carrying value of intangible assets associated with many of our brands is significant, and depends on the future success of those brands. There remains a risk that events affecting one or more of our global brands could potentially impair the value of those brands.

As the retail market place through which our products are distributed continues to evolve, our growth and profitability can be threatened if we do not adapt our strategies and enhance our operational capabilities. It is important that we continue to build and deepen relationships with our customers. Plans to raise our effectiveness in the trade, where necessary, receive increasing attention at all levels.

Change initiatives
The further restructuring of the business (including the outsourcing of back office support operations and convergence of regional processes and systems through the One Unilever initiative) require continuing close management attention in 2006. We have experience of managing such risks and have clear action plans to mitigate them, including the establishment and maintenance of project management processes to monitor progress against milestones and targets together with appropriate communication programmes.

People
Unilever’s performance targets require it to have the right calibre of people at all levels. We must compete to obtain capable recruits for the business, and then train them in the skills and competencies that we need to deliver profitable growth. At a time of substantial change in the business there is a particular focus on creating alignment and energetic leadership.

Corporate reputation
Unilever has created a strong corporate reputation over many years and many of our businesses have a high local profile. This reputation is underpinned by ensuring that all employees embrace the principles prescribed in our Code of Business Principles. Unilever products carrying our well-known brand names are sold in over 150 countries. Should we fail to meet high product safety, social, environmental and ethical standards in all our operations and activities, Unilever’s corporate reputation could be damaged, leading to the rejection of our products by consumers, damage to our brands and diversion of management time into rebuilding our reputation. Examples of initiatives to manage key social and environmental risks are mentioned on pages 11 and 12.

Potential economic instability
More than a third of Unilever’s turnover comes from the developing and emerging economies. We have long experience in these markets, which are also an important source of our growth. These economies are typically more volatile than those in the developed world, and there is a risk of downturns in consumer demand that would reduce the sales of our products. We will continue to closely monitor performance in the most volatile markets and respond quickly to protect our business. In cases of extreme social disruption, protecting our people is always the priority.


 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 31

Back to Contents

Risk management
(continued)

 

Price and supply of raw materials and commodities contracts
Where appropriate, we purchase forward contracts for raw materials and commodities, almost always for physical delivery. We may also use futures contracts to hedge future price movements; however, the amounts are not material. With the adoption of IFRSs from 1 January 2005, we are required to recognise financial derivatives (which include forward contracts) at their fair value on the balance sheet.

Insurance risks
As a multinational group with diverse product offerings and operations in more than 100 countries, Unilever is subject to varying degrees of risk and uncertainty. It does not take out insurance against all risks and retains a significant element of exposure to those risks against which it does insure. However, it insures its business assets in each country against insurable risks as it deems appropriate.

Financial risks
In addition to the above, Unilever is exposed to various specific risks in connection with its financial operations and results. These include the following:

The impact of movement in equity markets, interest rates and life expectancy on net pension liabilities;
Maintenance of group cash flows at an appropriate level;
Exposure of debt and cash positions to changes in interest rates;
Potential impact of changes in exchange rates on the group’s earnings and on the translation of its underlying net assets;
Liquidity and counterparty risks; and
Risks associated with the holding of our own shares in connection with share-based remuneration schemes.

Further information about these, including sensitivity analysis to changes in certain of the key measures, is given in note 2 on pages 86 and 87 and note 22 on page 114.

Other risks
Unilever’s businesses are exposed to varying degrees of risk and uncertainty related to other factors including competitive pricing, commodity, raw and packaging material pricing, consumption levels, physical risks, legislative, fiscal, tax and regulatory developments, terrorism and economic, political, and social conditions in the environments where we operate. All of these risks could materially affect the Group’s business, our turnover, operating profit, net profit, net assets and liquidity. There may be risks which are unknown to Unilever or which are currently believed to be immaterial.


 

32 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Report of the Directors
Corporate governance

 

General information 04
Chairman’s foreword 05
Group Chief Executive 06
About Unilever 09
Financial and operating reviews 15
Risk management 31
   
Corporate governance 33
       Introduction 34
       Developments in corporate governance 34
       The Boards 35
       Chairman and Group Chief Executive 37
       Executive Directors 37
       Non-Executive Directors 37
       Board committees 39
       Directors – Various formal matters 40
       Directors – Indemnification 40
       Directors – Conflicts of interest 40
       Shareholder matters 40
       Equalisation Agreement 41
       Combined earnings per share 43
       Share capital 43
       Stichting Administratiekantoor Unilever N.V. 43
       Leverhulme Trust 44
       Requirements and compliance – general 45
       Requirements – The Netherlands 45
       Requirements – The United Kingdom 47
       Requirements – The United States 47
       Biographical details 49
               Executive Directors 49
               Non-Executive Directors 49
               Unilever Executive (UEx) 50
   
Reports of Board committees 51

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 33

Back to Contents

Corporate governance

 

Introduction

The Unilever Group
Unilever N.V. and Unilever PLC are the two parent companies of the Unilever Group. NV was incorporated under the name Naamlooze Vennootschap Margarine Unie in the Netherlands in 1927. PLC was incorporated under the name Lever Brothers Limited in Great Britain in 1894. The two companies have different shareholder constituencies and shareholders cannot convert or exchange the shares of one company for shares of the other. NV is listed in Amsterdam, New York, Frankfurt and Zürich. PLC is listed in London and New York.

NV and PLC together with their group companies operate effectively as a single economic entity. This is achieved by a series of agreements between NV and PLC (the Foundation Agreements, see below), together with special provisions in the Articles of Association of NV and PLC. NV and PLC have the same directors and adopt the same accounting principles. Shareholders of both companies receive dividends on an equalised basis. NV and PLC and their group companies constitute a single reporting entity for the purposes of presenting consolidated accounts. Accordingly, the accounts of the Unilever Group are presented by both NV and PLC as their respective consolidated accounts.

NV and PLC have agreed to co-operate in all areas and to ensure that all group companies act accordingly. NV and PLC are holding and service companies, and the business activity of Unilever is carried out by their subsidiaries around the world. Shares in group companies may ultimately be held wholly by either NV or PLC, or jointly by the two companies, in varying proportions.

The Equalisation Agreement
The Equalisation Agreement regulates the mutual rights of the shareholders of NV and PLC. Its objective is to ensure that the position of these shareholders is, as far as possible, the same as if they held shares in a single company. Under the Equalisation Agreement, NV and PLC must adopt the same financial periods and accounting policies. Further information on the Equalisation Agreement is given on page 41.

The Deed of Mutual Covenants
The Deed of Mutual Covenants provides that NV and PLC and their respective subsidiary companies shall co-operate in every way for the purpose of maintaining a common operating policy. In addition, they shall exchange all relevant information about their respective businesses – the intention being to create and maintain a common operating platform for the Unilever Group throughout the world. The Deed of Mutual Covenants illustrates some of the information which makes up this common platform, such as the mutual exchange and free use of know-how, patents, trade marks and all other commercially valuable information. The Deed contains provisions which indicate, without laying down any rigid constraints, which operation according to geography shall be held ultimately by either NV or PLC. These arrangements were designed to create a balance between the two parent companies and the funds generated by them, for the benefit of their respective sets of shareholders.

The Agreement for Mutual Guarantees of Borrowing
Under the Agreement for Mutual Guarantees of Borrowing between NV and PLC, each company will, if asked by the other, guarantee the borrowings of the other. The two companies can also agree jointly to guarantee the borrowings of their subsidiaries. These arrangements are used, as a matter of financial policy, for certain significant public borrowings. They enable lenders to rely on our combined financial strength.

Corporate Policies
Unilever policies are characterised by being universally applicable within the Unilever Group. They are mandatory in effect and have been developed to ensure consistency in key areas within our world-wide operations. They cover operational and functional matters, and govern how we run our business, in order to comply with applicable laws and regulations.

Unilever corporate policies include: the Code of Business Principles; policies on positive assurance and risk management; policies on environmental strategy and reporting, social and ethical matters, including in respect of human rights; corporate social responsibility; the Unilever share dealing code; and a procedures manual for the timely release of price sensitive information.

The Code of Business Principles sets out the standards of behaviour we require from all of our employees. We also have a Code of Ethics that applies to the senior executive, financial and accounting officers and comprises the standards prescribed by the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). The Code of Ethics comprises an extract of the relevant provisions of Unilever’s Code of Business Principles and the more detailed rules of conduct that implement it. Copies of the Code of Business Principles and the Code of Ethics are posted on our website at
www.unilever.com/investorcentre/corpgovernance
.

Our internal risk management and control systems are described on page 31.

Developments in corporate governance
Unilever constantly keeps its corporate governance arrangements under review. NV and PLC are subject to different corporate governance requirements and best practice codes, the most relevant being those in the Netherlands, the United Kingdom and the United States. It is Unilever's practice to comply, where practicable, with the highest level of these codes, and respond to developments appropriately.

Developments in 2004
Following a review of our governance arrangements in 2004, the NV and PLC shareholders adopted proposals to create a one-tier board with a majority of independent Non-Executive Directors.


 

34 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Report of the Directors

Corporate governance
(continued)

 

Developments in 2005
In 2005 the Boards announced a series of further changes to streamline management and leadership. These were approved by our shareholders at the Annual General Meetings (AGMs) in 2005. A separate Non-Executive Chairman and Group Chief Executive were appointed. The Group Chief Executive established the Unilever Executive (UEx) which comprises three Regional Presidents (for Europe, The Americas, Asia Africa), two Category Presidents (for Foods and Home and personal care) the Chief Financial Officer and the Chief HR Officer. The regions are responsible for performance, implementing proven brand mixes in their region and focusing on building capabilities with customers. The categories are responsible for the entire brand development process including innovation, brand positioning and communication and category strategies. The interdependence between the regions and categories allows us to exploit our global scale, while building on our deep roots in local markets. Our HR and Finance functions concentrate on excellence in human capabilities and cost-efficiencies across the Group.

In 2005, we also announced that we would undertake a thorough review of our corporate structure to see if any change should be made. The review team was led by the Chairman, Antony Burgmans, and included Non-Executive Directors David Simon and Jeroen van der Veer. On 19 December 2005, the conclusions of the structure review were announced. The Boards decided that Unilever would retain its current structure with some important changes (see below). Reference is made to the announcement text on our website at www.unilever.com/ourcompany/investorcentre.

Proposed Developments for 2006
The changes in our structure that the Boards wish to propose to our shareholders at the AGMs in 2006 are:

to adapt Unilever’s constitutional arrangements to allow greater flexibility to allocate assets between both parent companies;
   
to simplify the relationship between our NV and PLC shares by establishing a one-to-one equivalence in their economic interest in the Unilever Group; this will be achieved by a split of the NV shares and a consolidation of the PLC shares; and
   
to allow shareholders the right to nominate candidates to the Boards, taking into account the need to ensure the unity of management.
   

The above proposals will require changes to the Articles of Association of NV and PLC, to the Deed of Mutual Covenants, and to the Equalisation Agreement.

More information on these proposals can be found in the notices to these AGMs, which can be found at www.unilever.com/investorcentre/agms.

The text that follows describes the corporate governance arrangements since the 2005 AGMs. More information on our corporate governance arrangements is set out in The Governance of Unilever, the Boards’ statement of their internal arrangements, which can be found at
www.unilever.com/investorcentre/corpgovernance
.

The Boards
The Boards of NV and PLC comprise the same Directors. The Chairman and all of the Directors are Directors of both NV and PLC. This ensures unity of governance and management. In order to operate as nearly as practicable as a single entity it is important for the Boards of NV and PLC to operate as far as possible as one Board. This ensures that all matters are considered by the Boards as a single intellect, reaching the same conclusions on the same set of facts.

The Boards are one-tier boards, comprising Executive Directors and, in a majority, Non-Executive Directors. The Boards have ultimate responsibility for the management, general affairs, direction and performance of the business as a whole. The responsibility of the Directors is collective, taking into account their respective roles as Executive Directors and Non-Executive Directors. The Executive Directors have additional responsibilities for the operation of our business as determined by the Group Chief Executive.

Our Directors have set out a number of areas of responsibility which are reserved to themselves and other areas for which matters are delegated to the Group Chief Executive and committees whose actions are regularly reported to and monitored by the Boards. These are described on pages 37 to 39.

Further details of how our Boards effectively operate as one board, govern themselves and delegate their authorities are set out in The Governance of Unilever, which can be found at
www.unilever.com/investorcentre/corpgovernance
.

Appointment of Directors
In order to try to ensure that NV and PLC have the same Directors, the Articles of Association of NV and PLC contain provisions which ensure that both NV and PLC shareholders are presented with the same candidates for election as Directors. This is achieved through a nomination procedure operated by the Boards of NV and PLC through Unilever’s Nomination Committee.

As mentioned above, proposals will be made to the AGMs in 2006 to allow shareholders the right to nominate directors. Below, we describe our current system used in 2005.


 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 35

Back to Contents

Corporate governance
(continued)

 

Currently, in the case of NV, the Articles of Association grant to the holders of the special ordinary shares numbered 1-2 400 inclusive the right to draw up a nomination list for shareholders to vote upon at the General Meeting. In the case of PLC, this right of nomination is given by the Articles of Association to the holders of PLC’s deferred stock. The joint holders of both the NV special ordinary shares and the PLC deferred stock are N.V. Elma and United Holdings Limited, which are joint subsidiaries of NV and PLC. The boards of N.V. Elma and United Holdings Limited comprise the members of the Nomination Committee. Only persons who have offered themselves for election to the Boards of both NV and PLC are eligible to be elected as Directors of NV and PLC.

The interests of our shareholders are protected because all the Directors submit themselves for election every year and shareholders can remove any of them by a simple majority vote. Thus, as a practical matter, the Boards cannot perpetuate themselves contrary to the will of the shareholders.

In addition, shareholders can overrule Director nominations. In the case of NV, this can be done by a resolution adopted by at least a two-thirds majority of the votes cast, which majority must represent more than one half of NV’s issued share capital. If this happens, a new meeting can be held and a new Director can be appointed with an absolute majority of the votes cast. In the case of PLC, shareholders can overrule nominations with resolutions passed at General Meetings to alter the nomination rights attached to the Deferred Shares and to alter the Articles of Association. The former resolution would require a two-thirds majority of those voting, so long as that majority comprises not less than half of the issued PLC shares. The latter resolution would require a three-quarters majority of those voting.

Board meetings
Our Boards meet at least seven times a year to consider important corporate events and actions, such as:

approval of corporate strategy;
approval of the corporate Annual Plan;
review of risks and controls;
authorisation of major transactions;
review of the functioning of the Boards and their Committees;
preparation of the Annual Report and Accounts;
declaration of dividends;
agreement of quarterly results announcements;
convening of shareholders’ meetings;
nominations for Board appointments; and
approval of Board remuneration policy.

In 2005 the Boards of NV and PLC met ten times. All our Executive Directors attended all meetings. All the Non-Executive Directors attended all meetings, except for Hilmar Kopper and David Simon who each missed one meeting and Jeroen van der Veer and Oscar Fanjul who each missed two meetings.

Board meetings are held either in London or Rotterdam and chaired by the Chairman. The Chairman is assisted by the Joint Secretaries, who ensure the Boards are supplied with all the information necessary for their deliberations. The Chairman and the Joint Secretaries involve the Senior Independent Director (see page 38) in the arrangements for Board Meetings.

Board induction and training
Upon election, Directors receive a comprehensive Directors’ Manual and are briefed thoroughly on their responsibilities. Updates on corporate governance developments and investor relations matters are frequent items at Board meetings. They receive presentations, either as Directors of the Boards or as a member of a Board Committee, on relevant aspects of the Unilever business. In addition, during 2005 the Boards received two separate teach-ins, one on the new market abuse regime in the Netherlands and the UK and the other on Directors’ indemnification (see page 40) and Directors’ and Officers’ insurance cover.

Board evaluation
The terms of reference of each Board Committee provide that the Committees conduct an annual self-assessment of their performance, which includes taking the views of the Boards on the performance of the Committee. The Chairman of the Committee reports to the Boards on the results of the process.

2005 was the first year of our new Boards’ operation. To ensure optimal functioning of the Board and the individual Directors and compliance with the most recent developments in best practice, the Nomination Committee commissioned Spencer Stuart to carry out a full review of the functioning of the Boards and of its governance arrangements. This review concluded that our arrangements stood comparison with our peers. A full report was made to the Boards in February 2006 and a range of minor changes in terms of the day-to-day operations of the Boards will be introduced during the balance of the year. A Board evaluation and Chairman and individual director appraisal process is scheduled for the second quarter of 2006. Thus, the changes following the said review can be taken into account in the evaluations.

Board support
The Joint Secretaries are available to advise all Directors and ensure that Board procedures are complied with. They are appointed and can be removed by the Boards.

A procedure is in place to enable Directors, if they so wish, to seek independent professional advice at Unilever’s expense.

Board changes
The current Directors, with their biographies, are shown on page 49. All the Executive Directors held office throughout the year, with the exception of Ralph Kugler, who was elected as a Director at the 2005 AGMs.

Antony Burgmans took up the role of Non-Executive Chairman of NV and PLC at the 2005 AGMs and Patrick Cescau became Group Chief Executive in April 2005.


 

36 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Report of the Directors

Corporate governance
(continued)

 

Leon Brittan, Lynda Chalker, Bertrand Collomb, Wim Dik, Oscar Fanjul, Hilmar Kopper, David Simon and Jeroen van der Veer were nominated for re-election as Non-Executive Directors of NV and PLC at the 2005 AGMs. Their biographies are set out on page 49.

In 2005, Bertrand Collomb, our Senior Independent Director, became Vice-Chairman of NV and PLC, Wim Dik joined the Audit Committee, and Antony Burgmans joined the External Affairs and Corporate Relations Committee.

At the 2005 AGMs, Clive Butler, Keki Dadiseth and André van Heemstra retired as Executive Directors and Claudio Gonzalez retired as Non-Executive Director.

At the 2006 AGMs, all of the Executive Directors and the Non-Executive Directors, with the exception of Bertrand Collomb, Oscar Fanjul and Hilmar Kopper, will be nominated for re-election.

Bertrand Collomb, Oscar Fanjul and Hilmar Kopper will retire as Non-Executive Directors at the 2006 AGMs and their colleagues wish to thank them for their advice during the period of their appointments.

In addition at the 2006 AGMs, Charles Golden, Executive Vice-President and CFO of Eli Lilly and Company, Byron Grote, CFO of BP p.l.c., Jean-Cyril Spinetta, Chairman/CEO of Air France-KLM S.A., and Kornelis (Kees) Storm, former Chairman of the Executive Board of AEGON N.V. will be nominated as Non-Executive Directors. Biographical details for the new Non-Executive Directors are contained in the 2006 AGM Notice’s of Meeting, and on our website at www.unilever.com/ourcompany/investorcentre.

Chairman and Group Chief Executive
Since the 2005 AGMs Unilever has had a separate Non-Executive Chairman and Group Chief Executive. There is a clear division of responsibilities between their roles. The Chairman is primarily responsible for leadership of the Boards, ensuring their effectiveness and setting their agendas. He is also responsible for ensuring that the Boards receive accurate, timely and clear information.

The Group Chief Executive has been entrusted, within the parameters set out in the Articles of Association of NV and PLC and The Governance of Unilever, with all the Boards' powers, authorities and discretions in relation to the operational management of Unilever. The Group Chief Executive has the authority to determine which duties regarding the operational management of the companies and their business enterprises will be carried out under his responsibility by one or more Executive Directors or by one or more other persons. This provides a basis to the Unilever Executive team (UEx) that reports to the Group Chief Executive. For UEx members’ biographies see page 50. For our business structure, please refer to ‘About Unilever’ on page 10.

Executive Directors
All four Executive Directors are members of the UEx: the Group Chief Executive, the Chief Financial Officer, the President Europe and the President Home and personal care. Details on their responsibilities can be found in The Governance of Unilever at www.unilever.com/investorcentre/corpgovernance.

The Executive Directors are full-time employees of Unilever. Information about their remuneration can be found in the report of the Remuneration Committee and on our website at www.unilever.com/investorcentre/corpgovernance.

The current Executive Directors are long-serving Unilever executives who can reasonably expect, subject to satisfactory performance, to be employed by Unilever until retirement. The Remuneration Committee takes the view that the entitlement of the Executive Directors to the security of twelve months’ notice of termination of employment is in line both with the practice of many comparable companies and the entitlement of other senior executives within Unilever.

The Remuneration Committee’s aim is always to deal fairly with cases of termination while taking a robust line in minimising any compensation.

The Executive Directors submit themselves for re-election at the AGMs each year. The Nomination Committee carefully considers each nomination for reappointment.

The Directors stop holding executive office on ceasing to be Directors. Those appointed prior to 2004 retire at the latest by the age of 62. Appointees from 2004 onwards retire at an age between 60 and 65, as decided by either them or Unilever.

At the AGMs of 2001 our shareholders adopted the remuneration policy for Executive Directors. Further changes were made at the AGMs in 2005. We do not grant our Executive Directors any personal loans and guarantees.

There are no family relationships between any of our Executive Directors, other key management personnel or Non-Executive Directors. None of our Executive Directors are elected or appointed under any arrangement or understanding.

Executive Directors are to obtain approval from the Chairman for all outside Board appointments. Normally not more than one such appointment should be accepted. For Executive Directors’ biographies see page 49.

Non-Executive Directors
The Non-Executive Directors share responsibility for the execution of the Board’s duties, taking into account their specific responsibilities, which are essentially supervisory. In particular, they comprise the principal external presence in the governance of Unilever, and provide a strong independent element. See page 49 for their biographies.


 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 37

Back to Contents

Corporate governance
(continued)

 

Role and Responsibility
The key elements of the role and responsibilities of our Non-Executive Directors are:

supervision of and advice to the Group Chief Executive;
developing strategy with the Group Chief Executive;
scrutiny of performance;
controls;
reporting of performance;
remuneration of and succession planning for Executive Directors; and
governance and compliance.

Our Non-Executive Directors are chosen for their broad and relevant experience and international outlook, as well as their independence. They form the Audit Committee, the Nomination Committee, the Remuneration Committee and the External Affairs and Corporate Relations Committee. The roles and membership of these key Board committees are described on page 39. The profile set by the Boards for the Non-Executive Directors and the chart used for orderly succession planning can be seen on our website at
www.unilever.com/investorcentre/corpgovernance.

Meetings
The Non-Executive Directors meet regularly as a group, without the Executive Directors present, under the chairmanship of the Senior Independent Director. In 2005 they met three times as a group. In addition, the Non-Executive Directors usually meet before each Board meeting with the Chairman, the Group Chief Executive and the Joint Secretaries.

Senior Independent Director
Our Non-Executive Directors have appointed Bertrand Collomb as Senior Independent Director. He acts as their spokesman. The Senior Independent Director is consulted by the Chairman on the agenda and arrangements for Board Meetings. He is also, in appropriate cases, a point of contact for shareholders and other stakeholders. In 2005 Bertrand Collomb was appointed Vice-Chairman of NV and PLC. Mr Collomb will be retiring at the AGMs in 2006.

Tenure
Our Non-Executive Directors submit themselves for re-election each year. Their nomination for re-election is subject to continued good performance which is evaluated by the Boards, based on the recommendations of the Nomination Committee. The Nomination Committee carefully considers each nomination for reappointment. The Non-Executive Directors normally serve for a maximum of nine years.

Remuneration
The remuneration of the Non-Executive Directors is determined by the Boards, within the overall limit set by the shareholders at the AGMs in 2004, and it is reported on page 68. Details of the engagement of our Non-Executive Directors can be seen on the Unilever website at
www.unilever.com/investorcentre/corpgovernance.

Independence
Taking into account the role of Non-Executive Directors, which is essentially supervisory, and the fact that they make up the key committees of the Board, it is important that our Non-Executive Directors can be considered to be independent.

Our definition of ‘independence’ for Directors is set out in The Governance of Unilever. It is derived from the applicable definitions in use in the Netherlands, UK and US. Our current Non-Executive Directors are considered to be independent of Unilever, with the exception of Antony Burgmans. Our Boards reached this conclusion after conducting a thorough review of all relevant relationships of the Non-Executive Directors, and their related or connected persons.

A number of relationships, such as non-executive directorships, exist between several of our Non-Executive Directors and companies that provide banking, insurance or financial advisory services to Unilever. Our Boards considered in each case the number of other companies that also provide or could readily provide such services to Unilever, the significance to those companies of the services they provide to Unilever, the roles of the Non-Executive Directors within those companies and the significance of that role to our Non-Executive Directors. It concluded that none of these relationships threaten the independence of the Non-Executive Directors concerned.

For example, the Boards have satisfied themselves that Leon Brittan’s position at UBS Investment Bank does not involve him in any way in its broking relationship with Unilever. They have noted that Lynda Chalker’s involvement in consultancy services for Unilever had been terminated before she was elected a Non-Executive Director in May 2004. The Boards have formed the view that the fact that Antony Burgmans is a member of the Supervisory Board of ABN AMRO, and David Simon is Senior Advisor of Morgan Stanley Dean Witter, was not material. The Board considers that the Chairmanship of Bertrand Collomb and the Non-Executive Directorship of Oscar Fanjul, and Lynda Chalker's membership of the International Advisory Board, of Lafarge, do not affect their status as independent in relation to their Non-Executive Directorships of Unilever.

Antony Burgmans, who before May 2005 was an Executive Director, is not considered to be independent. The Nomination Committee and the Boards nominated him for election as a Non-Executive Director in 2005 because of his thorough knowledge of Unilever and its operations. In addition to his role as Chairman, the Boards considered his knowledge of the business to be essential to see through the changes resulting from the structure review. We expect Antony Burgmans to be succeeded by an independent Chairman in 2007.

None of our Non-Executive Directors are elected or appointed under any arrangement or understanding.


 

38 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Report of the Directors

Corporate governance
(continued)

 

Board committees
The Boards have established the following committees, all formally set up by Board resolution with carefully defined remits. They are comprised of Non-Executive Directors and report regularly to the Boards. The remits can be found on our website at www.unilever.com/investorcentre/corpgovernance.

Audit Committee
The Audit Committee comprises a minimum of three independent Non-Executive Directors. It is chaired by Hilmar Kopper, and its other members are Oscar Fanjul and Wim Dik, who replaced Claudio Gonzalez at the AGMs in 2005. The Committee met five times in 2005, and the members attended all meetings. Hilmar Kopper and Oscar Fanjul will retire at the AGMs in 2006. The Boards have satisfied themselves that all the current and intended members of the Committee are competent in financial matters and have recent and relevant experience and that, for the purposes of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, Hilmar Kopper is the Audit Committee’s financial expert. The Committee’s meetings are attended, by invitation, by the Chief Financial Officer, the General Counsel, the Deputy Chief Financial Officer, the Chief Auditor and our external auditors.

The Audit Committee assists the Boards in fulfilling their oversight responsibilities in respect of the integrity of Unilever’s financial statements; risk management and internal control arrangements; compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; the performance, qualifications and independence of the external auditors; and the performance of the internal audit function. The Committee is directly responsible, subject to local laws regarding shareholder approval, for the nomination, compensation and oversight of the external auditors.

The Audit Committee is fully compliant with the rules regarding audit committees that are applicable in the Netherlands, UK and US. The Committee’s responsibilities and powers are fully aligned with all requirements in the UK, US and the Netherlands.

The Audit Committee is supplied with all information necessary for the performance of its duties by the Chief Auditor, Chief Financial Officer, and Deputy Chief Financial Officer. Both the Chief Auditor and the external auditors have direct access to the Audit Committee separately from management.

See page 70 for the Report of the Audit Committee to the shareholders.

Nomination Committee
Our Nomination Committee comprises a minimum of three independent Non-Executive Directors. It is chaired by Bertrand Collomb and its other members are David Simon, Jeroen van der Veer and Antony Burgmans. It met six times in 2005 and the members attended all meetings except that Jeroen van der Veer was absent for one meeting. The Committee recommends to the Boards candidates for the positions of Director. It also has

responsibilities for succession planning and oversight of corporate governance matters. It is supplied with information by the Joint Secretaries.

See page 52 for the Report of the Nomination Committee to the shareholders.

Remuneration Committee
Our Remuneration Committee comprises three independent Non-Executive Directors. It is chaired by Bertrand Collomb and its other members are David Simon and Jeroen van der Veer. It met six times in 2005 and the members attended all meetings except that David Simon and Jeroen van der Veer were absent for one meeting.

The Committee reviews Directors’ remuneration and is responsible for the executive share-based incentive plans. It determines, within the parameters set by our shareholders, specific remuneration arrangements for each of the Executive Directors, the remuneration scales and arrangements for Non-Executive Directors and the remuneration of the tier of management directly below the Board. The Committee is supplied with information by Jan van der Bijl, Joint Secretary of Unilever.

The detailed report to shareholders on Directors’ remuneration is on pages 53 to 69.

External Affairs and Corporate Relations Committee
The External Affairs and Corporate Relations Committee currently comprises four Non-Executive Directors. It is chaired by Lynda Chalker and its other members are Leon Brittan, Wim Dik and Antony Burgmans. The Committee oversees our Code of Business Principles, which sets out the standards of behaviour we require from all of our employees. It also advises on external matters of relevance to the business, including issues of corporate social responsibility, and reviews our corporate relations strategy.

Routine business committees
Committees are also set up to conduct routine business as and when they are necessary. They comprise any two of the Directors and certain senior executives and officers. They administer certain matters previously agreed by our Boards or the UEx. The Joint Secretaries are responsible for the operation of these committees.

Disclosures Committee
The Board has set up a Disclosures Committee which is responsible for helping the Boards ensure that financial and other information that ought to be disclosed publicly is disclosed in a timely manner and that the information that is disclosed is complete and accurate. The Committee comprises the Deputy Chief Financial Officer, the Joint Secretaries and the Group Treasurer.


 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 39

Back to Contents

Corporate governance
(continued)

 

Directors – Various formal matters
The borrowing powers of NV Directors on behalf of NV are not limited by the Articles of Association of NV. PLC Directors have the power to borrow on behalf of PLC up to three times the adjusted capital and reserves of PLC, as defined in its Articles of Association, without the approval of shareholders by ordinary resolution.

The Articles of Association of NV and PLC do not require Directors of NV or Directors of PLC to hold shares in NV or PLC. However, the remuneration arrangements applicable to our Executive Directors require our Executive Directors to build and retain a personal shareholding in Unilever equal to at least 150% of their annual base pay.

Directors – Indemnification
Directors’ indemnification, including the terms thereof, is provided for in article 19 of NV’s Articles of Association.

The power to indemnify directors is provided for in PLC’s Articles of Association. Deeds of indemnity were issued to all PLC Directors during 2005.

Appropriate Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance is in place for all Unilever Directors.

Directors – Conflicts of interest
We attach special importance to avoiding conflicts of interest between NV and PLC and their Directors. In the case of a conflict of interest between NV and PLC and any of our Directors, all applicable laws, regulations and corporate governance codes are complied with. Conflicts of interest are not understood to include transactions and other activities involving companies in the Unilever Group.

Directors are not permitted to take part in any discussion or decision-making that involves a subject or transaction in relation to which they have a conflict of interest with the company. All transactions in which there are conflicts of interest with Directors must be agreed on terms that are customary in the sector concerned.

As a formal matter, under Dutch law Directors are able to vote on transactions in which they are materially interested so long as they are acting in good faith. In general, PLC Directors cannot vote in respect of contracts in which they know they are materially interested, unless, for example, their interest is shared with other shareholders and employees. In 2005 no conflict of interests transactions took place between the Directors and NV and PLC.

Shareholder matters

Relations with shareholders and other investors
We believe it is important both to explain our business developments and financial results to investors and to understand their objectives.

The Chief Financial Officer has lead responsibility for investor relations, with the active involvement of the Group Chief Executive. They are supported by our Investor Relations department which organises presentations for analysts and investors. Such presentations are generally made available on our website. Briefings on quarterly results are given via teleconference and are accessible by telephone or via our website. For further information visit our website at www.unilever.com/investorcentre.

The Boards are regularly briefed on reactions to the quarterly results announcements. They, or the relevant Board Committee, are briefed on any issues raised by shareholders that are relevant to their responsibilities.

Our shareholders can, and do, raise issues directly with the relevant Executive Director or the Chairman and, if appropriate, a relevant Non-Executive Director or the Senior Independent Director.

Both NV and PLC communicate with their respective shareholders through the AGMs as well as responding to their questions and enquiries during the course of the year. We take the views of our shareholders into account and, in accordance with all applicable legislation and regulations, may consult them in an appropriate way before putting major new proposals at our AGMs.

General Meetings of shareholders
The business to be conducted at the AGMs of NV and PLC is set out in the separate Notices of AGM for NV and PLC. It includes appointment of Directors, declaration/approval of final dividend, appointment of external auditors, approval of changes to the Articles of Association, and authorisation for the Boards to allot and repurchase shares, and to restrict pre-emptive rights of shareholders.

General Meetings of shareholders of NV and PLC are held at times and places decided by our Boards. NV meetings are held in Rotterdam and PLC meetings are held in London on consecutive days. The notices calling the meeting normally go out more than thirty days prior to the meetings and include further information on how to gain access to the AGMs and how to vote by proxy.

At the AGMs, a full account is given of the progress of the business over the last year and there is a review of current issues. Shareholders are encouraged to attend the meetings and ask questions, and the question-and-answer sessions form an important part of the meetings in both Rotterdam and London. We welcome our external auditors to the AGMs and they are entitled to address the meetings.


 

40 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Report of the Directors

Corporate governance
(continued)

 

We are committed to efforts to establish more effective ways of communication with our shareholders around the AGMs. Electronic communication is becoming an important medium for shareholders, providing ready access to shareholder information and reports, and for voting purposes.

NV was one of the founders of the Dutch Shareholders’ Communication Channel. NV shareholders participating in the Dutch Shareholders’ Communication Channel are able to appoint electronically a proxy to vote on their behalf at the NV AGM and NV shareholders who wish to participate should contact their bank or broker. Shareholders of PLC in the United Kingdom can choose to receive electronic notification that the Annual Review, Annual Report and Accounts and Notice of AGMs have been published on our website, instead of receiving printed copies, and can also electronically appoint a proxy to vote on their behalf at the AGM. Registration for electronic communication by shareholders of PLC can be made at
www.unilever.com/shareholderservices.

Voting rights
To be entitled to attend and vote at NV General Meetings shareholders must hold their NV shares on the record date, which is set by the Directors and is not more than seven days before the meeting. Shareholders do not need to block their shares.

Shareholders can vote in person or by proxy, and can cast one vote for each €0.51 (Fl. 1.12) nominal amount of NV ordinary shares, NV preference shares or NV New York shares. Similar arrangements apply to holders of depositary receipts issued for NV shares (see pages 43 and 44).

PLC shareholders can cast one vote for each PLC ordinary 1.4p share they hold. Shareholders can vote in person at the meeting or by proxy. Proxies should be submitted to the Registrars, Computershare Investor Services PLC, whose details can be found on page 190, at least 48 hours before the AGM.

More information on the exercise of voting rights can be found in NV’s and PLC’s Articles of Association and in the respective notices of meetings.

Holders of NV New York shares or PLC American Depository Receipts of shares will receive a proxy form enabling them to authorise and instruct ABN AMRO N.V. or Citibank N.A. respectively to vote on their behalf at the shareholders’ meeting of NV or PLC.

N.V. Elma and United Holdings Limited (the holders of NV’s special shares), other group companies of NV which hold ordinary or preference shares, and United Holdings Limited, which owns half of PLC’s deferred stock, are not permitted to vote at General Meetings.

The proxy vote is published at the meetings and the outcome of the votes, including the proxy votes, is put on Unilever’s website.

Shareholder proposed resolutions
Shareholders of NV may propose resolutions if they individually or together hold 1% of NV’s issued capital in the form of shares or depositary receipts for shares, or if they individually or together hold shares or depositary receipts worth at least €50 million. They must submit these requests at least 60 days before the date of the General Meeting, and the request will be honoured unless, in the opinion of the Board, it is against a substantive interest of the Company. Shareholders who together represent at least 10% of the issued capital of NV can also requisition Extraordinary General Meetings to deal with specific resolutions.

Shareholders who together hold shares representing at least 5% of the total voting rights of PLC, or 100 shareholders who hold on average £100 each in nominal value of PLC capital, can require PLC to propose a resolution at a General Meeting. PLC shareholders holding in aggregate one tenth of the issued ordinary shares of PLC are able to convene a general meeting of PLC.

Required majorities
Resolutions are usually adopted at NV and PLC shareholder meetings by an absolute majority of votes cast, unless there are other requirements under the applicable laws or NV’s or PLC’s Articles of Association. For example, there are special requirements for resolutions relating to the alteration of the Articles of Association, the liquidation of NV or PLC and the alteration of the Equalisation Agreement (see below).

Right to hold shares
There are no limitations on the right to hold NV and PLC shares.

Equalisation Agreement
The Equalisation Agreement makes the position of the shareholders of NV and PLC, as far as possible, the same as if they held shares in a single company. The Agreement regulates the mutual rights of the shareholders of NV and PLC. Under the Equalisation Agreement, NV and PLC must adopt the same financial periods and accounting policies. Dividends are paid in accordance with a formula relating to the nominal values of NV’s and PLC’s issued share capital.

The Equalisation Agreement sets out the rights and benefits accruing to each unit of ownership in NV in relation to each unit of ownership in PLC. Under the Equalisation Agreement we compare the ordinary share capital of the two companies in units: a unit made up of €5.445 nominal of NV’s ordinary capital carries the same weight as a unit made up of £1 nominal of PLC’s ordinary capital. For every unit (€5.445) you have of NV you have the same rights and benefits as the owner of a unit (£1) of PLC. NV’s ordinary shares currently each have a nominal value of €0.51, and PLC’s share capital is divided into ordinary shares of 1.4p each. This means that a €5.445 unit of NV is made up of approximately 10.7 NV ordinary shares of €0.51 each and a £1 unit of PLC is made up of approximately 71.4 PLC ordinary shares of 1.4p each. Consequently, one NV ordinary share equates to about 6.67 ordinary shares of PLC.


 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 41

Back to Contents

Corporate governance
(continued)

 

When we pay ordinary dividends we use this formula. On the same day, NV and PLC allocate funds for the dividend from their parts of our current profits and free reserves. We pay the same amount on each NV share as on 6.67 PLC shares calculated at the relevant exchange rate. For interim dividends this exchange rate is the average rate for the quarter before we declare the dividend. For final dividends it is the average rate for the year. In arriving at the equalised amount we include any tax payable by the Company in respect of the dividend, but calculate it before any tax deductible by the Company from the dividend.

The Equalisation Agreement provides that if one company had losses, or was unable to pay its preference dividends, the loss or shortfall would be made up out of:

the current profits of the other company (after it has paid its own preference shareholders);
then its own free reserves; and
then the free reserves of the other company.

If either company could not pay its ordinary dividends, we would follow the same procedure, except that the current profits of the other company would only be used after it had paid its own ordinary shareholders and if the Directors thought this more appropriate than, for example, using its own free reserves.

So far, NV and PLC have always been able to pay their own dividends, so we have never had to follow this procedure. If we did, the payment from one company to the other would be subject to any United Kingdom and Netherlands tax and exchange control laws applicable at that time.

Under the Equalisation Agreement, the two companies are permitted to pay different dividends in the following exceptional circumstances:

If the average annual sterling/euro exchange rate changed so substantially from one year to the next that to pay equal dividends at the current exchange rates, either NV or PLC would have to pay a dividend that was unreasonable (ie. substantially larger or smaller in its own currency than the dividend it paid in the previous year); or
   
The governments of the Netherlands or the United Kingdom could in some circumstances place restrictions on the proportion of a company’s profits which can be paid out as dividends. This could mean that in order to pay equal dividends one company would have to pay out an amount which would breach the limitations in place at the time, or that the other company would have to pay a smaller dividend.

In either of these rare cases, NV and PLC could pay different amounts of dividend if the Boards thought it appropriate. The company paying less than the equalised dividend would put the difference between the dividends into a reserve: an equalisation reserve in the case of exchange rate fluctuations, or a dividend reserve in the case of a government restriction. The reserves would be paid out to its shareholders when it became possible or reasonable to do so, which would ensure that the shareholders of both companies would ultimately be treated the same.

If both companies were to go into liquidation, NV and PLC would each use any funds available for shareholders to pay the prior claims of their own preference shareholders. Then they would use any surplus to pay each other’s preference shareholders, if necessary. After these claims had been met, they would pay out any equalisation or dividend reserve to their own shareholders before pooling the remaining surplus. This would be distributed to the ordinary shareholders of both companies, once again on the basis that the owner of €5.445 nominal NV ordinary share capital would get the same as the owner of £1 nominal PLC ordinary share capital. If one company were to go into liquidation, we would apply the same principles as if both had gone into liquidation simultaneously.

In principle, issues of bonus shares and rights offerings can only be made in ordinary shares. Again we would ensure that shareholders of NV and PLC received shares in equal proportions, using the ratio of €5.445 NV nominal share capital to £1 PLC nominal share capital. The subscription price for one new NV share would have to be the same, at the prevailing exchange rate, as the price for 6.67 new PLC shares.

Neither company can issue or reduce capital without the consent of the other.

The Articles of Association of NV establish that any payment under the Equalisation Agreement will be credited or debited to the income statement for the financial year in question.

Under Article 2 of the Articles of Association of NV and Clause 3 of the Memorandum of Association of PLC, each company is required to carry out the Equalisation Agreement with the other. Both documents state that the Agreement cannot be changed or terminated without the approval of shareholders. For NV, the General Meeting can decide to alter or terminate the Equalisation Agreement at the proposal of the Board. The necessary approval of the General Meeting is then that at least one half of the total issued ordinary capital must be represented at an ordinary shareholders’ meeting, where the majority must vote in favour; and (if they would be disadvantaged or the agreement is to be terminated), at least two-thirds of the total issued preference share capital must be represented at a preference shareholders’ meeting, where at least three-quarters of them must vote in favour. For PLC, the necessary approval must be given by the holders of a majority of all issued shares voting at a General Meeting and the holders of the ordinary shares, either by three-quarters in writing, or by three-quarters voting at a General Meeting where the majority of the ordinary shares in issue are represented.

In addition, Article 3 of the PLC Articles of Association states that PLC’s Board must carry out the Equalisation Agreement and that the other provisions of the Articles of Association are subject to it. We are advised by counsel that these provisions oblige our Boards to carry out the Equalisation Agreement, unless it is amended or terminated with the approval of the shareholders of both companies. If the Boards fail to enforce the Agreement, shareholders can compel them to do so under Netherlands and United Kingdom law.


 

42 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Report of the Directors

Corporate governance
(continued)

 

As mentioned on page 35, a proposal to amend the Equalisation Agreement will be put to shareholders at the 2006 AGMs. More information on this proposal can be found in the notices to these AGMs which can be found at www.unilever.com/investorcentre/agms.

Combined earnings per share
Because of the Equalisation Agreement and the other arrangements between NV and PLC, we calculate earnings per share on a combined basis. The calculation is based on the average amount of NV’s and PLC’s ordinary share capital in issue during the year. In the calculation, we apply the formula contained in the Equalisation Agreement to arrive at the appropriate total number of shares in issue for the combined business, expressed separately in terms of NV shares of €0.51 shares and PLC shares of 1.4p. The net profit attributable to ordinary shares is divided by each of these combined share numbers to arrive at an earnings per share figure expressed in terms of each of the two share types.

Further information about these calculations, and about the calculation of earnings per share on a diluted basis, can be found in note 8 on page 97.

Despite the Equalisation Agreement, NV and PLC are separate companies, and are subject to different laws and regulations governing dividend payments in the Netherlands and the United Kingdom. In our combined earnings per share calculation, we assume that both companies will be able to pay their dividends out of their part of our profits. This has always been the case in the past, but if we did have to make a payment from one to the other it could result in additional taxes, and reduce our combined earnings per share.

Share capital
NV’s issued share capital on 31 December 2005 was made up of:

€291 503 709 split into 571 575 900 ordinary shares of €0.51 each;
€1 089 072 split into 2 400 ordinary shares numbered 1 to 2 400, known as special shares; and
€120 280 425 split into several classes of cumulative preference shares.

PLC’s issued share capital on 31 December 2005 was made up of:

£40 760 420 split into 2 911 458 580 ordinary shares of 1.4p each; and
£100 000 of deferred stock.

For NV share capital, the euro amounts quoted in this document are representations in euros on the basis of Article 67c of Book 2 of the Civil Code in the Netherlands, rounded to two decimal places, of underlying share capital in Dutch guilders, which have not been converted into euros in NV’s Articles of Association or in the Equalisation Agreement. Until conversion formally takes place by amendment of the Articles of Association, the entitlements to dividends and voting rights are based on the euro equivalent of the underlying Dutch guilder according to the official euro exchange rate.

As mentioned on page 35, proposals to simplify the relationship between the NV and PLC shares by establishing a one-to-one equivalence in their underlying economic value will be put to shareholders at the 2006 AGMs. More information on this proposal can be found in the notices to these AGMs and these can be found at www.unilever.com/investorcentre/agms.

Stichting Administratiekantoor Unilever N.V. (Foundation NV Trust Office)
N.V. Nederlandsch Administratie- en Trustkantoor (Nedamtrust), an independent trust company under the Netherlands law, had an agreement with NV to issue depositary receipts against NV shares. As part of its corporate objects Nedamtrust was able to:

issue depositary receipts;
carry out administration for the shares which underlie the depositary receipts it has issued; and
exercise voting rights for these underlying shares.

The depositary receipts issued by Nedamtrust against NV shares were known as Nedamtrust certificates. They were traded and quoted on Euronext Amsterdam and other European stock exchanges. Nedamtrust had issued certificates for NV’s ordinary and NV 7% cumulative preference shares, and almost all the NV shares traded and quoted in Europe were in the form of these certificates. The exception is that there are no certificates for NV’s 4% and 6% cumulative preference shares.

In October 2005, Nedamtrust held a meeting of the holders of Nedamtrust certificates to approve the transfer of the administration of the underlying shares to a new trust office, Stichting Administratiekantoor Unilever N.V. (Foundation NV Trust Office). These proposals were made in order for the trust office to be fully compliant with the Dutch Corporate Governance Code. The holders of the Nedamtrust certificates approved the transfer of the administration of the NV shares held by Nedamtrust to the new Foundation NV Trust Office with a majority of 99.6% of the votes cast; approximately 23% of all outstanding Nedamtrust certificates were represented. The meeting furthermore expressed its confidence in the board of the Foundation.

The Foundation NV Trust Office was incorporated on 31 October 2005. The transfer of the administration of the NV shares from Nedamtrust to the Foundation took place on 13 January 2006. The Foundation NV Trust Office and its arrangements are fully compliant with the Dutch Corporate Governance Code.

The text that follows describes the arrangements of the new Foundation NV Trust Office following acceptance by the certificate holders of the transfer of the administration of the underlying NV shares.


 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 43

Back to Contents

Corporate governance
(continued)

 

Depositary receipts for shares
As at 28 February 2006, the majority (around 71%) of NV’s ordinary shares and around 34% of NV’s 7% cumulative preference shares are held by the Foundation NV Trust Office. As part of its corporate objects, the Foundation issues depositary receipts in exchange for these shares. The depositary receipts of NV ordinary shares are listed on Euronext Amsterdam, as are the NV ordinary shares themselves, and on the stock exchanges in Frankfurt and Zürich. The depositary receipts for the NV 7% preference shares are listed on Euronext Amsterdam, as are the NV 7% preference shares.

Holders of depositary receipts can under all circumstances exchange their depositary receipts for the underlying shares (or vice versa).

Holders of depositary receipts are entitled to dividends that are paid on the underlying shares held by the Foundation.

Voting by holders of depositary receipts
Although the depositary receipts themselves do not formally have voting rights, holders of depositary receipts are in practice equated with shareholders. Holders of depositary receipts can attend NV’s General Meetings, either personally or by proxy, and will then automatically, without limitation and under all circumstances receive a voting proxy on behalf of the Foundation NV Trust Office to vote on the underlying shares.

Holders of depositary receipts not attending a shareholders’ meeting and who participate in the Dutch Shareholders’ Communication Channel can also issue binding voting instructions to the Foundation. The Foundation is obliged to follow these instructions. The same applies to holders of depositary receipts that instruct the Foundation NV Trust Office outside the Shareholders Communication Channel.

Voting by the Foundation NV Trust Office
Shares for which the Foundation NV Trust Office has not granted voting proxies or for which it has not received voting instructions, are voted on by the Foundation in such a way as it deems to be in the interests of the holders of the depositary receipts. This voting policy is laid down in the Conditions of Administration that apply to the depositary receipts. Both the Articles of Association and the Conditions of Administration can be found on www.unilever.com/ourcompany/investorcentre. Specific provisions apply in the event that a meeting of holders of NV preference shares is convened.

If a change to shareholders’ rights is proposed, Foundation NV Trust Office will let shareholders know if it intends to vote, at least 14 days in advance if possible. It will do this by advertising in the press.

Hitherto the majority of votes cast by ordinary shareholders at NV meetings have been cast by the trust office. Unilever and the Foundation NV Trust Office have a policy of actively encouraging holders of depositary receipts to exercise their voting rights in NV meetings.

Foundation NV Trust Office’s Board
The Foundation NV Trust Office is an independent trust office with a board independent from Unilever. The members of the board are Mr J H Schraven (Chairman), Mr P P de Koning, Prof Dr L Koopmans and Mr A A Olijslager.

The trust office shall report periodically, but at least once a year, on its activities.

Foundation NV Trust Office’s shareholding
Foundation NV Trust Office’s shareholding fluctuates daily – its holdings on 28 February 2006 were:

NV ordinary shares of €0.51: 408 312 848 (71.44%)
NV 7% cumulative preference shares of €453.78: 9 821 (33.87%)
NV 6% cumulative preference shares of €453.78: 5 (0.00%)
NV 4% cumulative preference shares of €45.38: 23 (0.00%)

Further information on Foundation NV Trust Office, its arrangements and its activities can be found on www.unilever.com/ourcompany/investorcentre.

Leverhulme Trust
The first Viscount Leverhulme was the founder of the company which became PLC. When he died in 1925, he left in his will a large number of PLC shares in various trusts.

When the will trusts were varied in 1983, the interests of the beneficiaries of his will were also preserved. Four classes of special shares were created in Margarine Union (1930) Limited, a subsidiary of PLC. One of these classes can be converted at the end of the year 2038 into 157 500 000 PLC ordinary shares of 1.4p each. These convertible shares replicate the rights which the descendants of the first Viscount would have had under his will. This class of the special shares only has a right to dividends in specified circumstances, and no dividends have yet been paid. PLC guarantees the dividend and conversion rights of the special shares.

The first Viscount wanted the trustees of the trusts he established to be Directors of PLC. On 28 February 2006 the trustees of the charitable trusts were:

Sir Michael Angus – former Chairman
Sir Michael Perry – former Chairman
Mr N W A FitzGerald – former Chairman
Dr J I W Anderson – former Director
Dr A S Ganguly – former Director

On 28 February 2006, in their capacity as trustees of the two charitable trusts, they held approximately 5% of PLC’s issued ordinary capital.


 

44 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Report of the Directors

Corporate governance
(continued)

 

Requirements and compliance – general
Unilever is subject to corporate governance requirements in the Netherlands, the UK and the US as a Foreign private issuer. In the following section we set out areas of non-compliance with the corporate governance regulations and best practice codes applicable in the Netherlands, the UK and we also describe compliance with corporate governance regulations in the US.

The preceding description of our governance arrangements and the text on compliance that follows reflect Unilever’s governance arrangements following the changes adopted at the Shareholder Meetings in May 2005. They also reflect our Boards’ intentions for 2006 and 2007. The Boards reserve the right, in cases where they decide such to be conducive to the interests of the companies and the enterprise connected therewith, to depart from that which is set out in the present and previous sections in relation to our corporate governance. Further changes will be reported in future Annual Reports and Accounts and, when necessary, through changes to the relevant documents published on our website. As appropriate, proposals for change will be put to our shareholders for approval.

Further information can be found in The Governance of Unilever, the Boards’ own constitutional document, on our website at www.unilever.com/investorcentre/corpgovernance. This describes the terms of reference of our Board Committees, including their full responsibilities. It will be kept up to date with changes in our internal constitutional arrangements that our Boards may make from time to time.

Requirements – the Netherlands

General
NV is required to state in its Annual Report and Accounts whether it complies or will comply with the Principles (‘P’) and best practice provisions (‘bpp’) of the Dutch Corporate Governance Code (‘the Dutch Code’) and, if it does not comply, to explain the reasons for this. As will be clear from the preceding description of our governance arrangements, NV complies with almost all of the principles and best practice provisions of the Dutch Code. The text that follows sets out areas of non-compliance and certain statements that the Dutch Code invites us to give our shareholders that are not included elsewhere in this Annual Report and Accounts.

Board and Committee structures
As already indicated, NV has a one-tier board, consisting of both Executive and, as a majority, Non-Executive Directors. We achieve compliance of our board arrangements with the Dutch Code, which is for the most part based on the customary two-tier structure in the Netherlands, by, as far as is possible and practicable, applying the provisions of the Dutch Code relating to members of a management board to our Executive Directors and the provisions relating to members of a supervisory board to our Non-Executive Directors. Management tasks not capable of delegation are performed collectively by the Board. Reference is made to Ps II and III and corresponding bpps. Our compliance with the Dutch Code in these respects should be seen in the light of our one-tier board structure. Reference is also made to the UK Combined Code on Corporate Governance, which is fully tailored to the one-tier board model (see page 35).

Board evaluation, and Chairman and individual Director appraisals
2005 was the first year of our new Boards’ operation. To ensure optimal functioning of the Board and the individual Directors and compliance with the most recent developments in best practice, the Nomination Committee commissioned Spencer Stuart to carry out a full review of the functioning of the Boards and of its governance arrangements. This review concluded that our arrangements stood comparison with our peers. A full report was made to the Boards in February 2006 and a range of minor changes in terms of the day-to-day operations of the Boards will be introduced during the balance of the year. A Board evaluation and Chairman and individual director appraisal process is scheduled for the second quarter of 2006. Thus, the changes following the said review can be taken into account in the evaluations (bpp III.1.7).

Role of the Chairman
The Dutch Code recommends that in a one-tier board the chairman should neither be, nor have been, responsible for the day-to-day conduct of the business (bpp III.8.1). Before his appointment as Chairman, Antony Burgmans was jointly responsible for the daily operations of NV and PLC. Thus he is not independent from Unilever. He was nominated as Non-Executive Chairman in 2005 because of his thorough knowledge of Unilever and its operations. In addition to his role as Chairman, the Board considered his knowledge of the business to be essential to see through the changes resulting from the structure review. The Nomination Committee has commenced the search for a new independent Chairman to succeed Antony Burgmans who is due to retire in 2007. A well-reputed search firm has been commissioned by the Nomination Committee to assist them in this process. In addition to the Chairman, the Boards of NV and PLC have a Senior Independent Director who is appointed by the Non-Executive Directors and acts as their spokesperson. Our Senior Independent Director was elected Vice-Chairman by the Boards in 2005.

Nomination of Directors
The Dutch Code recommends that shareholders may resolve by an absolute majority of votes to cancel the binding nature of a nomination for the appointment of a director (bpp IV.1.1). In 2004, NV’s shareholders approved an alteration of the Articles of Association to align the arrangements for NV and PLC. This makes it possible for the meeting of shareholders to cancel binding nominations by a majority of two-thirds of the votes cast representing more than one-half of the issued capital. This arrangement is in place in order for NV and PLC to have a unified Board (see page 35). The interests of our shareholders are protected because all the Directors submit themselves for election every year and shareholders can remove any of them by a simple majority vote. Thus, as a practical matter, the Boards cannot perpetuate themselves contrary to the will of the shareholders.


 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 45

Back to Contents

Corporate governance
(continued)

 

Following the review of our corporate structure in 2005, proposals will be put to the NV and PLC AGMs in May 2006 to substantially alter these arrangements and bring them fully in line with the Dutch Code (see page 35).

Risk management and control
Reference is made to page 74 where Unilever’s control framework is described. This incorporates risk management, internal control procedures and disclosure controls and procedures. Our procedures cover financial, operational, social, and environmental risks and regulatory matters. They are in line with the recommendations of ‘Internal Control – Guidance for Directors on the Combined Code’ published by the Internal Control Working Party of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales in September 1999 (‘The Turnbull Guidance’). On pages 31 and 32 we have identified certain specific risks that are areas of focus in 2006. Our internal risk management and control systems cannot provide certainty as to the realisation of all business objectives and they can not always prevent misstatements, inaccuracies, errors, frauds and non compliances with rules and regulations.

The Board considers that the internal risk management and control systems are appropriate for our business and in compliance with bpp II.1.3.

In bpp II.1.4 the Dutch Code invites our Board to make a statement on our internal risk management and control systems. In its report, published on 20 December 2005, the Corporate Governance Code Monitoring Committee has made recommendations concerning the application of this best practice provision. In accordance with its recommendation and in light of the above, the Board believes that, as regards financial reporting risks:

the risk management and control systems provide reasonable assurance that this Annual Report does not contain any material inaccuracies;
   
the risk management and control systems have worked properly in 2005;
   
there are no indications that the risk management and control systems will not work properly in 2006;
   
no material weaknesses in the risk management and control systems were discovered in the year under review or the current year until the signing of these accounts;
   
and, as regards operational, strategic, legislative and regulatory risks:
   
no important failings in the risk management and control systems were discovered in the year under review.

This statement is not a statement in accordance with the requirements of Section 404 of the US Sarbanes Oxley Act.

Share options
In line with bpp II.2.2, the awards and grants of shares and options to our Directors are in the material cases subject to performance criteria, as referred to on page 55 and 56 of the Report of the Remuneration Committee. The exception is the options over 50 NV shares granted each year to our Executive Directors under the all employee share option plan in the Netherlands, as described on pages 132 and 133. The Directors’ participation in this plan is seen as a stimulus for all employees to participate. All other awards to our Directors under share based incentive schemes are subject to performance criteria.

Retention period of shares
The Dutch Code recommends that shares granted to executive directors without a financial consideration must be retained for a period of at least five years (bpp II.2.3). In 2001 we introduced a new remuneration policy with shareholder approval which requires our Executive Directors to build and retain a personal shareholding in Unilever equal to at least 150% of their annual base pay. We believe that this is in line with the spirit of the Dutch Code.

Severance pay
It is our policy to set the level of severance payments for Directors to no more than one year’s salary, unless the Board, at the proposal of the Remuneration Committee, finds this manifestly unreasonable given circumstances or unless otherwise dictated by applicable law (bpp II.2.7).

During 2005, Clive Butler, Keki Dadiseth and André van Heemstra ceased to be Directors. For their severance arrangements see page 60.

Regulations for transactions in securities in other companies
The Dutch Code recommends in bpp II.2.6 and bpp III.7.3 that a director shall give periodic notice, but in any event at least once a quarter, of any changes in his holding of securities in other Dutch listed companies to the compliance officer. Our Share Dealing Code provides that Directors are required, upon request, to disclose to the compliance officer their holdings and transactions in securities in other listed companies. We believe this requirement constitutes an appropriate arrangement.

Conflicts of interest
In the event of a (potential) conflict of interest, the provisions of the Dutch Code (P II.3 and III.6) are applied. Conflicts of interest are not understood to include transactions and other activities involving other companies in the Unilever Group.

Financing preference shares
NV issued 4%, 6% and 7% cumulative preference shares between 1930 and 1970. Their voting rights are based on their nominal value, as prescribed by Dutch law. The Dutch Code recommends that the voting rights on financing preference shares should, in any event when they are newly issued, be based on their economic value rather than on their nominal value (bpp IV.1.2). NV cannot reduce these voting rights unilaterally.


 

46 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Report of the Directors

Corporate governance
(continued)

 

Anti-takeover constructions and control over the company
With reference to bpp IV.3.9, NV has no anti-takeover constructions, in the sense of constructions that are intended solely, or primarily, to block future hostile public offers for its shares. Nor does it have any constructions whose specific purpose is to prevent a bidder, after acquiring 75% of the capital, from appointing or dismissing members of the Board and subsequently altering the Articles of Association. The acquisition through a public offer of a majority of the shares in a company does not under Dutch law preclude in all circumstances the continued right of the board of the company to exercise its powers.

Meetings of analysts and presentations to investors
We have extensive procedures for handling relations with and communicating with shareholders, investors, analysts and the media (see description on page 40). Whilst the important presentations and meetings are conducted in accordance with bpp IV.3.1, due to the large number of such presentations and meetings and overlap in information, some of the less important ones are not announced in advance, made accessible to everyone or put on our website.

Provision of information
We consider it important to comply with all applicable statutory regulations on the equal treatment of shareholders and provision of information and communication with shareholders and other parties (P IV.2 and P IV.3). In the communications between us and our shareholders and other parties, we comply with all applicable legislation and regulations.

Requirements – the United Kingdom
PLC is required, as a company that is incorporated in the United Kingdom and listed on the London Stock Exchange, to state how it has applied the principles and how far it has complied with the provisions set out in Section 1 of the Combined Code issued in 1998, as revised in 2003 (‘the Combined Code’), appended to the United Kingdom Listing Rules.

In the preceding pages we have complied with the requirement to report on how we apply the Principles and the provisions in the Combined Code.

2005 was the first year of our new Boards’ operation. To ensure optimal functioning of the Board and the individual Directors and compliance with the most recent developments in best practice, the Nomination Committee commissioned Spencer Stuart to carry out a full review of the functioning of the Boards and of its governance arrangements. This review concluded that our arrangements stood comparison with our peers. A full report was made to the Boards in February 2006 and a range of minor changes in terms of the day-to-day operations of the Boards will be introduced during the balance of the year. A Board evaluation and Chairman and individual director appraisal process is scheduled for the second quarter of 2006. Thus, the changes following the said review can be taken into account in the evaluations.

Antony Burgmans, who before May 2005 was an Executive Director, is not considered to be independent. The Nomination Committee and the Boards nominated him for election as a Non-Executive Director in 2005 because of his thorough knowledge of Unilever and its operations. In addition to his role as Chairman, the Board considered his knowledge of the business to be essential to see through the changes resulting from the structure review.

The Board considers that the Chairmanship of Bertrand Collomb and the Non-Executive Directorship of Oscar Fanjul, and Lynda Chalker’s membership of the International Advisory Board, of Lafarge, do not affect their status as independent in relation to their Non-Executive Directorships of Unilever.

Due to the requirement for Unilever to hold two AGMs for its respective companies on consecutive days, it may not always be possible for all Directors and possibly the Chairmen of the Audit, Remuneration and Nomination Committees to be present at both meetings. The Chairman therefore ensures that a majority of Directors attend both meetings and that at least one member of each Committee attends each AGM.

Requirements – the United States
Both NV and PLC are listed on the New York Stock Exchange and must therefore comply with such of the requirements of US legislation, such as the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, regulations enacted under US securities laws and the Listing Standards of The New York Stock Exchange as are applicable to foreign private issuers. In some cases the requirements are mandatory and in other cases the obligation is to ‘comply or explain’.

We have complied with the requirements concerning corporate governance that were in force during 2005. Attention is drawn in particular to the remit of the Audit Committee on page 39 and the Report of the Audit Committee on page 70.

Actions already taken to ensure compliance that are not specifically disclosed elsewhere or otherwise clear from reading this document include:

the issuance of a Code of Ethics for senior financial officers;
   
the issuance of instructions restricting the employment of former employees of the audit firm; and
   
the establishment of a policy on reporting requirements under the SEC relating to the standards of professional conduct for US attorneys.

In each of these cases, existing practices were revised and/or documented in such a way as to conform to the new requirements.


 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 47

Back to Contents

Corporate governance
(continued)

 

The Code of Ethics applies to the senior executive, financial and accounting officers and comprises the standards prescribed by the US Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC), and a copy has been posted on our website at www.unilever.com/investorcentre/corpgovernance. The Code of Ethics comprises an extract of the relevant provisions of Unilever’s Code of Business Principles and the more detailed rules of conduct that implement it. The only amendment to these pre-existing provisions and rules that was made in preparing the Code of Ethics was made at the request of the Audit Committee and consisted of a strengthening of the explicit requirement to keep proper accounting records. No waiver from any provision of the Code of Ethics was granted to any of the persons falling within the scope of the SEC requirement in 2005.

We are required by US securities laws and the Listing Standards of the New York Stock Exchange, with effect from 1 August 2005, to have an Audit Committee that satisfies Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and the Listing Standards of the New York Stock Exchange. We are fully compliant with these requirements. We are also required to disclose any significant ways in which our corporate governance practices differ from those typically followed by US listed companies. In addition to the information we have given you in this document about our corporate governance arrangements, further details are provided in The Governance of Unilever, which is on our website at www.unilever.com/investorcentre/corpgovernance.

We are fully compliant with the Listing Standards of the New York Stock Exchange applicable to foreign issuers. Our corporate governance practices do not significantly differ from those followed by US companies listed on the New York Stock Exchange. However, the New York Stock Exchange listing standards for US issuers require that all members of the Nomination Committee must (but not foreign issuers such as Unilever) be independent. Our Chairman is not independent and he is a member of the Nomination Committee.

The changes we have made in 2005, in particular with the appointment of a Group Chief Executive on the Board and the creation of a Unilever Executive that is immediately below Board level, have brought our arrangements closer to those of a typical model for US issuers, where the most senior executives draw their authority primarily from their corporate office rather than their appointment, if any, as a director. However, the situation remains that the laws in the Netherlands and the UK only give limited recognition to the existence of any corporate officer other than that of a Director.

We would also confirm that it is our practice, in accordance with our home country laws and practices, to give our shareholders the opportunity to vote on equity compensation plans.


 

48 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Report of the Directors

Corporate governance
Biographical details

 

Executive Directors

Patrick Cescau
Group Chief Executive
Nationality: French. Aged 57. Group Chief Executive since April 2005. Joined Unilever 1973. Appointed Director 4 May 1999. Previous posts include: Chairman, Unilever PLC and Vice-Chairman, Unilever N.V. 2004-2005. Foods Director 2001. Financial Director 1999. Controller and Deputy Financial Director 1998-1999. President, Lipton USA 1997-1998. President and CEO, Van den Bergh Foods USA 1995-1997. Chairman, Indonesia 1991-1995. External appointments include: Non-Executive Director, Pearson plc and Conseiller du Commerce Extérieur de la France in the Netherlands.

Kees van der Graaf
President Europe
Nationality: Dutch. Aged 55. President Europe since April 2005. Joined Unilever 1976. Appointed Director 12 May 2004. Previous posts include: Foods Director 2004, Business Group President, Ice Cream and Frozen Foods 2001. Executive Vice-President, Foods and Beverages Europe 1998. Senior Vice-President, Global Ice Cream category 1995. External appointments include: Board member, ECR (Efficient Consumer Response) and Member, IAB (International Advisory Board of the City of Rotterdam).

Ralph Kugler
President Home and personal care
Nationality: British. Aged 50. President Home and personal care since 1 April 2005. Joined Unilever 1979. Appointed Director 11 May 2005. Previous posts include: President Home and Personal Care Europe 2001. Business Group President, Latin America 1999. Chairman, Unilever Thai Holdings 1995. Chairman, Unilever Malaysia 1992. External appointments include: Non-Executive Director, InterContinental Hotels Group PLC.

Rudy Markham
Chief Financial Officer
Nationality: British. Aged 59. Chief Financial Officer since April 2005. Joined Unilever 1968. Appointed Director 6 May 1998. Previous posts include: Financial Director 2000. Strategy & Technology Director 1998. Business Group President, North East Asia 1996-1998. Chairman, Nippon Lever Japan 1992-1996. Chairman, Unilever Australasia 1989-1992. Group Treasurer 1986-1989. External appointments include: Non-Executive Director, Standard Chartered PLC, Member, EAN International Management Board.

Non-Executive Directors

Antony Burgmans1,2
Chairman
Nationality: Dutch. Aged 59. Appointed 2005. Joined Unilever 1972. Appointed Director 8 May 1991. Previous posts include: Chairman, Unilever N.V. and Vice-Chairman, Unilever PLC 1999-2005. Vice-Chairman, Unilever N.V. 1998. Business Group President, Ice Cream and Frozen Foods – Europe and Chairman, Unilever Europe Committee 1996-1998. Responsible for South European Foods business 1994-1996. Personal Products Co-ordinator 1991-1994. External appointments include: Member, Supervisory Board of ABN AMRO Holding N.V., Non-Executive Director, BP p.l.c. and Member, International Advisory Board of Allianz AG.

Bertrand Collomb4,5,6
Vice-Chairman
Nationality: French. Aged 63. Appointed 1994. Chairman, Lafarge S.A. Director, Total S.A. and Atco. Member, Advisory Board of Banque de France.

The Rt Hon The Lord Brittan of Spennithorne QC, DL2
Nationality: British. Aged 66. Appointed 2000. Vice-Chairman, UBS Investment Bank and Chairman, UBS Limited. Member, International Advisory Committee of Total. Member, European
Commission and Vice-President 1989-1999. Member, UK Government 1979-1986. Home Secretary 1983-1985 and Secretary of State for Trade and Industry 1985-1986.

The Rt Hon The Baroness Chalker of Wallasey3
Nationality: British. Aged 63. Appointed 1998. Non-Executive Director, Freeplay Energy Group, Group 5 (Pty) Ltd. and Equator Energy Limited. Member, International Advisory Board of Lafarge S.A. and Merchant Bridge & Co Ltd. UK Minister of State at the Foreign and Commonwealth Office 1986-1997.

Professor Wim Dik2,7
Nationality: Dutch. Aged 67. Appointed 2001. Professor at Delft University of Technology. Chairman, Supervisory Boards of Tele Atlas N.V. and N.V. Casema. Non-Executive Director, Aviva plc and LogicaCMG plc. Chairman and CEO, Koninklijke PTT Nederland (KPN) 1988-1998 and Koninklijke KPN N.V. (Royal Dutch Telecom) 1998-2000. Minister for Foreign Trade, Netherlands 1981-1982.

Oscar Fanjul7
Nationality: Spanish. Aged 56. Appointed 1996. Vice-Chairman, Omega Capital. Director, Marsh & McLennan Companies, the London Stock Exchange and Acerinox S.A. Non-Executive Director, Lafarge. Member, Advisory Board of Sviluppo Italia S.p.A. and Senior Advisor of the Carlyle Group. International Advisor to Goldman Sachs and Trustee of the International Accounting Standards Committee Foundation. Chairman and CEO, Repsol 1986-1996.

Hilmar Kopper8
Nationality: German. Aged 70. Appointed 1998. Chairman, Supervisory Board of DaimlerChrysler AG. Non-Executive Director, Xerox Corp. Chairman, German Advisory Board of Spencer Stuart. Member, Advisory Board of Sviluppo Italia S.p.A. Former CEO and former Chairman, Supervisory Board of Deutsche Bank AG.

The Lord Simon of Highbury CBE1,9
Nationality: British. Aged 66. Appointed 2000. Non-Executive Director, Suez Group. Senior Advisor, Morgan Stanley International. UK Government Minister 1997-1999. Group Chief Executive, BP p.l.c. 1992-1995 and Chairman 1995-1997.

Jeroen van der Veer1,9
Nationality: Dutch. Aged 58. Appointed 2002. Chief Executive Royal Dutch Shell plc. Former Member, Supervisory Board of De Nederlandsche Bank 2000-2004.


 

1 Member Nomination Committee 6 Senior Independent Director
2 Member External Affairs and Corporate Relations Committee 7 Member Audit Committee
3 Chairman External Affairs and Corporate Relations Committee 8 Chairman Audit Committee
4 Chairman Nomination Committee 9 Member Remuneration Committee
5 Chairman Remuneration Committee    

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 49

Back to Contents

Corporate governance
Biographical details (continued)

 

Unilever Executive (UEx)*

Patrick Cescau
Group Chief Executive
(see previous details on page 49)

Vindi Banga
President Foods
Nationality: Indian. Aged 51. Appointed President Foods April 2005. Joined Unilever 1977. Previous posts include: Business Group President Home and personal care Asia 2004 in addition to Non-Executive Chairman, Hindustan Lever 2004-2005. Chairman and Managing Director Hindustan Lever 2000-2004.

Kees van der Graaf
President Europe
(see previous details on page 49)

Ralph Kugler
President Home and personal care
(see previous details on page 49)

Harish Manwani
President Asia Africa
Nationality: Indian. Aged 52. Appointed President Asia Africa April 2005. Joined Unilever 1976. He is also Non-Executive Chairman, Hindustan Lever. Previous posts include: Business Group President, Home and Personal Care, North America 2004. Business Group President, Home and Personal Care, Latin America 2001 and Senior Vice President, Hair Care and Oral Care 2000.

Rudy Markham
Chief Financial Officer
(see previous details on page 49)

Sandy Ogg
Chief Human Resources Officer
Nationality: American. Aged 52. Appointed Chief HR Officer April 2005. Joined Unilever 2003. Previous posts include: SVP Human Resources, Foods 2003. Prior to joining Unilever he worked for Motorola in Change Management/Organisation Effectiveness to assist in the transformation of all Communications businesses.

John Rice
President The Americas
Nationality: American. Aged 54. Appointed President The Americas April 2005. Joined Unilever 1981. Previous posts include: Business Group President, Unilever Foods, North America 2002 and Unilever Bestfoods Latin America 2000.


 

* UEx members are treated as executive officers and senior management for US purposes and key management personnel for IFRS purposes. Although Unilever intends to offer service agreements to members of UEx, the agreements are still under negotiation with these individuals. All members of the UEx have existing agreements with varying terms, some of which are from their prior roles. All agreements include a notice period of twelve months. Details of the remuneration paid and share awards are shown in aggregate in note 33 on page 142.

 

50 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Report of the Directors
Reports of Board committees

 

General information  04
Chairman’s foreword  05
Group Chief Executive  06
About Unilever  09
Financial and operating reviews  15
Risk management  31
Corporate governance  33
         
Reports of Board committees  51
  Report of the Nomination Committee 52
  Report of the Remuneration Committee 53
    Remuneration policy 2006 and beyond –  
      Executive Directors 54
      Main principles 54
      Unilever reward policy table 54
      Base salary 55
      Annual incentive 55
      Long-term incentives 55
      Executive Directors’ pensions 56
      Other benefits and allowances 56
      Future developments 56
    56
      Base salary 56
      Annual incentive 57
      Long-term incentive arrangements 57
      Pensions 57
    Arrangements for former Executive Directors in 2005 57
    Non-Executive Directors 57
    Other items 58
    Remuneration Committee 58
    Aggregate remuneration for Executive Directors 59
    Remuneration for individual Executive Directors 60
    Executive Directors’ Global Performance Share Plan 61
    62
    Executive Directors’ Share Matching Plan 63
    Executive Directors’ share options 64
    Executive Directors’ pensions 66
    Executive Directors’ interests – share capital 67
    Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration 68
    Non-Executive Directors’ interests – share capital 69
    69
  Report of the Audit Committee 70
  Report of the External Affairs Committee 72

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 51

Back to Contents

Report of the Nomination Committee

 

Composition
In 2005 the Nomination Committee comprised three Independent Non-Executive Directors and the Chairman of the Boards. Bertrand Collomb chaired it throughout 2005. Other members throughout 2005 were David Simon, Jeroen van der Veer and Antony Burgmans. The Joint Secretaries act as secretaries to the Committee.

The composition of the Committee, having a majority of Independent Non-Executive Directors, ensures that these Directors control the procedure for nominating the candidates for election as Directors of NV and PLC. To ensure that the candidates presented for election as Directors of NV and PLC are the same, the members of the Nomination Committee are also the Directors of N.V. Elma and United Holdings Limited. These two companies jointly own the Special Shares of NV and the Deferred Shares of PLC which carry the right to nominate persons for election as Directors of NV and PLC at general meetings. In December 2005 it was announced that we will propose to change this process to allow shareholders the right to nominate candidates to the Board, taking into account the need for the Boards of NV and PLC to be the same to ensure unity of management. Further information on these proposals can be found in the notices to the 2006 AGMs.

The Boards are of the view that it is appropriate that the Chairman is included as a member of the Committee on the express condition that he did not participate in any discussion of his own position.

Remit
The primary role of the Committee is the recommendation to the Boards of candidates for the positions of Director, both Executive and Non-Executive, and Chairman and Vice-Chairman, and Senior Independent Director, and this includes a responsibility to concern itself with succession planning within the Boards. In addition it has a responsibility for the oversight of all matters relating to corporate governance, bringing any issues to the attention of the Boards. Under its remit, the Committee is entitled to use the services of recruitment consultants and other external experts at the expense of Unilever. It is also to conduct a process of evaluation of its own performance each year. The full remit is on the Unilever website at www.unilever.com/investorcentre/corpgovernance, as is the information used by the Committee for succession planning.

Also on that website is The Governance of Unilever, which, amongst other matters, sets out the procedures for evaluating the Boards and individual Directors. These are designed to enable the results of the evaluations to be provided to the Nomination Committee when it discusses the nominations for election as Directors of NV and PLC at the next Annual General Meeting.

Meetings of the Committee
The Committee met six times in 2005. It agreed to the separation of the roles of Chairman and Chief Executive and recommended to the Boards the appointment of Antony Burgmans as Chairman, and Patrick Cescau as Group Chief Executive. It also proposed the nomination of all those Directors offering themselves for re-election at the 2005 AGMs and to the nomination of Ralph Kugler as an additional Executive Director.

It carried out the Committee’s annual review of its terms of reference and performance of its responsibilities and commenced its evaluation of its performance in 2004.

Succession planning for the Non-Executive Directors, one of whom retired at the 2005 AGMs and three of whom are retiring at the 2006 AGMs was also considered by the Committee during 2005. Specialist recruitment firms have been commissioned to assist in finding individuals with the appropriate skills and expertise who will be nominated as Non-Executive Directors at the AGMs in 2006 and 2007.

During 2005, the Committee also commenced the search for a new Chairman to succeed Antony Burgmans who is due to retire in 2007. A well-reputed search firm has been commissioned by the Committee to assist them in this process. Further work on this will be carried out during 2006.

2005 was the first year of our new Boards’ operation. To ensure optimal functioning of the Boards and the individual Directors and compliance with the most recent developments in best practice, the Nomination Committee commissioned Spencer Stuart to carry out a full review of the functioning of the Boards and of their governance arrangements. This review concluded that our arrangements stood comparison with our peers. A full report was made to the Boards in the first quarter of 2006 and a range of minor changes in terms of the day-to-day operations of the Boards will be introduced during the balance of the year. A Board evaluation and Chairman and individual director appraisal process is scheduled for 2006. Thus, the changes following the said review can be taken into account in the evaluations.

The Committee also met early in 2006. It decided to nominate all those Directors offering themselves for re-election at the 2006 AGMs and four new Directors to be appointed as Non-Executive in place of Claudio Gonzalez who retired at the 2005 AGMs and of Bertrand Collomb, Oscar Fanjul and Hilmar Kopper who are retiring at the 2006 AGMs. The new Non-Executive Directors were chosen specifically for their financial and/or general business expertise.

The Committee’s annual Report to Shareholders was approved.

 

Bertrand Collomb Chairman of the Nomination Committee
Antony Burgmans
David Simon
Jeroen van der Veer


 

52 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Report of the Directors

Report of the Remuneration Committee

 

2005 was a year of far-reaching and important changes to the way Unilever is run. These changes have had an important impact on the work of the Remuneration Committee.

The most significant change was the ending of the dual chairmanship and the creation of the single chief executive role. At the AGMs in May 2005 Antony Burgmans was appointed to the new role of Non-Executive Chairman, and Patrick Cescau took on the new role of Group Chief Executive. This change improved our governance and organisational effectiveness.

At the AGMs in May 2005, three Executive Directors retired after long and distinguished careers with Unilever. Clive Butler, Keki Dadiseth and Andre van Heemstra all agreed to retire to allow the creation of a new executive team. Each agreed to retire at the age of 60. Unilever continued to pay their base salary and benefits, in lieu of notice, for a maximum of one year, fulfilling its contractual obligations.

Antony Burgmans stepped down as Executive Director at the 2005 AGMs and assumed the new role of Non-Executive Chairman. In fulfilment of contractual obligations he continues to receive his salary and benefits until June 2006. However, he is no longer entitled to any annual or long-term incentives. After June 2006, he will receive a fee for his services as Chairman.

Given the new Board structure and Unilever’s longer-term strategy, the Committee reviewed the existing reward packages for each of the current Executive Directors during the year. Base salaries have been adjusted to reflect the new roles and responsibilities in line with the market. The revised salary levels are set out on page 56.

Annual incentives criteria for 2005 were underlying sales growth, trading contribution (Unilever’s version of economic value added) and individual performance targets. Taking into account the actual delivery of sales growth and trading contribution in 2005, the annual incentive Executive Directors earned for 2005 were roughly half maximum levels. No awards vested in 2005 for Executive Directors under the TSR plan as Unilever’s TSR performance over the period 2002-2004 fell short of requirements. Following shareholder approval, we operated the Global Performance Share Plan for the first time. Its clearly defined performance criteria focus management on top-line growth and cash flow generation. For 2006, we retained the same criteria as in 2005 for annual incentive, and we reviewed individual performance targets to ensure these reflect, next to corporate performance, each Executive Director’s responsibility for delivering specific growth objectives.

All this was done to create the greatest possible alignment between the various elements of the remuneration package and Unilever’s longer-term strategy.

Finally, we have revised the Report of the Remuneration Committee to improve its transparency in respect of the arrangements.

 

 

Bertrand Collomb Chairman of the Remuneration Committee
David Simon
Jeroen van der Veer


 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 53

Back to Contents

Report of the Remuneration Committee
(continued)

 

Remuneration policy 2006 and beyond – Executive Directors

Main principles
Unilever’s objective in its remuneration policy for Executive Directors is to drive performance and to set reward in support of the achievement of its goals. Therefore it is important to recruit key executives who can drive the business forward and achieve the highest results for shareholders. This is essential to the successful leadership and effective management of Unilever as a major global company. To meet this objective the Remuneration Committee follows three key principles, supported by shareholders:

A significant proportion of the Executive Directors’ total reward is linked to a number of key measures of company performance to create alignment with the strategy and business priorities;
   
The reward policy is benchmarked regularly against arrangements of other global companies based in Europe.
  This ensures that Executive Directors’ reward levels remain competitive; and
   

An internal comparison is made with the reward arrangements for other senior executives within Unilever to support consistent application of Unilever’s executive reward policies.

Each element of the Executive Directors’ reward package focuses on supporting different business objectives. The table below provides an overview of all the elements of reward (excluding pension), the key drivers, the resulting performance measures and indicative levels. In setting targets for the performance measures, the Committee is guided by what needs to happen to drive underlying performance and this is reflected in both the short-term and long-term performance targets.


 

Unilever reward policy table

Short-term (one year)

        Indicative levels at face        
Element   Payment method   value as % of base pay   Plan objectives/Key drivers   Performance measures









Base salary   Cash   Market competitive   Attraction and retention of   Individual performance
            key executives    









Annual incentive   Cash (75%)   Executive Director: 60%   Delivery of trading   Trading contribution
        on target   contribution (Unilever’s   (Executive Director: 40%,
    Shares (25%)   (range of 0% – 100%)   primary internal measure of   Group Chief Executive: 50%)
            economic value added) and    
        Group Chief Executive:   top-line growth targets   Underlying sales growth
        90% on target       (Executive Director: 40%,
        (range of 0 – 150%)   Individual responsibility for   Group Chief Executive: 50%)
            key Unilever business    
            objectives   Individual contribution to
                Unilever business strategy
                (Executive Director 20%,
                Group Chief Executive: 50%)









                 

Long-term (three year)

Global   Shares   Grant level: c. 25%   Ungeared Free Cash Flow   Ungeared Free Cash Flow (50%)
performance           as the basic driver of Unilever
share plan       Vesting level: 0 – 200%   shareholder returns   Underlying sales growth
        of grant       (50%)
            Top-line growth as
            essential to Unilever’s
            long-term value creation









TSR plan   Shares   Grant level: c. 60%   Shareholder return at upper   Relative total shareholder
            half of peer group with   return
        Vesting level: 0 – 200%   20 other companies
        of grant    









Share matching   Shares   25% of annual   Alignment with shareholders’
plan       incentive paid   interests









 

Depending on the level of performance the variable component could vary between 0 and around 80% of the total reward package (excluding pensions).

Some of the Executive Directors serve as a non-executive on the Board of another company. Unilever requires that all remuneration and fees earned from outside directorships are paid directly to Unilever.


 

54 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Report of the Directors

Report of the Remuneration Committee
(continued)

 

Base salary
The Remuneration Committee reviews base salary levels annually, taking into account external benchmarks in the context of company and individual performance.

Annual incentive
The annual incentive arrangement rewards Executive Directors for the delivery of trading contribution (Unilever’s primary internal measure of economic value added) and top-line growth targets, as well as for their individual contribution to Unilever’s business strategy.

In 2005, shareholders approved changes to the corporate performance criteria for the annual incentive arrangement, to ensure continuing alignment with business priorities, and a maximum opportunity for the Group Chief Executive of 150% of base salary. The maximum level is only payable in the case of exceptional performance. The annual incentive opportunity for other Executive Directors remains between 0 and 100%.

The performance criteria for the annual incentive are now:

Trading contribution (40%, for Chief Executive maximum 50% of base salary). This is Unilever’s primary internal measure of economic value added. Increases reflect the combined impact of top-line growth, margin improvement and capital efficiency gains. It is well aligned with our objective of a progressive improvement in return on invested capital and with shareholder value creation;
   
Underlying sales growth (40%, for Chief Executive maximum 50% of base salary). This focuses on the organic growth of Unilever’s turnover; and
   
Individual business targets (20%, for Chief Executive maximum 50% of base salary). The individual performance targets are tailored to each individual’s responsibilities to deliver certain business objectives supporting the strategy. Individual contributions are subject to robust measures and targets to ensure objectivity of achievement.

The annual incentive is calculated at the end of each financial year and payable in the following March. Part of the annual incentive (25%) is delivered to the Executive Directors in the form of shares in NV and PLC, which are matched by a conditional award of ‘matching shares’, as further described under long-term incentives below.

Long-term incentives
In 2005 shareholders also approved the replacement of the Executive Option Plan with the Unilever Global Performance Share Plan (GPSP). The long-term incentives for Executive Directors now consist of three elements, all of which are delivered in shares:

Global Performance Share Plan;
TSR Long-Term Incentive Plan; and
Share Matching Plan (linked to the annual incentive).

The policy in respect of each of the plans is described below, details for 2005 are set out on page 57 and in the tables on pages 61 to 64.

Executive Directors are required to demonstrate a significant personal shareholding commitment to Unilever. Within five years of appointment, they are expected to hold shares worth 150% of their annual base salary. This reinforces the link between the executives and other shareholders.

Global Performance Share Plan (GPSP)
Under the GPSP conditional rights over shares in NV and PLC are awarded annually to Executive Directors. For Executive Directors the value of a grant of conditional shares will not exceed 50% of base salary. The number of shares actually received at the end of the performance periods of the three years depends on the satisfaction of the performance targets.

The performance measures for vesting are underlying sales growth (for 50% of the award) and ungeared free cash flow (for 50% of the award). These are key performance measures in Unilever’s external reporting. Underlying sales growth focuses on the organic growth of Unilever’s turnover. Ungeared free cash flow expresses the translation of profit into cash and thus longer term economic value.

In respect of performance targets, there is a minimum and a maximum performance range for each of the two measures and associated vesting levels. Each year, the Remuneration Committee reviews the performance targets by taking account of market conditions and internal financial planning. The Remuneration Committee will conduct a review of these targets at the start of 2006 and ensure that those attached to awards to be made in 2006 are appropriate and challenging.

Total Shareholder Return (TSR) Long-Term Incentive Plan
This plan rewards Executive Directors for creating more value for Unilever’s shareholders when compared with the investment returns generated by competitors.

Under this plan conditional rights over shares in NV and PLC are awarded annually to Executive Directors.

The current level of conditional annual awards is as follows:

Group Chief Executive: Shares in NV and PLC to the combined value of €800 000; and
   
Other Executive Directors: Shares in NV and PLC to the combined value of €500 000.

Vesting is subject to Unilever’s relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR) performance. TSR measures the returns received by a shareholder, capturing both the increase in share price and the value of dividend income (assuming dividends are re-invested). Unilever’s TSR performance is compared with a peer group of competitors over a three-year performance period. The TSR results are compared on a single reference currency basis.

No shares will vest if Unilever is ranked below position 11 of the TSR ranking table over the three-year period. Between 25% and 200% of the shares will vest if Unilever is ranked in the top half of the table as shown below:


 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 55

Back to Contents

Report of the Remuneration Committee
(continued)

 

Vested award
  (% of original conditional
TSR peer group ranking award that will vest)


12th to 21st 0%
10th or 11th 25%
8th or 9th 50%
5th to 7th 100%
3rd or 4th 150%
1st or 2nd 200%



Peer Group:  
Altria Kao
Avon Lion
Beiersdorf L’Oréal
Cadbury Schweppes Nestlé
Clorox Orkla
Coca-Cola Pepsico
Colgate Procter & Gamble
Danone Reckitt Benckiser
Gillette Sara Lee
Heinz Shiseido

Kraft will replace Altria and Kimberly-Clark will replace Gillette in the peer group.

Share Matching Plan (linked to the annual incentive)
The Share Matching Plan enhances the alignment with shareholder’s interests and supports the retention of key executives. In addition, the necessity to hold the shares for a minimum period of three years supports the shareholding requirements set out on page 55.

As mentioned earlier, the Executive Directors receive 25% of their annual incentive in the form of NV and PLC shares. These are matched with an equivalent number of matching shares. The matching shares will vest after three years provided that the underlying shares have been retained during this period and the Executive Director has not resigned or been dismissed.

The Remuneration Committee considers that there is no need for further performance conditions on the vesting of the matching shares because the number of shares is directly linked to the annual bonus (which is itself subject to demanding performance conditions). In addition, during the three-year vesting period the share price of NV and PLC will be influenced by the performance of Unilever which, in turn, will affect the ultimate value of the matching shares on vesting.

Executive Directors’ pensions
Executive Directors are provided with a defined benefit final salary pension, which is consistent with the pension provision for other Unilever Netherlands and UK employees. The Executive Directors’ arrangement provides a pension of a maximum of two-thirds of final pensionable pay if they retire at age 60 or later.

As stated in last year’s report, the Remuneration Committee decided that annual incentive would no longer be part of pensionable pay for new Executive Directors appointed as from 2005. For Executive Directors appointed prior to 2005, annual incentive is pensionable up to a maximum of 20% of base salary.

Other benefits and allowances
Executive Directors enjoy similar benefits to many other employees of Unilever. For example, like other employees, Executive Directors are able to participate in the UK Employee ShareSave Plan, the UK Share Incentive Plan (‘ShareBuy’) and the All Employee Option Plan, in the Netherlands.

Future developments
The Remuneration Committee intends to continue monitoring trends and changes in the market. It keeps a watching brief on the continuing alignment between Unilever’s strategic objectives and the reward policy for Executive Directors. The Committee is continuing its review of the pension arrangements for Executive Directors during 2006.

Commentary on Executive Directors’ Remuneration paid in 2005
The tables on pages 60 to 67 give details of the specific elements of the Executive Directors’ reward package in 2005. However, the following additional comments may be helpful in understanding the various tables. The first sections cover the arrangements for current Executive Directors, followed by an explanation of the arrangements for former Executive Directors.

Base salary
Following the AGMs in May 2005, the number of Executive Directors and their responsibilities changed substantially. The Committee therefore reviewed base salary levels in light of these changes. The salary levels were benchmarked against those paid in other major global companies based in Europe, excluding companies in the financial sector. The increases for 2005 reflect the change in the composition and responsibilities of the Executive Directors, market levels as well as individual and company performance. The total salary figure compared with that for last year has reduced significantly as a consequence of the reduction in the number of Executive Directors. The current annual base salary levels for the Executive Directors are set out below:

Executive Director Current annual base salary levels


Based in the UK  
Patrick Cescau £935 000


Ralph Kugler £570 000


Rudy Markham £645 000


Based in the Netherlands  
Kees van der Graaf 760 000



 

56 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Report of the Directors

Report of the Remuneration Committee
(continued)

 

Annual incentive
The annual incentive awards for 2005 were subject to achievement of underlying sales growth and trading contribution targets in combination with individual key strategic business targets. The Committee measured the results against the targets set and determined the annual incentive amounts for 2005.

Long-term incentive arrangements

Global Performance Share Plan
  The first award under this new plan was made to Executive Directors in 2005. The performance period of this award is 1 January 2005 to 31 December 2007 and therefore no award vested in 2005.
   
TSR Plan
  Vesting of the conditional award made in 2002 was based on the TSR performance of Unilever (when ranked against its defined peer group with competitors) over the three-year performance period ended 31 December 2004. For this period, Unilever was ranked 13 in this peer group and therefore no vesting occurred for this award in March 2005. The conditional shares awarded in 2002 lapsed.
   
Share Matching Plan
  The matching shares originally granted in 2000 and 2002 on a conditional basis vested in 2005, subject to fulfilment of the retention conditions.
   
Executive Share Options
  The grants of executive share options made in 2002 became exercisable as from 2005. As the size of the 2002 grants was based on Unilever’s EPS performance, the options at vesting were subject to no further conditions.

Pensions
In response to changes in the pension tax regimes in both the Netherlands and the UK:

The projected value of the Netherlands-based Executive Director’s final benefit has been converted from a reasonable expectation to a vested benefit, consistent with the treatment adopted for other Netherlands senior executives with similar expectations; and
   
UK-based Executive Directors and other potentially affected employees have been informed that the company will offer them the option of capping their benefit provided by the Unilever UK Pension Fund at their personal Lifetime Allowance and receiving the balance of their benefit directly from the company.

For Executive Directors appointed since 2005, the annual incentive no longer forms part of pensionable salary.

Arrangements for former Executive Directors in 2005
At the AGMs in May 2005, Antony Burgmans stepped down as Executive Director of the Boards of Unilever NV and PLC and was appointed in a new role as Chairman of both Boards. In line with the provisions of his contract, Mr Burgmans is receiving salary and benefits until June 2006. From June 2006 he will start to receive a Chairmanship fee. While he has received a pro-rated annual incentive payment for his service to the 2005 AGMs, he has no further annual incentive entitlements. Equally, he received no long-term incentive awards after the AGMs in May 2005 and will receive no further new awards. His existing long-term incentives are subject to relevant provisions in the plan rules. Mr Burgmans’ retirement date will be June 2006, then being 59, and from this date he will receive a full pension as if he had retired at 60.

Clive Butler, Keki Dadiseth and André Van Heemstra stepped down as Executive Directors at the AGMs in May 2005. Each has received a pro-rated annual incentive payment for service to the 2005 AGMs. None received any new long-term incentive awards for the period after May 2005 and their existing long-term incentives are subject to relevant provisions in the plan rules. The company is respecting its contractual obligations and has provided for each director to be paid their base salary and benefits for the maximum of one year. Clive Butler and Keki Dadiseth have received their payments as lump sums. André Van Heemstra is receiving his payments on a monthly basis. They receive their full pension benefits at 60 as if they had retired on this date.

Non-Executive Directors
The Non-Executive Directors receive fees and (where appropriate) an attendance allowance from both NV and PLC. No other remuneration is given in respect of their Non-Executive duties from either NV or PLC, such as annual incentives, share-based incentives or pension benefits.

The level of their fees reflects their commitment and contribution to the companies. The levels were last reviewed in 2004 against fees payable by comparable companies in the UK and continental Europe, to ensure Unilever’s levels reflected current market practice and their increased responsibilities as Directors. The current fee levels are set out below:

Non-Executive Role Fees payable by NV   Fees payable by PLC




Senior Independent Director 48 000   £36 000




Committee Chairman 38 000   £29 000




Other Non-Executive Directors 32 000   £24 000





 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 57

Back to Contents

Report of the Remuneration Committee
(continued)

 

Other items

Unilever’s share performance relative to broad-based equity indices
The UK Companies Act 1985 (schedule 7A) requires us to show Unilever’s relative share performance, based on Total Shareholder Return, against a holding of shares in a broad-based equity index for the last five years. The Remuneration Committee has decided to show Unilever’s performance against two indices, namely the FTSE 100 Index, London, and the Euronext AEX Index, Amsterdam as these are the most generally used indices in the UK and the Netherlands, where we have our principal listings.

Five-Year Historical TSR Performance
Growth in the value of a hypothetical £100 holding over five years FTSE 100 comparison based on 30 trading day average values


Five-Year Historical TSR Performance
Growth in the value of a hypothetical investment over five years AEX comparison based on 30 day average values

Remuneration committee

Tasks and responsibilities
The Committee is responsible for making proposals to the Boards on the reward policy for Executive Directors. It is also responsible for setting individual reward packages for Executive Directors and for monitoring and approving all share-based incentive arrangements. The Committee meets at least three times a year and, during 2005, it met on 6 occasions.

Structure and role
The Chairman of the Committee is Bertrand Collomb. The other two Non-Executive Directors of the Committee are David Simon and Jeroen van der Veer.

The Non-Executive Directors are chosen for their broad experience and international outlook.

Advice and assistance
The Committee does not formally retain remuneration consultants. It seeks professional advice from external advisers as and when required. During 2005, the Committee sought advice from Towers Perrin (an independent firm of human resources specialists) on market data, reward trends and performance-related pay. Towers Perrin also provides general consultancy advice to Unilever group companies on employee rewards, pension, communications and other human resource matters.

The Committee is supplied with information by Jan van der Bijl, who is also one of the Joint Secretaries of Unilever.

The Group Chief Executive can be invited to attend Committee meetings to provide his own insights to the Committee on business objectives and the individual performance of his direct reports. Naturally, he does not attend when his own remuneration is being discussed.

The Non-Executive Chairman can, in his role as Chairman of the Board, also attend the meetings.


 

58 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Report of the Directors

Report of the Remuneration Committee
(continued)

 

The following section contains detailed information on the Executive Directors’ annual remuneration, long-term incentives, pension benefits and share interests in respect of 2005.

Aggregate remuneration for Executive Directors

The following table gives details of the aggregate remuneration (including long-term incentives) received by Executive Directors as a group.

    € ’000   € ’000
    2005   2004





Annual emoluments(1)         
Base salary   5 219   7 927





Allowances and other payments:        
Allowances
  255   750
Other payments(2) 
  2 586   1 806





Value of benefits in kind   264   665





Performance-related payments (annual incentive)(3)    2 752   1 027





Sub-total of annual emoluments   11 076   12 175





Other income arising from long-term incentives(4)         
Gains on exercise of share options   10   4 267





Vesting of matching shares   1 149   782





Vesting of TSR Long-Term Incentive Plans     4 105





Total of annual emoluments and other income arising from long-term incentives   12 235   21 329





(1) Annual emoluments include: base salary; allowances; other payments (see footnote 2); and the value of benefits in kind earned in respect of 2005. It also includes the annual incentive (both the cash element and the element paid in shares) payable in March 2006 relating to the performance year 2005.
(2) Other payments include payments to Antony Burgmans, Clive Butler, Keki Dadiseth and André van Heemstra following contractual obligations to provide salary and benefits.
(3) The value of matching shares awarded on a conditional basis in respect of 2005 is not included. This will be reported in 2009 when the shares vest.
(4) Other income includes the gains realised in 2005 following the exercise of share options granted in earlier years and the value of matching shares vested in 2005. No value is attributed to TSR Long-Term Incentive Plan as the shares which were conditionally granted in 2002 did not vest and lapsed in 2005.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 59

Back to Contents

Report of the Remuneration Committee
(continued)

 

Remuneration for individual Executive Directors

The following table gives details of the total remuneration (including long-term incentives) received by each Executive Director.

                          Other income arising from   Total of   Total of
  Annual Emoluments 2005(1)       long-term incentives in 2005(2)   annual   annual
 








     




  emoluments   emoluments
                                  Vesting of   and other   and other
                          Gains on       TSR/LTIP   income   income
                  Total   Total   exercise   Vesting of   in 2005   arising from   arising from
      Allowances   Value of       annual   annual   of share   matching   (performance   long-term   long-term
  Base   and other   benefits   Annual   emoluments   emoluments   options   shares   period   incentives   incentives
  salary   payments (3) in kind (4) incentive (5) 2005   2004   in 2005   in 2005   2002-2004)   in 2005   in 2004
Name and Base Country € ’000   € ’000   € ’000   € ’000   € ’000   € ’000   € ’000   € ’000   € ’000   € ’000   € ’000





















Current Executive Directors                                        
Patrick Cescau(6) (UK) 1 336   94   98   1 016   2 544   1 779     198     2 742   3 897






















Kees van der Graaf (NL) 751   7   23   338   1 119   600     54     1 173   600






















Ralph Kugler(7) (UK) 556   15   7   239   817     10       827  






















Rudy Markham (UK) 943   22   35   425   1 425   1 091     185     1 610   1 644






















Position changed in 2005                                          
Antony Burgmans(8) (NL) 592   913   31   266   1 802   1 732     241     2 043   2 573






















Former Executive Directors (2005)                                    
Clive Butler(9) (UK) 323   776   20   145   1 264   860     172     1 436   1 484






















Keki Dadiseth(10) (UK) 414   583   38   186   1 221   1 144     137     1 358   1 659






















André van Heemstra(11) (NL) 304   431   12   137   884   851     162     1 046   1 645






















(1)      Annual emoluments includes base salary, allowances and other payments (see footnote 3) and the value of benefits in kind earned in respect of 2005. It also includes the annual incentive (both the cash element and the element paid in shares) payable in March 2006 relating to the performance year 2005. The value of the matching shares conditionally awarded in 2006 in respect of the performance year 2005 is not included as these form part of the long-term incentives and the value will be reported when they vest in 2009.
(2)      Other income includes the gains realised in 2005 following the exercise of share options granted in earlier years. It also includes the value of the matching shares vested in 2005, which were originally granted in 2000 and 2002. No vesting occurred in 2005 with respect to the TSR LTIP shares granted in 2002 (performance period 2002 to 2004) as Unilever was ranked 13 in the peer group and therefore no value is reported here. 
(3)      Allowances include the following payments: allowances in lieu of company car; entertaining allowance; ‘blind trust fees’; and allowance to compensate for loss of net income suffered because part of the income was paid in the Netherlands. All allowances are taxable in the country of residence of the Executive Director concerned apart from the entertaining allowance which is currently tax free in the Netherlands. For the Former Executive Directors who stepped down at the AGMs in 2005 the allowance and other payments figures include the contractual provisions.
(4)      Includes the value of the following benefits in kind: benefits for company car; housing; medical insurance benefit; and private use chauffeur driven cars. Included are the taxable benefits which are taxable in the country of residence of the Executive Director.
(5)      Part of the annual incentive is paid in the form of shares in NV and PLC. The value of these shares is included in the figures of the annual incentive shown above. In addition to these shares, each Executive Director is awarded, on a conditional basis, an equivalent number of matching shares which are not included above. The value of these matching shares will be reported when they vest in 2009.
(6)    Group Chief Executive from AGMs 2005.
(7)  Appointed as an Executive Director on 11 May 2005. Remuneration shown above covers the period from date of appointment.
(8)      Executive Director until 11 May 2005. Base salary reflects payments up until May 2005. Under allowances and other payments and value of benefits in kind, following contractual provisions, received base salary between June to December 2005 (€828 000); June to December benefits (€18 000); allowances (€16 000). From June 2006, he will receive a Chairmanship fee.
(9)      Executive Director until 11 May 2005. Base salary reflects payments up until May 2005. Under allowances and other payments the total amount received as a lump sum payment of €775 000 (comprising period June 2005 to June 2006) in accordance with contractual provisions.
(10)      Executive Director until 11 May 2005. Base salary reflects payments up until May 2005. Under allowances and other payments the total amount received as a lump sum payment of €557 000 (comprising period June to December 2005) in accordance with contractual provisions.
(11)      Executive Director until 11 May 2005. Base salary reflects payments up until May 2005. Under allowances and other payments and value of benefits in kind the total received as monthly payments amounting to €426 000 comprising salary June to December 2005, also for June to December 2005 €7 000 benefits and allowances €3 000 in accordance with contractual provisions.

Figures have been translated into euros using the following exchange rate: €1 = £0.6837.

 

60 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Report of the Directors

Report of the Remuneration Committee
(continued)

 

Executive Directors’ Global Performance Share Plan
The following conditional shares were outstanding, awarded or vested during 2005 under the Global Performance Share Plan:

    Balance of conditional Conditional grant made 18 May 2005   Balance of conditional
    shares at 1 January 2005 (Performance period 2005 to 2007(1))   shares at 31 December 2005
   
 
 
  Share type No. of shares   No. of shares Price at award   No. of shares








Patrick Cescau NV   3 000 €53.00   3 000
  PLC   20 000 538.50 p 20 000








Kees van der Graaf NV   2 000 €53.00   2 000
  PLC   13 500 538.50 p 13 500








Ralph Kugler NV   2 000 €53.00   2 000
  PLC   13 500 538.50 p 13 500








Rudy Markham NV   2 000 €53.00   2 000
  PLC   13 500 538.50 p 13 500









(1) Each award of performance shares is conditional and vests subject to certain conditions (ungeared free cash flow performance and top-line growth performance) three years after the date of the award. The 2005 awards are subject to the performance period 1 January 2005 to 31 December 2007.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 61

Back to Contents

Report of the Remuneration Committee
(continued)

 

Executive Directors’ conditional share awards under the TSR Long-Term Incentive Plan
Conditional rights to ordinary shares in NV and PLC were outstanding, granted or vested/lapsed in 2005 as shown in the table below:

          Conditional award      Conditional awards      
      Balance of   made 21 March 2005      lapsed 21 March 2005   Balance of  
      conditional   (Performance period      (Performance period   conditional  
      shares   2005 to 2007)(1)      2002 to 2004)(2)       shares at  
      at 1 January  
 
  31 December  
      2005               Market   Original   2005  
  Share   No. of   No. of   Price at   No. of   price   price   No. of  
Name type   shares   shares   award   shares   at vesting   at award   shares  
















 
Current Executive Directors                    
Patrick Cescau NV   12 895   7 890   50.70   (3 737 ) 50.70   66.90   17 048  
  PLC   87 306   54 960 505p   (26 450 ) 505p   583p   115 816  
















 
Kees van der Graaf NV   7 739   4 931   50.70   (2 243 ) 50.70   66.90   10 427  
  PLC   52 376   34 352 505p   (15 870 ) 505p   583p   70 858  
















 
Ralph Kugler(3) NV   10 427             10 427  
  PLC   70 858             70 858  
















 
Rudy Markham NV   12 895   4 931   50.70   (3 737 ) 50.70   66.90   14 089  
  PLC   87 306   34 352 505p   (26 450 ) 505p   583p   95 208  
















 
Position changed in 2005                    
Antony Burgmans NV   20 634       (5 980 ) 50.70   66.90   14 654 (4)
  PLC   139 680       (42 319 ) 505p   583p   97 361 (4)
















 
Former Executive Directors (2005)                    
Clive Butler NV   12 895       (3 737 ) 50.70   66.90   9 158 (4)
  PLC   87 306       (26 450 ) 505p   583p   60 856 (4)
















 
Keki Dadiseth NV   12 895       (3 737 ) 50.70   66.90   9 158 (4)
  PLC   87 306       (26 450 ) 505p   583p   60 856 (4)
















 
André van Heemstra NV   12 895       (3 737 ) 50.70   66.90   9 158 (4)
  PLC   87 306       (26 450 ) 505p   583p   60 856 (4)
















 
(1) The end date of the performance period in respect of the conditional award made in 2005 is 31 December 2007.
(2) The conditional awards made in 2002, which vested in 2005 were based on the TSR performance of Unilever (when ranked against its defined peer group) over the three-year performance period ending 31 December 2004. For this period, Unilever was ranked 13 out of its peer group and therefore no vesting occurred for this award in March 2005 and the awarded shares of the award 2002 lapsed.
(3) Balance of conditional shares as from the date of appointment as Executive Director. Awards and vestings before are included in the balance.
(4) Stepped down as Executive Director in May 2005. Balance is at May 2005.

TSR ranking of Unilever shares against its defined peer group of companies for period 2003 to 2005
The following graph shows Unilever’s position relative to the TSR peer group of companies for each of the three performance periods ending 31 December 2003, 2004 and 2005.

Unilever’s position relative to the TSR reference group



The reference group, including Unilever, consists of 21 companies. Unilever’s position is
based on TSR over a three-year rolling period.

 

62 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Report of the Directors

Report of the Remuneration Committee
(continued)

 

Executive Directors’ Share Matching Plan
The following conditional shares were outstanding, awarded or vested during 2005 under the share matching plan:

      Balance of           Shares vested during 2005   Balance of  
      conditional Conditional shares  
  conditional  
      shares awarded in 2005(1)   Shares vested on 21 March 2005(2) Shares vested on 21 March 2005(3)   shares at  
      at 1 January  
 
 
  31 December  
      2005               Market   Original       Market   Original   2005  
  Share   No. of   No. of   Price at   No. of   price   price   No. of   price   price   No. of  
Name type   shares   shares   award   shares   at vesting   at award   shares   at vesting   at award   shares  






















 
Current Executive Directors                                            
Patrick Cescau NV   4 255   271   €50.70   (421 ) €50.70   €49.90   (1 461 ) €50.70   €66.90   2 644  
  PLC   29 042   1 896   505p   (3 327 ) 505p   392.80p   (10 342 ) 505p   583p   17 269  






















 
Kees van der Graaf NV   1 715   238   €50.70   (97 )(6) €50.70   €53.70   (425 ) €50.70   €66.90   1 431  
  PLC   11 940   1 664   505p   (726 )(6) 505p   432.75p   (3 008 ) 505p   583p   9 870  






















 
Ralph Kugler(4) NV   1 453                                   1 453  
  PLC   9 567                                   9 567  






















 
Rudy Markham NV   3 657   328   €50.70   (436 ) €50.70   €49.90   (1 324 ) €50.70   €66.90   2 225  
  PLC   25 095   2 282   505p   (3 445 ) 505p   392.80p   (9 370 ) 505p   583p   14 562  






















 
Position changed in 2005                                            
Antony Burgmans NV   5 259   337   €50.70   (525 ) €50.70   €49.90   (1 768 ) €50.70   €66.90   3 303 (5)
  PLC   35 877   2 342   505p   (4 147 ) 505p   392.80p   (12 516 ) 505p   583p   21 556 (5)






















 
Former Executive Directors (2005)                                          
Clive Butler NV   3 357   94   €50.70   (481 ) €50.70   €49.90   (1 151 ) €50.70   €66.90   1 819 (5)
  PLC   23 120   657   505p   (3 802 ) 505p   392.80p   (8 148 ) 505p   583p   11 827 (5)






















 
                                             
Keki Dadiseth NV   3 462   121   €50.70               (1 318 ) €50.70   €66.90   2 265 (5)
  PLC   23 220   841   505p               (9 327 ) 505   583p   14 734 (5)






















 
André van Heemstra NV   3 044   90   €50.70   (588 ) €50.70   €49.90   (953 ) €50.70   €66.90   1 593 (5)
  PLC   20 910   627   505p   (4 417 ) 505p   392.80p   (6 745 ) 505p   583p   10 375 (5)






















 
(1) Each award of matching shares is conditional and vests three years after the date of the award subject to certain conditions. The 2005 award was made on 21 March 2005 and will vest on 21 March 2008.
(2) The conditional shares awarded on 21 March 2000 (relating to the 1999 performance period) vested on 21 March 2005.
(3) The conditional shares awarded on 21 March 2002 (relating to the 2001 performance period) vested on 21 March 2005.
(4) Balance of conditional shares as from the date of appointment as Executive Director.
(5) Balance is at May 2005 when they stepped down as Executive Director.
(6) Conditional shares awarded 15 May 2000.

The closing market prices of ordinary shares at 31 December 2005 were €57.85 (NV shares) and 576.5p (PLC shares). During 2005 the highest market prices were €60.80 and 602.5p respectively, and the lowest market prices were €48.39 and 487.5p respectively.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 63

Back to Contents

Report of the Remuneration Committee
(continued)

 

Executive Directors’ share options
Details of the option plans under which Executive Directors and employees are able to acquire ordinary shares of NV and PLC are shown in note 31 on pages 132 to 141.

Options to acquire NV ordinary shares of €0.51 each and options to acquire PLC ordinary shares of 1.4p each were granted, exercised, lapsed and held during 2005 as follows:

                            Options outstanding   Options outstanding             
                            below market price      above market price             
                            at 31 December 2005      at 31 December 2005             
                           


 


         
                  Number                                
      Balance of     Number     of options     Balance of       Weighted       Weighted          
      options at     of options     exercised/     options at       average       average   First   Final  
  Share   1 January     granted     lapsed     31 December    Number   exercise   Number   exercise   exercisable   expiry  
Name  type   2005     in 2005     in 2005     2005   of shares   price   of shares   price   date   date  

























 
Current Executive Directors                            
Patrick Cescau                              
Executive Plan  NV 86 193     1 500 (1)     89 722   45 079   52.99   44 643   66.25   08/05/01   08/11/15  
        2 029 (2)                      
Executive Plan  PLC 581 666     10 000 (1)     606 591   364 551 499.4p   242 040 607.74p   08/05/01   08/11/15  
        14 925 (2)                      
NL All-Employee Plan  NV 200     50 (3)     250   150   52.60   100   66.28   12/06/02   17/05/10  

























 
Kees van der Graaf                              
Executive Plan  NV 43 950     600 (1)     45 150   27 750   54.90   17 400   65.81   24/03/02   08/11/15  
        600 (2)                      
Executive Plan  PLC 293 000     4 000 (1)     301 000   169 000 506.651p   132 000 585.568p   24/03/02   08/11/15  
        4 000 (2)                      
NL All-Employee Plan  NV 250     50 (3)   (50) (4)   250   150   52.60   100   66.28   12/06/02   17/05/10  
UK ShareSave Plan  PLC     3 054 (5)     3 054   3 054 541p     01/10/10   31/03/11  

























 
Ralph Kugler                              
Executive Plan  NV 58 875 (8)         58 875   40 200   54.56   18 675   66.12   24/03/02   20/03/15  
Executive Plan  PLC 392 500 (8)         392 500   232 000 481.065p   160 500 584.729p   24/03/02   20/03/15  
NL All-Employee Plan  NV   (8)   50 (3)     50   50   53.00     18/05/05   17/05/10  
UK ShareSave Plan  PLC 3 970 (8)   3 054 (5) (3 970) (6)   3 054   3 054 541p     01/10/10   31/03/11  

























 
Rudy Markham                              
Executive Plan  NV 86 550     1 500 (1)     88 050   52 500   51.08   35 550   66.63   02/06/00   20/03/15  
Executive Plan  PLC 609 292     10 000 (1)     619 292   367 292 460.49p   252 000 610.43p   06/12/99   20/03/15  
NL All-Employee Plan  NV 250     50 (3)   (50) (4)   250   150   52.60   100   66.28   12/06/02   17/05/10  
UK ShareSave Plan  PLC 6 336       (3 283) (7)   3 053   3 053 535.5p     01/10/09   31/03/10  

























 
Position changed in 2005                            
Antony Burgmans                              
Executive Plan  NV 103 200     2 400 (1)     105 600   67 800   52.82   37 800   65.33   24/03/02   20/09/08  
Executive Plan  PLC 688 000     16 000 (1)     704 000   440 000 486.02p   264 000 585.57p   24/03/02   20/09/08  
NL All-Employee Plan  NV 250         (50) (4) 200   100   52.40   100   66.28   12/06/02   12/05/09  

























 
Former Executive Directors (2005)                            
Clive Butler                              
Executive Plan  NV 89 252     1 500 (1)     90 752 (9)  54 752   50.74   36 000   66.64   02/06/00   20/09/08  
Executive Plan  PLC 803 384     10 000 (1)       813 384 (9)  558 384 408.682p   255 000 610.588p   11/12/98   20/09/08  
NL All-Employee Plan  NV 250           250 (9)  150   52.62   100   66.28   12/06/02   12/05/09  

























 
Keki Dadiseth                              
Executive Plan  NV 63 150     1 500 (1)     64 650 (9)  43 800   52.10   20 850   66.71   02/06/00   20/09/08  
Executive Plan  PLC 426 892     10 000 (1)       436 892 (9)  246 892 461.551p   190 000 597.853p   29/05/99   20/09/08  
NL All-Employee Plan  NV 100           100 (9)  100   52.40     02/06/03   12/05/09  
UK ShareSave Plan  PLC 2 744           2 744 (9)    2 744 603p   01/06/05   30/11/05  

























 
André van Heemstra                              
Executive Plan  NV 55 650           55 650 (9)  33 600   55.11   22 050   65.59   24/03/02   31/01/08  
Executive Plan  PLC 371 000             371 000 (9)  197 000 514.513p   174 000 586.379p   24/03/02   31/01/08  
NL All-Employee Plan  NV 200           200 (9)  100   52.40   100   66.28   12/06/02   12/05/09  

























 

 

64 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Report of the Directors

Report of the Remuneration Committee
(continued)

 

Footnotes for table on preceding page:

(1) Premium grants made under the Executive Plan on 21 March 2005 at an option price of €50.70 (NV shares) and 505p (PLC shares).
(2) Premium grants made under the Executive Plan on 9 November 2005 at an option price of €56.85 (NV shares) and 563p (PLC shares).
(3) Grants made under the Netherlands All-Employee Option Plan on 18 May 2005 at an option price of €53.00 (NV shares).
(4) Options exercised on 3 June 2005 at a market price of €54.70 (NV shares). The options were originally granted in 2000 at an option price of €53.05.
(5) Options granted on 7 June 2005 at an option price of 541p per share.
(6) Options exercised on 5 October 2005 at a market price of 592.5p. The options were originally granted on 9 June 2000 at an option price of 425p.
(7) Options lapsed without value on 31 March 2005.
(8) Newly appointed as an Executive Director in May 2005. Balances shown are as at date of appointment.
(9) Stepped down from the Boards in May 2005. Balances shown are as at date of retirement from the Boards.

The value, calculated in accordance with an adjusted Black-Scholes pricing method in respect of options granted in 2005 to the current Executive Directors was as follows: Patrick Cescau €85 550; Kees van der Graaf €33 193; Rudy Markham €32 157; and Ralph Kugler €5 507.

The term ’Executive Plan’ refers to options granted under the PLC, NV or North America Executive Option Plans.

The closing market prices of ordinary shares at 31 December 2005 were €57.85 (NV shares), 576.5p (PLC shares). During 2005 the highest market prices were €60.80 and 602.5p respectively, and the lowest market prices were €48.39 and 487.5p respectively.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 65

Back to Contents

Report of the Remuneration Committee
(continued)

 

Executive Directors’ pensions(1)
Pension values for the year ended 31 December 2005 are set out below.

                              Increase            
            Increase           Transfer value     in transfer value   Individual   Transfer value    
      Accrued     in accrued     Accrued     of accrued     during 2005   contributions   of accrued    
  Age at   pension at     pension     pension at     pension at     (less individual   made during   pension at    
Name and 31/12/05   31/12/04 (2)   during 2005 (3)   31/12/05 (2)   31/12/04 (4)   contributions)   2005   31/12/05 (4)  
base country     € ’000pa     € ’000pa     € ’000 pa     € ’000     € ’000   € ’000   € ’000    




















   
Current Executive Directors                            
Patrick Cescau (UK) 57 873   60   933   14 459   2 239 72 16 770    




















   
Kees van der Graaf(5) (NL) 55 331   207   538   4 158   2 776 8 6 942    




















   
Ralph Kugler(6) (UK) 49 338   58   396   3 647   1 733 31 5 411    




















   
Rudy Markham (UK) 59 678   74   752   13 347   1 746 54 15 147    




















   
Position changed in 2005                  
Antony Burgmans(7) (NL) 58 959   155   1 114   14 151   3 738 16 17 905    




















   
Former Executive Directors (2005)                      
Clive Butler(8) (UK) 59 570   48   618   10 959   1 260 17 12 236    




















   
Keki Dadiseth(8) (UK) 60 750   43   793   15 156   1 058 23 16 237    




















   
André van Heemstra(8)(NL) 59 566   18   584   8 609   624 8 9 241    




















   

The increase in transfer value during 2005 includes the effect of salary increases, additional service, benefit enhancements and any changes in actuarial bases.

(1) Figures have been translated into euros where necessary using the following exchange rates: 31 December 2004 €1.00 = £0.7069; 31 December 2005 €1.00 = £0.6864; and average for the year ended 31 December 2005 €1.00 = £0.6837.
(2) Calculated on a deferred basis using the Executive Directors’ service to 31 December 2004 and 31 December 2005 respectively on the basis that the Executive Directors remain in service until at least age 60 and that the pension payment commences at that time. It includes all pensions provided from Unilever pension plans. In the event that an Executive Director leaves service prior to age 60 and the payment of pension commences earlier than age 60, the pension payable would be on a reduced basis. The Netherlands-based Executive Director’s arrangements, which previously operated on the basis of a justifiable expectation and did not provide vested deferred entitlement, have been converted to a vested benefit, consistent with the treatment adopted for other Netherlands senior executives with similar expectations.
(3) Includes the effect of inflation on the accrued pension at 31 December 2004.
(4) For the Netherlands-based Executive Director’s arrangement calculated on the basis used by the Unilever Netherlands pension plan (‘Progress’), as prescribed by the Netherlands Ministry of Social Affairs and Employment. For the UK based Executive Directors’ arrangement calculated on the market related basis used by the Unilever United Kingdom pension plan (UUKPF), in line with the GN11 guidance note published by the Institute and Faculty of Actuaries in the United Kingdom. Changes in the bases during 2005 had the effect of significantly increasing transfer values for the UK based Executive Directors.
(5) Reached age 55 during the year, hence values at 31 December 2005 include the NV arrangement (see footnote 2 above).
(6) Joined the Boards in May 2005. Figures shown in the table above relate to the date of joining the Boards, or the period starting on that date, as appropriate. Figures at 10 May 2005 include pension, and the transfer value of pension, accrued prior to becoming an Executive Director.
(7) Changed from Executive to Non-Executive Director in May 2005. Figures shown in the table above are at the date of change or the period ending on that date, as appropriate.
(8) Stepped down from the Boards in May 2005. Figures shown in the table above are at the date they stepped down, or the period ending on that date, as appropriate.

The Listing Rules of the Financial Services Authority are different from the Directors’ Remuneration Report Regulations 2002 and require the following disclosures for defined benefit pension plans which are calculated on an alternative basis to those disclosed in the table above:

Increase in accrued pension during 2005 (excluding the effect of inflation on the accrued pension at 31 December 2004): Patrick Cescau €37 000; Kees van der Graaf €204 000; Ralph Kugler €38 000; Rudy Markham €35 000; Antony Burgmans €147 000; Clive Butler €15 000; Keki Dadiseth €nil; and André van Heemstra €13 000; and
   
Transfer value at 31 December 2005 of the increase or decrease in accrued pension during 2005 (excluding the effect of inflation on the accrued pension at 31 December 2004 and less individual contributions): Patrick Cescau €585 000; Kees van der Graaf €2 571 000; Ralph Kugler €490 000; Rudy Markham €661 000; Antony Burgmans €2 353 000; Clive Butler €264 000; Keki Dadiseth €(29 000); and André van Heemstra €172 000.

The Dutch Corporate Governance Code requires the following disclosure of pension service costs charged to operating profit: Patrick Cescau €693 000; Kees van der Graaf €676 000; Ralph Kugler €162 000; Rudy Markham €275 000; Antony Burgmans €1 684 000; Clive Butler €257 000; Keki Dadiseth €386 000; and André van Heemstra €268 000.

 

66 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Report of the Directors

Report of the Remuneration Committee
(continued)

 

Executive Directors’ interests – share capital
The interests in the share capitals of NV and PLC and their group companies of those who were Executive Directors at 31 December 2005 and of their immediate families were as shown in the table below:

      Shares held at   Shares held at  
    1 January 2005 31 December 2005
    (excluding unvested (excluding unvested
Name Share type(1) matching shares) matching shares)






 
Patrick Cescau(2) NV   20 964   23 117  
  PLC   51 123   89 400  






 
Kees van der Graaf NV   5 426   6 236  
  PLC   21 066   26 750  






 
Ralph Kugler(3) NV   13 876   13 876  
  PLC   36 123   36 144  






 
Rudy Markham NV   40 210   42 348  
  PLC   128 180   143 571  






 
(1) NV shares are ordinary €0.51 shares and PLC shares are ordinary 1.4p shares.
(2) Balances include under NV 12 905 NV New York shares and under PLC 5 678 ADRs (22 712 PLC) shares.
(3) Opening balance for Ralph Kugler is at appointment as Executive Director in May 2005.

The Executive Directors, in common with other employees of PLC and its United Kingdom subsidiaries, had beneficial interests in 48 888 961 PLC ordinary shares at 1 January 2005 and 43 232 118 PLC ordinary shares at 31 December 2005, acquired by the Unilever Employee Share Trust (Jersey) for the purpose of satisfying options and vesting of shares under various group share plans (including the PLC Executive Option Plans and the UK Employee ShareSave Plan). Further information, including details of the NV and PLC ordinary shares acquired by certain group companies in connection with other share-based compensation plans, is given in note 31 on pages 132 to 141.

The voting rights of the Directors who hold interests in the share capitals of NV and PLC are the same as for other holders of the class of shares indicated. None of the Directors’ or other executive officers’ shareholdings amounts to more than 1% of the issued shares in that class of share. Except as stated above, all shareholdings are beneficial.

The only changes in the interests of the Executive Directors and their families in NV and PLC ordinary shares between 31 December 2005 and 28 February 2006 were that:

The holding of the Unilever Employee Share Trust (Jersey) has reduced to 42 486 540 PLC ordinary shares;
   
Kees van der Graaf, Ralph Kugler and Rudy Markham each acquired further interests in 43 PLC ordinary shares during January and February due to monthly ShareBuy purchases; and
   
Patrick Cescau purchased on 10 February 1 150 Unilever N.V. shares.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 67

Back to Contents

Report of the Remuneration Committee
(continued)

 

Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration
The total fees payable to each Non-Executive Director in 2005 are set out below. Figures for 2004 include those fees payable prior to May 2004 in their capacity as Advisory Directors.

         
  Fees payable   Attendance   Total fees paid   Total fees paid  
Name in 2005 (9)  allowance(9)   in 2005 (9)  in 2004 (9) 








 
Bertrand Collomb(1) 100 654     100 654   85 726  








 
Leon Brittan(2) 67 102     67 102   62 133  








 
Lynda Chalker(3) 80 415     80 415   71 049  








 
Wim Dik(2)(4) 67 102     67 102   63 261  








 
Oscar Fanjul(4) 67 102     67 102   63 261  








 
Hilmar Kopper(5) 80 415     80 415   72 177  








 
David Simon(6) 67 102     67 102   62 133  








 
Jeroen van der Veer(6) 67 102     67 102   63 261  








 
Claudio Gonzalez(4)(8) 27 959   25 770   53 729   99 001  








 
Antony Burgmans(2)(7)        








 
                 
(1) Senior Independent Director, Vice Chairman NV and PLC, and Chairman of Nomination Committee and Remuneration Committee.
(2) Member of External Affairs and Corporate Relations Committee.
(3) Chairman of External Affairs and Corporate Relations Committee.
(4) Member of Audit Committee.
(5) Chairman of Audit Committee.
(6) Members of Nomination Committee and Remuneration Committee.
(7) Chairman NV and PLC, and Nomination Committee member. Non-Executive Director as from AGMs 2005. Antony Burgmans did not receive a fee as Chairman in 2005. For further details of his remuneration please refer to page 60.
(8) Stepped down at 2005 AGMs.
(9) Covers total fees received from both NV and PLC.

 

68 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Report of the Directors

Report of the Remuneration Committee
(continued)

 

Non-Executive Directors’ interests – share capital
The interests in the share capitals of NV and PLC and their group companies of those who were Non-Executive Directors as at 31 December 2005 (including those of their immediate families) were as shown below:

      Shares held at   Shares held at  
Name Share Type(1)    1 January 2005   31 December 2005  






 
Antony Burgmans(2) NV   37 941   44 616  
  NV (3) 7 750    
  PLC   89 465   130 026  






 
Bertrand Collomb NV   111   111  
  PLC      






 
Leon Brittan NV      
  PLC      






 
Lynda Chalker NV      
  PLC   2 526   2 526  






 
Wim Dik NV      
  PLC      






 
Oscar Fanjul NV   692   692  
  PLC      






 
Hilmar Kopper NV      
  PLC      






 
David Simon NV      
  PLC   3 051   3 158  






 
Jeroen van der Veer NV   5 600   5 600  
  PLC      






 
(1) Except where otherwise stated, NV shares are ordinary €0.51 shares and PLC shares are ordinary 1.4p shares.
(2) Balance at 1 January 2005 as Executive Director.
(3) Held as preference shares of €0.05.

There were no changes in the interests of the Non-Executive Directors and their immediate families in NV and PLC ordinary shares between 31 December 2005 and 28 February 2006.

The Report has been approved by the Boards and has been signed on their behalf by the Joint Secretaries, J A A van der Bijl and S G Williams.

By order of the Boards

 


J A A van der Bijl
S G Williams


Joint Secretaries of Unilever N.V. and Unilever PLC


28 February 2006


Definition of auditable part of the report of the Remuneration Committee
In compliance with the UK Directors’ Remuneration Report Regulation 2002, and under Title 9, Book 2 of the Civil Code in the Netherlands, the auditable part of the report of the Remuneration Committee comprises the ’Aggregate remuneration for Executive Directors’ on page 59, the ’Remuneration for individual Executive Directors’ on page 60, the ‘Executive Directors’ Global Performance Share Plan’ on page 61, the ’Executive Directors’ conditional share awards under the TSR Long-Term Incentive Plan’ on page 62, the ‘Executive Directors’ Share Matching Plan’ on page 63, ’Executive Directors’ share options’ on pages 64 and 65, ’Executive Directors’ pensions’ on page 66, ’Executive Directors’ interests – share capital’ on page 67, ‘Non-Executive Directors remuneration’ on page 68 and ‘Non-Executive Directors’ interests – share capital’ on page 69.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 69

Back to Contents

Report of the Audit Committee

 

The role of the Audit Committee is to assist the Unilever Boards in fulfilling their oversight responsibilities regarding the integrity of Unilever’s financial statements, risk management and internal control, compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, the external auditors’ performance, qualifications and independence, and the performance of the internal audit function. During the year ended 31 December 2005 the principal activities of the Committee were as follows:

Financial statements
The Committee considered reports from the Chief Financial Officer on the quarterly and annual financial statements and reviewed the Annual Report and Accounts prior to publication.

Audit of the Annual Accounts
PricewaterhouseCoopers, Unilever’s external auditors, reported in depth to the Committee on the scope and outcome of the annual audit. Their reports included accounting matters, governance and control, and accounting developments.

Risk management and internal control arrangements
The Committee reviewed Unilever's overall approach to risk management and control, and its processes, outcomes and disclosure, including specifically:

Corporate Audit’s interim and year-end reports on the Status of Risk Management & Control, and management’s response;
Annual report from the Chief Financial Officer on business risks and positive assurance on operating controls and corporate policies;
The interim and year-end reports from the Code of Business Principles Compliance Committee;
Monitoring the resolution of complaints received through the global Ethics hotline which included a procedure for handling complaints and concerns relating to accounting, internal control and auditing matters;
Monitoring progress of the implementation of the requirements under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 with respect to internal controls over financial reporting;
A review of pensions arrangements;
Reviewing the management of transition risks arising from changes in the organisation and operating framework;
A review of treasury and tax matters relating to investment hedging and gearing, and developments on engaging with tax authorities;
A review of anti-fraud arrangements;
A review of the Slim•Fast impairment and a learning review of the accounting process;
A review of financing strategy; and
A review of risk management in the outsourcing projects.

External auditors
The Audit Committee undertakes a periodic formal review of the appointment of external auditors, and the most recent review was completed in November 2005. The Committee has approved the extension of the current external audit contract by one year, and recommended to the Boards the reappointment of the external auditors. On the recommendation of the Audit Committee, the Directors will be proposing the reappointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers at the AGMs in May 2006 (see pages 173 and 178).

Both Unilever and the auditors have for many years had safeguards in place to avoid the possibility that the auditors’ objectivity and independence could be compromised. The Committee reviewed the report from PricewaterhouseCoopers confirming

their independence and objectivity, and also conducted a formal evaluation of the effectiveness of the external audit process.

The committee also reviewed the statutory audit, other audit, audit-related, tax and other services provided by PricewaterhouseCoopers, and compliance with Unilever’s policy, which prescribes the types of engagements for which the external auditors can be used. In 2005, the Audit Committee also reviewed and approved the policy regarding the pre-approval of the non-audit services. All non-audit services undertaken by the external auditors were reviewed and authorised by the Committee in line with the policy and further information on all of these services is noted immediately following this report.

The Committee held independent meetings with the external auditors during the year.

The external auditors report to the Directors and the Audit Committee on the actions they take to comply with the professional and regulatory requirements and best practice designed to ensure their independence from Unilever, including, for example, the periodic rotation of key team members. The UK lead partner in charge of the audit, who was appointed in 2001, will rotate off at the 2006 AGM and a new lead partner will be appointed by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP.

Internal audit function
The Committee engaged in discussion and review of the Corporate Audit Department’s audit plan for the year, and approved its budget and resource requirements.

The Committee approved the appointment of a new Chief Auditor arising from the transfer of the previous holder to a new senior finance position following organisational changes.

The Committee carried out a formal evaluation of the performance of the internal audit function and confirmed that they were satisfied with their relationship with the Chief Auditor.

The Committee held independent meetings with the Chief Auditor during the year.

Audit Committee terms of reference
The Audit Committee’s terms of reference were updated in 2005 to reflect the realignment of the roles previously carried out by the Corporate Risk Committee, and also to include an annual review of the Group’s anti-fraud arrangements. In February 2006, the terms of reference were updated to reflect requirements under the Dutch Corporate Governance Code that the Audit Committee has oversight of the policy of the Group on tax planning, the financing of the Group, and the applications of information and communication technology.

The Audit Committee carried out a self-assessment of its own performance.

The Audit Committee’s terms of reference can be viewed on Unilever’s website at
www.unilever.com/investorcentre/corpgovernance.

Hilmar Kopper Chairman of the Audit Committee
Wim Dik
Oscar Fanjul


 

70 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Report of the Directors

Report of the Audit Committee
(continued)

 

Services provided by external auditors
In overview, our procedures in respect of services provided by PricewaterhouseCoopers are:

Statutory audit:
Procedures in respect of statutory audit services are detailed on page 70. This category includes fees for the statutory audit of Unilever’s financial statements and those of its subsidiaries.

Other audit services:
This is audit and similar work that regulations or agreements with third parties require the auditors to undertake. These services include procedures undertaken by our external auditors in connection with borrowings, shareholder and other circulars and various other regulatory reports.

Audit-related services:
This is work that, in their position as the auditors, they are best placed to undertake. It includes internal control reviews, other reports and work in respect of acquisitions and disposals.

Tax services:
In cases where they are best suited, we use the auditors. All other significant tax consulting work is put to tender.

General consulting and other services:
Since early 2002, our policy has been that our external auditors may not tender for any new general consulting work. We use our auditors to perform a limited number of other services, including risk management advisory work and training, where these are compatible with their work and subject to the appropriate level of pre-approval.

The Audit Committee’s policy regarding the pre-approval of the above non-audit services lists in detail the particular services which PricewaterhouseCoopers is and is not permitted to provide.

In the case of the types of work which PricewaterhouseCoopers is allowed to perform, the policy provides that they are only appointed to an assignment if proper consideration has been given to other potential service providers, there must be bona fide advantages in using PricewaterhouseCoopers, and, in addition, if the fee is over €100 000, the engagement must be specifically approved in advance by the Chairman of the Audit Committee.

Potential engagements for any services not already covered by this policy must be referred to the Chairman of the Audit Committee for specific pre-approval (to be ratified at the next meeting of the Audit Committee) before PricewaterhouseCoopers can be appointed.

The policy is regularly reviewed and updated in the light of internal developments, external developments and best practice.

See note 4 on page 93 for the actual fees payable to PricewaterhouseCoopers.


 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 71

Back to Contents

Report of the External Affairs and Corporate Relations Committee

 

Remit
The Committee’s specific responsibilities are:

to review external developments likely to have significant influence upon Unilever and its ability to conduct its business, and advise on how best to handle them;
   
to report to the Boards on Unilever’s standing in the external world, particularly among the target audiences identified in the Company’s Corporate Relations strategy;
   
to oversee issues management, with a particular focus on non- financial risks to the Unilever business and reputation;
   
to monitor the effectiveness of Unilever’s corporate relations activities including communications, publications, media exposure, government and public relations, and participation in industry initiatives; and
   
to review the Company’s Corporate Relations strategy and the adequacy of the organisation and resources committed to it.

Meetings
In its four meetings in 2005, the Committee focused particularly on developments on corporate responsibility, review of reported breaches of Code of Business Principles, Unilever’s leadership role in the Transatlantic Business Dialogue and policy issues such as risk communication and counterfeiting.

The Committee recommended to the Boards to embed and integrate Corporate Responsibility further into all parts of the business, and highlighted the potential and impact of product brands addressing social challenges. Successful examples are Dove leading on inner beauty, and Lifebuoy addressing hygiene through its handwashing campaign.

The report on the Code of Business Principles was carefully reviewed and the Committee was satisfied with the actions taken to address reported and verified breaches. The Committee agreed the importance of keeping the Code alive and supported the proposed regular measurement of understanding of the Code across the business.

Unilever’s leadership role in the Transatlantic Business Dialogue was discussed. The Committee considered that the issuance of two declarations at the EU/US Summit on transatlantic economic integration and growth, and on fighting global piracy and counterfeiting, underpinned by the political commitment to monitor and report progress on concrete actions, were good outcomes.

Several policy issues impacting Unilever’s business and reputation were reviewed, and particular attention was given to the growing problem of counterfeiting for the consumer goods sector. The Committee re-iterated the importance of fighting counterfeiting, through an integrated strategy of raising awareness of the importance of intellectual property protection for future innovation and investment, and through encouraging joint action by Government to ensure consumer safety and legal enforcement.

 

Lynda Chalker Chairman of the External Affairs and Corporate Relations Committee
Leon Brittan
Antony Burgmans
Wim Dik


 

72 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial statements

 

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities 74  
Auditors’ report 77  
Consolidated income statement 78  
79  
Consolidated balance sheet 80  
Consolidated cash flow statement 81  
Notes to the consolidated accounts 82  
  1 Accounting information and policies 82  
  2 Financial risk management 86  
  3 Segment information 88  
  4 Operating costs 93  
  5 Staff costs and employees 94  
  6 Net finance costs 94  
  7 Taxation 95  
  8 Combined earnings per share 97  
  9 Dividends on ordinary capital 98  
  10 Goodwill and intangible assets 98  
  11 Property, plant and equipment 100  
  12 Biological assets 102  
  13 103  
  14 Deferred taxation 104  
  15 Inventories 104  
  16 Trade and other receivables 105  
  17 105  
  18 Borrowings 106  
  19 Financial instruments 110  
  20 Trade payables and other liabilities 113  
  21 Restructuring and other provisions 114  
  22 Pensions and similar obligations 114  
  23 Equity 123  
  24 Called up share capital 124  
  25 Other reserves 125  
  26 Retained profit 126  
  27 Commitments and contingent liabilities 127  
  28 Acquisitions and disposals 128  
  29 Assets held for sale and discontinued operations 129  
  30 131  
  31 Share-based compensation plans 132  
  32 Related party transactions 142  
  33 Key management personnel 142  
  34 Events after the balance sheet date 143  
  35 144  
Historical information 152  
Additional information for US investors 157  
Principal group companies and non-current investments 167  
Company accounts – Unilever N.V. 170  
Notes to the company accounts – Unilever N.V. 171  
Further statutory and other information – Unilever N.V. 173  
Company accounts – Unilever PLC 175  
Notes to the company accounts – Unilever PLC 176  
Further statutory and other information – Unilever PLC 178  

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 73

Back to Contents

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities

 

Annual accounts
The Directors are required by Title 9, Book 2 of the Civil Code in the Netherlands and the United Kingdom Companies Act 1985 to prepare accounts for each financial year which give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Unilever Group, and the NV and PLC entities as at the end of the financial year and of the profit or loss and cash flows for that year.

The Directors consider that in preparing the accounts, the Group, and the NV and PLC entities have used the most appropriate accounting policies, consistently applied and supported by reasonable and prudent judgements and estimates, and that all International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU (in the case of the consolidated accounts) and United Kingdom accounting standards (in the case of the parent company accounts) which they consider to be applicable have been followed.

The Directors have responsibility for ensuring that NV and PLC keep accounting records which disclose with reasonable accuracy their financial position and which enable the Directors to ensure that the accounts comply with the relevant legislation. They also have a general responsibility for taking such steps as are reasonably open to them to safeguard the assets of the Group, and to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities.

This statement, which should be read in conjunction with the Auditors’ report, is made with a view to distinguishing for shareholders the respective responsibilities of the Directors and of the auditors in relation to the accounts.

A copy of the financial statements of the Unilever Group is placed on our website at www.unilever.com/investorcentre. The maintenance and integrity of the website is the responsibility of the Directors, and the work carried out by the auditors does not involve consideration of these matters. Accordingly, the auditors accept no responsibility for any changes that may have occurred to the financial statements since they were initially placed on the website. Legislation in the United Kingdom and the Netherlands governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.

Going concern
The Directors continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the accounts. This is because the Directors, after making enquiries and following a review of the Group’s budget for 2006 and 2007, including cash flows and borrowing facilities, consider that the Group has adequate resources to continue in operation for the foreseeable future.

Internal and disclosure controls and procedures
Unilever has a well-established control framework, which is documented and regularly reviewed by the Boards. This incorporates risk management, internal control procedures and disclosure controls and procedures which are designed to provide reasonable, but not absolute, assurance that assets are safeguarded, the risks facing the business are being addressed and all information required to be disclosed is reported to the Group’s senior management, including where appropriate the Group Chief Executive and Chief Financial Officer, within the required timeframe.

Our procedures cover financial, operational, social and environmental risks and regulatory matters. The Boards of NV

and PLC have also established a clear organisational structure, including delegation of appropriate authorities. The Group’s control framework is supported through a Code of Business Principles, which sets standards of professionalism and integrity for its operations worldwide, and through an Operational Controls Assessment process, which requires the senior management in each business unit to assess the effectiveness of financial controls annually and of all other operational controls over a three-year cycle.

The Boards have overall responsibility for establishing key procedures designed to achieve systems of internal control and disclosure control and for reviewing and evaluating their effectiveness. The day-to-day responsibility for implementation of these procedures and ongoing monitoring of risk and the effectiveness of controls rests with the Group’s senior management at individual operating company and regional level. Regions review on an ongoing basis, the risks faced by their group and the related internal control arrangements and provide written reports to the Group Chief Executive.

Unilever’s corporate internal audit function plays a key role in providing an objective view and continuous reassurance of the effectiveness of the risk management and related control systems throughout Unilever to both operating management and the Boards. The Group has an independent Audit Committee, entirely comprised of Independent Non-Executive Directors. This Committee meets regularly with the Chief Auditor and the external auditors.

Unilever has a comprehensive budgeting system with an annual budget approved by the Boards, which is regularly reviewed and updated. Performance is monitored against budget and the previous year through monthly and quarterly reporting routines. The Group reports to shareholders quarterly.

Unilever’s system of risk management has been in place throughout 2005 and up to the date of this report, and complies with the recommendations of ‘Internal Control – Guidance for Directors on the Combined Code’, published by the Internal Control Working Party of the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England & Wales in September 1999. The Boards have carried out an annual review of the effectiveness of the systems of risk management and internal control during 2005 in accordance with this guidance, and have ensured that the necessary actions have been or are being taken to address any weaknesses or deficiencies arising out of that review.

Based on an evaluation by the Boards, the Group Chief Executive and the Chief Financial Officer concluded that the design and operation of the Group’s disclosure controls and procedures as at 31 December 2005 were effective, and that subsequently there have been no significant changes in the Group’s internal controls, or in other factors that could significantly affect those controls.

It is Unilever’s practice to bring acquired companies within the Group’s governance procedures as soon as is practicable and, in any event, by the end of the first full year of operation.

At the end of 2006, Unilever will be required by Section 404 of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 to report on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. The evaluation work necessary to meet this specific requirement is under way.


 

74 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

[THIS PAGE HAS BEEN DELIBERATELY LEFT BLANK]

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 75

Back to Contents

[THIS PAGE HAS BEEN DELIBERATELY LEFT BLANK]

76 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Auditors’ report
United States

 

Report of the independent registered public accounting firms to the shareholders of Unilever N.V. and Unilever PLC
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of the Unilever Group as of 31 December 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated income statements, cash flow statements and statements of recognised income and expense for each of the two years in the period ended 31 December 2005 as set out pages 78 to 151 and 157 to 168. These financial statements are the responsibility of the companies’ Directors. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by the Directors, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position

of the Unilever Group as at 31 December 2005 and 2004, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended 31 December 2005, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the European Union.

As discussed in note 35 on page 145, the Unilever Group changed the manner in which it accounts for financial instruments upon adoption of International Accounting Standards No. 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation’, and No. 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’, on 1 January 2005.

IFRSs as adopted by the European Union vary in certain significant respects from accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Information relating to the nature and effect of such differences is presented on pages 157 to 161.

28 February 2006

PricewaterhouseCoopers Accountants N.V.
Rotterdam, The Netherlands
As auditors of Unilever N.V.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
London, United Kingdom
As auditors of Unilever PLC


 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 77

Back to Contents

Consolidated income statement
Unilever Group for the year ended 31 December

 

    € million   € million  
    2005   2004  




 
Continuing operations        
           
Turnover  3 39 672   38 566  
           
Operating profit  3 5 314   4 239  
  After charging:        
  Impairment of Slim•Fast  (363 ) (791 )
  Provision for Brazilian sales tax   (169 )
           
Net finance costs  6 (618 ) (630 )
  Finance income 130   145  
  Finance costs (693 ) (717 )
  Pensions and similar obligations (55 ) (58 )
           
Share of net profit/(loss) of joint ventures 47   39  
Share of net profit/(loss) of associates (25 ) 2  
Other income from non-current investments  13 33   54  
   


 
Profit before taxation 4 751   3 704  
Taxation 7 (1 249 ) (810 )
   


 
Net profit from continuing operations 3 502   2 894  
Net profit from discontinued operations  29 473   47  
   


 
Net profit 3 975   2 941  
         
Attributable to:        
Minority interests 209   186  
Shareholders’ equity 3 766   2 755  




 
       
Combined earnings per share  8        
       
From total operations        
Basic earnings per share:        
  Euros per €0.51 of ordinary capital 3.88   2.83  
  Euro cents per 1.4p of ordinary capital 58.17   42.46  
         
On a diluted basis the figures would be:        
  Euros per €0.51 of ordinary capital 3.76   2.72  
  Euro cents per 1.4p of ordinary capital 56.40   40.78  
       
From continuing operations        
Basic earnings per share:        
  Euros per €0.51 of ordinary capital 3.39   2.78  
  Euro cents per 1.4p of ordinary capital 50.87   41.72  
           
On a diluted basis the figures would be:        
  Euros per €0.51 of ordinary capital 3.29   2.67  
  Euro cents per 1.4p of ordinary capital 49.33   40.08  




 

References in the consolidated income statement, consolidated statement of recognised income and expense, consolidated cash flow statement and consolidated balance sheet relate to notes on pages 82 to 151, which form an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.

Accounting policies of the Unilever Group are set out in note 1 on pages 82 to 85.

Variations from United States generally accepted accounting principles and Securities and Exchange Commission Financial Statement Requirements Regulation S-X are outlined on pages 158 to 161.

 

78 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Consolidated statement of recognised income and expense
Unilever Group for the year ended 31 December

 

  € million   € million  
  2005   2004  




 
Fair value gains/(losses) net of tax:        
    On cash flow hedges 14   n/a  
    On available-for-sale financial assets   n/a  
    On net investment hedges 332   n/a  
Actuarial gains/(losses) on pension schemes net of tax (49 ) (480 )
Currency retranslation gains/(losses) net of tax 181   80  
 


 
Net income/(expense) recognised directly in equity 478   (400 )
Net profit 3 975   2 941  
 


 
Total recognised income and expense 23 4 453   2 541  
Attributable to:        
Minority interests 249   167  
Shareholders’ equity 4 204   2 374  




 

From 1 January 2005, Unilever has adopted IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation’ and IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’. IAS 32 requires preference shares that provide for a fixed preference dividend to be classified as borrowings and preference dividends to be recognised in the income statement as a finance cost. IAS 39 requires unrealised fair value gains/(losses) on certain financial instruments to be recognised in equity; when realised, these fair value gains/(losses) are recognised in the income statement. In accordance with the transition rules for first time adoption of IFRSs, 2004 comparatives have not been restated. The impact of the adoption of IAS 32 and IAS 39, which was all attributable to shareholders’ equity, is shown in note 23 and is summarised as follows:

  € million  


 
Equity as at 31 December 2004 7 629  
Accounting policy change – preference shares (1 502 )
Accounting policy change – other financial instruments 388  
 
 
Equity as restated at 1 January 2005 6 515  


 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 79

Back to Contents

Consolidated balance sheet
Unilever Group as at 31 December

 

  € million   € million  
  2005   2004  




 
Goodwill  10 12 963   12 083  
Intangible assets  10 5 092   4 924  
Property, plant and equipment  11 6 492   6 181  
Biological assets  12 37   33  
Joint ventures and associates  13 84   54  
Other non-current investments  13 720   698  
Pension asset for funded schemes in surplus  22 1 036   625  
Trade and other receivables due after more than one year  16 231   279  
Deferred tax assets  14 1 703   1 491  
 


 
Total non-current assets 28 358   26 368  
         
Assets held for sale  29 217   n/a  
         
Inventories  15 4 107   3 756  
Trade and other current receivables  16 4 830   4 131  
Other financial assets  17 335   1 013  
Cash and cash equivalents  17 1 529   1 590  
 


 
Total current assets 10 801   10 490  
         
Borrowings due within one year  18 (5 942 ) (5 155 )
Trade payables and other current liabilities  20 (8 228 ) (7 514 )
Current tax liabilities (430 ) (718 )
Restructuring and other provisions  21 (644 ) (799 )
 


 
Total current liabilities (15 244 ) (14 186 )
 


 
Net current assets/(liabilities) (4 443 ) (3 696 )
 


 
Total assets less current liabilities 24 132   22 672  




 
         
Borrowings due after more than one year  18 6 457   6 893  
Trade payables and other liabilities due after more than one year  20 389   439  
Non-current tax liabilities 213   278  
Pension liability for funded schemes in deficit  22 2 415   2 339  
Pension liability for unfunded schemes  22 4 202   3 740  
Restructuring and other provisions  21 732   565  
Deferred tax liabilities  14 933   789  
 


 
Total non-current liabilities 15 341   15 043  
         
Liabilities held for sale  29 26   n/a  
         
Called up share capital  23 512   642  
Share premium account  23 162   1 530  
Other reserves  23 (2 328 ) (2 555 )
Retained profit  23 10 015   7 647  
 


 
Shareholders’ equity 8 361   7 264  
Minority interests  23 404   365  
 


 
Total equity 8 765   7 629  
 


 
Total capital employed 24 132   22 672  




 

Commitments and contingent liabilities are shown in note 27 on page 127.

From 1 January 2005, Unilever has adopted IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation’ and IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’. IAS 32 requires preference shares that provide for a fixed preference dividend to be classified as borrowings and preference dividends to be recognised in the income statement as a finance cost. IAS 39 requires unrealised fair value gains/(losses) on certain financial instruments to be recognised in equity; when realised, these fair value gains/(losses) are recognised in the income statement. In accordance with the transition rules for first time adoption of IFRSs, 2004 comparatives have not been restated. Information on the impact of the adoption of IAS 32 and IAS 39 is given in note 23 on page 123.

Assets and liabilities held for sale are reported under IFRS 5 ‘Non-current Assets Held for Sale and Discontinued Operations’, which has been applied with effect from 1 January 2005; comparatives for 2004 have not been restated.

These financial statements were approved by the Directors on 28 February 2006.

 

80 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Consolidated cash flow statement
Unilever Group for the year ended 31 December

 

  € million   € million  
  2005   2004  




 
Cash flow from operating activities  30 5 924   6 925  
Income tax paid (1 571 ) (1 378 )
 


 
Net cash flow from operating activities 4 353   5 547  
         
Interest received 130   168  
Purchase of intangible assets (92 ) (89 )
Purchase of property, plant and equipment (914 ) (978 )
Disposal of property, plant and equipment 124   151  
Sale and leaseback transactions resulting in operating leases 69   47  
Acquisition of group companies, joint ventures and associates (20 ) (40 )
Consideration paid in respect of acquisitions made in previous years   (158 )
Disposal of group companies, joint ventures and associates 804   413  
Payments received in advance for future disposals   101  
Acquisition of other non-current investments (50 ) (25 )
Disposal of other non-current investments 83   68  
Dividends from joint ventures, associates and other non-current investments 65   92  
(Purchase)/sale of financial assets 316   130  
 


 
Net cash flow from/(used in) investing activities 515   (120 )
         
Dividends paid on ordinary share capital (1 804 ) (1 720 )
Interest and preference dividends paid (643 ) (787 )
Additional borrowings and change in short-term borrowings 3 968   2 966  
Repayment of borrowings (4 795 ) (6 008 )
Sale and leaseback transactions resulting in finance leases   211  
Capital element of finance lease rental payments (53 ) (59 )
Purchase of treasury stock (1 276 ) (332 )
Dividends paid and other payments (to)/from minority shareholders and joint ventures (218 ) (209 )
 


 
Net cash flow from/(used in) financing activities (4 821 ) (5 938 )
 


 
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 47   (511 )
         
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 1 406   1 428  
         
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes (188 ) 489  
 


 
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year  17 1 265   1 406  




 

The cash flows of pension funds (other than contributions and other direct payments made by the Group in respect of pensions and similar obligations) are not included in the consolidated cash flow statement. Cash flows relating to discontinued operations included above are set out in note 29 on page 129.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 81

Back to Contents

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

1 Accounting information and policies

Unilever
The two parent companies, NV and PLC, together with their group companies, operate as a single economic entity (the Unilever Group, also referred to as Unilever or the Group). NV and PLC have the same Directors and are linked by a series of agreements, including an Equalisation Agreement, which are designed so that the position of the shareholders of both companies is as nearly as possible the same as if they held shares in a single company.

The Equalisation Agreement provides that both companies adopt the same accounting principles and requires as a general rule the dividends and other rights and benefits (including rights on liquidation) attaching to each Fl.12 (€5.445) nominal of ordinary share capital of NV to be equal in value at the relevant rate of exchange to the dividends and other rights and benefits attaching to each £1 nominal of ordinary share capital of PLC, as if each such unit of capital formed part of the ordinary capital of one and the same company. For additional information please refer to ‘Corporate governance’ on page 41.

Basis of consolidation
Due to the operational and contractual arrangements referred to above, NV and PLC form a single reporting entity for the purposes of presenting consolidated accounts. Accordingly, the accounts of Unilever are presented by both NV and PLC as their respective consolidated accounts. Group companies included in the consolidation are those companies controlled by NV or PLC. The net assets and results of acquired businesses are included in the consolidated accounts from their respective dates of acquisition.

Companies legislation and accounting standards
The consolidated accounts have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the EU, including interpretations from the International Financial Reporting Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) and the Standing Interpretations Committee (SIC), and with Book 2 of the Civil Code in the Netherlands and the United Kingdom Companies Act 1985.

The accounts are prepared under the historical cost convention as modified by the revaluation of biological assets, financial assets classified as ‘available-for-sale investments’ and ‘at fair value through profit or loss’, and derivatives.

Material variations from United States generally accepted accounting principles (US GAAP) are set out on pages 157 to 161.

OECD Guidelines
In preparing its Annual Review and Annual Report and Accounts Unilever adheres to disclosure recommendations of the OECD Guidelines for Multinational Enterprises.

Foreign currencies
Items included in the financial statements of group companies are measured using the currency of the primary economic environment in which each entity operates (its functional currency). The consolidated financial statements are presented in euros.

Exchange differences arising in the accounts of individual companies are dealt with in their respective income statements. Those arising on trading transactions are taken to operating profit; those arising on cash, financial assets and borrowings are classified as finance income or cost.

In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the income statement, the cash flow statement and all other movements in assets

and liabilities are translated at annual average rates of exchange. The balance sheet, other than the ordinary share capital of NV and PLC, is translated at year-end rates of exchange. In the case of hyper-inflationary economies, which are those in which inflation exceeds 100% cumulatively over a three-year period, the accounts are adjusted to reflect current price levels and remove the influences of inflation before being translated.

The ordinary share capital of NV and PLC is translated at the rate contained in the Equalisation Agreement of £1 = Fl.12 (equivalent to €5.445) .. The difference between the resulting value for PLC and the value derived by applying the year-end rate of exchange is taken to other reserves (see note 25 on page 125).

The effects of exchange rate changes during the year on net assets at the beginning of the year are recorded as a movement in shareholders’ equity, as is the difference between profit of the year retained at average rates of exchange and at year-end rates of exchange. For these purposes net assets include loans between group companies and related foreign exchange contracts, if any, for which settlement is neither planned nor likely to occur in the foreseeable future. Exchange gains/losses on hedges of net assets are also recorded as a movement in equity.

Cumulative exchange differences arising since the transition date of 1 January 2004 are reported as a separate component of other reserves (see note 25 on page 125). In the event of disposal of an interest in a subsidiary either through sale or as a result of a repayment of capital, the cumulative exchange difference is recognised in the income statement as part of the profit or loss on disposal of group companies.

Goodwill
Goodwill (being the difference between the fair value of consideration paid for new interests in group companies, joint ventures and associates and the fair value of the Group’s share of their net identifiable assets and contingent liabilities at the date of acquisition) is capitalised. Goodwill is not amortised, but is subject to an annual review for impairment (or more frequently if necessary). Any impairment is charged to the income statement as it arises.

Intangible assets
On acquisition of group companies, Unilever recognises any specifically identifiable intangible assets separately from goodwill, initially measuring the intangible assets at fair value. Separately purchased intangible assets are initially measured at cost. Finite-lived intangible assets including software are amortised in the income statement over the period of their expected useful lives. Periods in excess of five years are used only where the Directors are satisfied that the life of these assets will clearly exceed that period. Indefinite-lived intangible assets are not amortised, but are subject to review for impairment as described above for goodwill.

IFRSs also require that internally generated intangible assets be capitalised where certain specific criteria are met. Unilever capitalises internally generated software where it is clear that the software development is technically feasible and will be completed and that the software will generate economic benefits in the future.

Unilever also monitors the level of development costs which may only be capitalised once the flow of economic benefits is assured. For Unilever this is evident only shortly before a product is launched into the market. The level of costs incurred after these criteria have been met is currently insignificant.


 

82 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

1 Accounting information and policies (continued)

Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment is stated at cost less depreciation and impairment. Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis at percentages of cost based on the expected average useful lives of the assets and their residual values. Estimated useful lives by major class of assets are as follows:

Freehold buildings 40 years  
(no depreciation on freehold land)    
Leasehold buildings 40 years *
Plant and equipment 2–20 years  
*or life of lease if less than 40 years    

Property, plant and equipment is subject to review for impairment if triggering events or circumstances indicate that this is necessary. Any impairment is charged to the income statement as it arises.

Biological assets
Biological assets are stated at fair value less estimated point-of-sale costs. Any changes in the fair value of such biological assets are recognised in the income statement. Point-of-sale costs include all costs that would be necessary to sell the assets, excluding costs necessary to get the assets to market.

Joint ventures and associates
Joint ventures are undertakings in which the Group has a long-term participating interest and which are jointly controlled by the Group and one or more other parties. Associates are undertakings in which the Group has a participating interest and can exercise significant influence.

Interests in joint ventures and associates are accounted for using the equity method and are stated in the consolidated balance sheet at the Group’s share of their aggregate assets and liabilities. The Group’s share of the profit or loss after tax of joint ventures and associates is included in the Group’s consolidated profit before taxation.

Financial instruments
The Group accounts for financial instruments under IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation’ and IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’.

Financial assets
Purchases and sales of financial assets are recognised based on settlement accounting. They are initially recognised at fair value plus directly attributable transaction costs. Any impairment of a financial asset is charged to the income statement as it arises.

Financial assets are classified according to the purpose for which the investments were acquired. This gives rise to the following categories: held-to-maturity investments, loans and receivables, available-for-sale financial assets and financial assets at fair value through profit or loss. Unilever determines the classification of its investments at initial recognition and re-evaluates this designation at each reporting date.

Held-to-maturity investments
Held-to-maturity investments are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments and fixed maturities that management has the positive intention and ability to hold to maturity. They are included in non-current investments at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less any amounts written off to reflect impairment.

Loans and receivables
Loans and receivables are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market. They arise when the Group provides money, goods or services directly to a debtor with no intention of trading the receivable. Loans and receivables are included in trade and other receivables in the balance sheet at amortised cost.

Trade and other receivables are stated after deducting adequate provision for doubtful debts.

Available-for-sale financial assets
Available-for-sale financial assets are non-derivative financial assets that are either designated in this category or not classified in any of the other categories. They are included in non-current assets unless management intends to dispose of the investment within 12 months of the balance sheet date. Unrealised gains and losses arising from changes in the fair value of financial assets classified as available-for-sale are recognised in equity. Realised gains and losses arising from changes in fair value, interest and exchange differences are included in the income statement.

Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
A financial asset is classified in this category if acquired principally for the purpose of selling in the short term or if so designated. Derivatives are also classified in this category unless they are designated as hedges. Assets in this category are classified as current assets if they are either held-for-trading or are expected to be realised within 12 months of the balance sheet date. Realised and unrealised gains and losses arising from changes in fair value are included in the income statement.

Borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortised cost unless they are part of a fair value hedge accounting relationship; any difference between the proceeds and the redemption value is recognised in the income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method. Those borrowings that are part of a fair value hedge accounting relationship are also recorded on an amortised cost basis, plus or minus the fair value attributable to the risk being hedged with a corresponding entry in the income statement.

No borrowing costs are capitalised as part of property, plant and equipment.

Derivative financial instruments
The activities of the Group expose it primarily to the financial risks of changes in foreign currency exchange rates and interest rates. The Group uses foreign exchange forward contracts, interest rate swap contracts and forward rate agreements to hedge these exposures. The Group also uses commodity contracts to hedge future requirements for certain raw materials, almost always for physical delivery. Those contracts that can also be settled in cash are treated as a financial instrument. The Group does not use derivative financial instruments for speculative purposes. The use of leveraged instruments is not permitted.


 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 83

Back to Contents

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

1 Accounting information and policies (continued)

Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments that are designated and effective as hedges of future cash flows are recognised directly in equity, and any ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement. If the cash flow hedge of a firm commitment or forecasted transaction subsequently results in the recognition of an asset or a liability, then, at the time the asset or liability is recognised, the associated gains or losses on the derivative that had previously been recognised in equity are included in the initial measurement of the asset or liability. For hedged items that do not result in the recognition of an asset or a liability, amounts deferred in equity are recognised in the income statement in the same period in which the hedged item affects net profit or loss.

For an effective hedge of an exposure to changes in the fair value, the hedged item is adjusted for changes in fair value attributable to the risk being hedged with the corresponding entry in profit or loss. Gains or losses from re-measuring the derivative, or for non-derivatives the foreign currency component of its carrying amount, are recognised in profit or loss.

Changes in fair value of net investment hedges in relation to foreign subsidiaries are recognised directly in equity.

Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised in the income statement as they arise.

Hedge accounting is discontinued when the hedging instrument no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. At that time, any cumulative gain or loss on the hedging instrument recognised in equity is retained in equity until the forecasted transaction occurs. If a hedged transaction is no longer expected to occur, the net cumulative gain or loss recognised in equity is transferred to the income statement.

Derivatives embedded in other financial instruments or other host contracts are treated as separate derivatives when their risks and characteristics are not closely related to those of host contracts and the host contracts are not carried at fair value with unrealised gains or losses reported in the income statement.

Valuation principles
The fair values of quoted investments are based on current bid prices. For unlisted and for listed securities where the market for a financial asset is not active the Group establishes fair value using valuation techniques. These include the use of recent arm’s length transactions, reference to other instruments that are substantially the same and discounted cash flow analysis.

Impairment of financial instruments
At each balance sheet date the Group assesses whether there is objective evidence that a financial asset or a group of financial assets is impaired. In the case of equity securities classified as available-for-sale, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the security below its cost is considered in determining whether the securities are impaired. If any such evidence exists for available-for-sale financial assets, the cumulative loss – measured as the difference between the acquisition cost and the current fair value, less any impairment loss on that financial asset previously recognised in profit or loss – is removed from equity and recognised in the income statement. Impairment losses recognised in the income statement on equity instruments are not subsequently reversed through the income statement.

Inventories
Inventories are valued at the lower of weighted average cost and fair value less cost to sell. Cost comprises direct costs and, where appropriate, a proportion of attributable production overheads.

Cash and cash equivalents
For the purpose of preparation of the cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents includes cash at bank and in hand, highly liquid interest bearing securities with original maturities of three months or less, and bank overdrafts.

Pensions and similar obligations
The operating and financing costs of defined benefit plans are recognised separately in the income statement. Service costs are systematically spread over the service lives of employees, and financing costs are recognised in the periods in which they arise. The costs of individual events such as past service benefit enhancements, settlements and curtailments are recognised immediately in the income statement. Variations from expected costs, arising from the experience of the plans or changes in actuarial assumptions, are recognised immediately in the statement of recognised income and expense. The assets and liabilities of defined benefit plans are recognised at fair value in the balance sheet. The charges to the income statement for defined contribution plans are the company contributions payable, and the assets of such plans are not included in the balance sheet of the Group.

Deferred taxation
Deferred taxation is recognised using the liability method on all taxable temporary differences between the tax base and the accounting base of items included in the balance sheet of the Group. Deferred tax is recognised at the rates of tax prevailing at the year end unless future rates have been enacted or substantively enacted.

Provision is made for taxation which will become payable if retained profits of group companies are distributed to the parent companies only to the extent that such distributions are considered probable.

Provisions
Provisions are recognised when either a legal or constructive obligation, as a result of a past event, exists at the balance sheet date and where the amount of the obligation can be reliably estimated.

Segment information
Segmental information is provided on the basis of geographical segments and product categories. The primary format, geographic regions, is based on the management structure of the Group, which operates in three main geographical regions.

Turnover
Turnover comprises sales of goods and services after deduction of discounts and sales taxes. It does not include sales between group companies. Discounts given by Unilever include rebates, price reductions and incentives given to customers, promotional couponing and trade communication costs. At each balance sheet date any expenditure incurred but not yet invoiced is estimated and accrued.

Turnover is recognised when the risks and rewards of the underlying products and services have been substantially transferred to the customer.

Research and market support costs
Expenditure on research and market support such as advertising is charged to the income statement of the year in which it is incurred.

Leases
Leases are classified as finance leases whenever the terms of the lease transfer substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership to the lessee. All other leases are classified as operating leases.

Assets held under finance leases are recognised as non-current assets of the Group at their fair value at the date of commencement of the lease or, if lower, at the present value of the minimum lease payments. The corresponding liability to the lessor is included in the balance sheet as a finance lease obligation. Lease payments are apportioned between finance charges and reduction of the lease obligation so as to achieve a constant rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability. Finance charges are charged directly against income.

Profits or losses are recognised from sale and leaseback transactions at fair value. Where the transaction results in an operating lease, the profit or loss arising is immediately recognised in the income statement, and for those that result in a finance lease they are deferred over the lease term.


 

84 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

1 Accounting information and policies (continued)

Lease payments relating to operating leases, are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term, or over the period between rent reviews where these exist.

Transfer pricing
The preferred method for determining transfer prices for our own manufactured goods is to use the market price. Where there is no market price, the companies concerned follow established transfer pricing guidelines, where available, or else engage in arm’s length negotiations.

Trademarks owned by the parent companies and used by operating companies are, where appropriate, licensed in return for royalties or a fee.

General services provided by central advisory departments, regional and category management, and research laboratories are charged to operating companies on the basis of fees.

Share-based payments
The economic cost of awarding shares and share options to employees is reflected by recording a charge in the income statement equivalent to the fair value of the benefit awarded. The fair value is determined with reference to option pricing models, principally adjusted Black-Scholes models or multinomial pricing model. The charge is recognised in the income statement over the vesting period of the award. Share-based payments are described in more detail in note 31 on pages 132 to 141.

Shares held by employee share trusts
The assets and liabilities of certain PLC trusts, NV and group companies which purchase and hold NV and PLC shares to satisfy options granted are included in the consolidated accounts. The book value of shares held is deducted from other reserves, and trust borrowings are included in the Group’s borrowings. The costs of the trusts are included in the results of the Group. These shares are excluded from the calculation of earnings per share.

Non-current assets held for sale
Assets and groups of assets and liabilities which comprise disposal groups are classified as ‘held for sale’ when all of the following criteria are met: a decision has been made to sell, the assets are available for sale immediately, the assets are being actively marketed, and a sale has been or is expected to be concluded within twelve months of the balance sheet date. Assets and disposal groups ‘held for sale’ are valued at the lower of book value or fair value less disposal costs. Assets held for sale are not depreciated.

Critical accounting estimates and judgements
Estimates and judgements are continually evaluated and are based on historical experience and other factors, including expectations of future events that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances.

The preparation of financial statements under IFRSs requires management to make estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related actual results. The estimates and assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within the next financial year are discussed below.

Impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets
Impairment reviews in respect of goodwill and intangible assets are performed at least annually. More regular reviews are performed if events indicate that this is necessary. Examples of such triggering events would include a significant planned restructuring, a major change in market conditions or technology, expectations of future operating losses, or negative cash flows.

The recoverable amounts of cash-generating units are determined based on the higher of realisable value and value-in-use calculations. These calculations require the use of estimates. Details of key assumptions made are set out in note 10 on page 99.

Retirement benefits
Pension accounting requires certain assumptions to be made in order to value our obligations and to determine the charges to be made to the income statement. These figures are particularly sensitive to assumptions for discount rates, mortality, inflation rates and expected long-term rates of return on assets. Details of assumptions made are given in note 22 on pages 115 and 116.

Taxation
The Group is subject to taxes in numerous jurisdictions. Significant judgement is required in determining worldwide provision for taxes. There are many transactions and calculations during the ordinary course of business for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain. The Group recognises liabilities for anticipated tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. Where the final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially recorded, such differences will impact the income tax and deferred tax provisions in the period in which such determination is made.

Recent accounting developments
IFRS 7, ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’, (effective from 1 January 2007), introduces new disclosures to improve the information about financial instruments. It requires the disclosures of qualitative and quantitative information about exposure to risks arising from financial instruments, including specified minimum disclosures about credit risk, liquidity risk and market risk, including sensitivity analysis to market risk. It replaces disclosure requirements in IAS 32, ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation’. Unilever will apply IFRS 7 and the amendment to IAS 1 from annual periods beginning 1 January 2007, and it is not expected to have a material effect on the Group’s disclosures.

IFRIC 4, ‘Determining whether an Arrangement contains a Lease’, (effective from 1 January 2006), requires the determination of whether an arrangement is or contains a lease to be based on the substance of the arrangement. The adoption is not expected to have a material effect on the consolidated results of operations or financial position of Unilever.

IFRIC 7, ‘Applying the Restatement Approach’ under IAS 29 ‘Financial Reporting in Hyperinflationary Economies’ (effective for periods beginning 1 March 2006) provides guidance on how to apply the requirements of IAS 29 in a reporting period in which an entity identifies the existence of hyperinflation in the economy when that economy was not hyperinflationary in the prior period. The adoption is not expected to have a material effect on the consolidated results of operations or financial position of Unilever.

Recent changes in reporting requirements under US GAAP are discussed on page 161.


 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 85

Back to Contents

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

2 Financial risk management

Treasury risks
Unilever manages a variety of market risks, including the effects of changes in foreign exchange rates, interest rates, liquidity and counterparty risks.

Unilever has an interest rate management policy aimed at optimising net interest cost and reducing volatility. This is achieved by modifying the interest rate exposure of debt and cash positions through the use of interest rate swaps. Further details on the fixing levels of the projected cash and borrowing positions are given in note 19 on page 110.

Fixed rate investments give rise to a fair value interest rate risk. The floating amounts give rise to a cash flow interest rate risk.

Because of Unilever’s broad operational reach, it is subject to risks from changes in foreign currency values that could affect earnings. As a practical matter, it is not feasible to fully hedge these fluctuations. Additionally, Unilever believes that most currencies of major countries in which it operates will equalise against the euro over time. Unilever does have a foreign exchange policy that requires operating companies to manage trading and financial foreign exchange exposures within prescribed limits. This is achieved primarily through the use of forward foreign exchange contracts. Regional groups monitor compliance with this policy. At the end of 2005, there was no material exposure from companies holding assets and liabilities other than in their functional currency.

In addition, as Unilever conducts business in many foreign currencies but publishes its financial statements and measures its performance in euros, it is subject to exchange risk due to the effects that exchange rate movements have on the translation of the underlying net assets of its foreign subsidiaries. Unilever aims to minimise its foreign

exchange exposure in operating companies by borrowing in the local currency, except where inhibited by local regulations, lack of local liquidity or local market conditions. For those countries that, in the view of management, have a substantial retranslation risk, Unilever may hedge such net investment. Nevertheless from time to time, currency revaluations on unhedged investments will trigger exchange translation movements in the balance sheet. In 2005, the significant strengthening of the US dollar against the euro has had a positive impact on reported operating results, but has had a negative impact on debt and equity, when reported in euros.

Liquidity risk is managed by maintaining access to global debt markets through an infrastructure of short-term and long-term debt programmes. In addition to this, Unilever has committed credit facilities in place to support its commercial paper programmes and for general corporate purposes. See note 18 on page 109 for further details of these credit facilities.

Counterparty exposures are minimised by restricting dealing counterparties to a limited number of financial institutions that have secure credit ratings, by working within agreed counterparty limits, by obtaining collateral for outstanding positions and by setting limits on the maturity of exposures. Counterparty credit ratings are closely monitored and concentration of credit risk with any single counterparty is avoided. There was no significant concentration of credit risk with any single counterparty as at the year end.

Master netting agreements are in place for the majority of interest rate derivative instruments. The risk in the event of default by a counterparty is determined by the extent to which market prices have moved since the contracts were made. The Group believes that the risk of incurring such losses is remote.


 

86 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

2 Financial risk management (continued)

Sensitivity analysis
The analysis below presents the sensitivity of the fair value of the financial instruments, including derivative financial instruments which the Group held at 31 December 2005, to hypothetical changes in interest and foreign exchange rates.

Interest rate sensitivity
The fair values of debt, investments and related hedging instruments are affected by movements in interest rates. The analysis shows the sensitivity of the fair value of interest rate sensitive instruments to a hypothetical 10% change in the interest rates across all maturities.

Foreign exchange rate sensitivity
The values of debt, investments and related hedging instruments, denominated in currencies other than the functional currency of the entities holding them, are subject to exchange rate movements. The analysis shows the income statement sensitivity of these values to a hypothetical 10% change in foreign exchange rates.

  Sensitivity to a  
  hypothetical 10% change in  
  rates as at 31 December  
  € million   € million  
  2005   2004  





Interest rate risk 193   160  
Foreign exchange rate risk 30   7  





The above-mentioned interest rate sensitivity relates to financial instruments, including derivative financial instruments, with fair values amounting to €11 186 million at the end of 2005 (2004: €12 397 million). The above-mentioned foreign exchange rate risk relates to a value of financial instruments and derivatives of €300 million at the end of 2005 (2004: €68 million).

Further details on derivatives, foreign exchange exposures and other related information on financial instruments are given in note 19 on pages 110 to 113.

Sensitivity to not applying hedge accounting
Derivatives have to be reported at fair value. Those derivatives used for cash flow hedging for which we do not apply hedge accounting will cause volatility in the income statement. Such derivatives did not have a material impact on the 2005 income statement.

Income statement sensitivity to changes in interest rates
As mentioned above on page 86, Unilever has an interest rate management policy aimed at optimising net interest costs and

reducing volatility. Part of the interest rates on funds and debt are not fixed and are therefore subject to changes in floating interest rates, see note 17 on page 105 and note 18 on page 109. The analysis shows the sensitivity of the income statement to a hypothetical one percentage point change in floating interest rates over both funds and debt on a full year basis.

Sensitivity to a hypothetical  
one percentage point change in  
floating rates as at 31 December  
  € million   € million  
  2005   2004  





Funds 21   65  
Debt (66 ) (97 )





Pensions and similar obligations
Pension assets and liabilities (pre-tax) of €1 036 million and €6 617 million respectively are held on the Group’s balance sheet as at 31 December 2005. Movements in equity markets, interest rates and life expectancy could materially affect the level of surpluses and deficits in these schemes, and could prompt the need for the Group to make additional pension contributions in the future. The key assumptions used to value our pension liabilities are set out in note 22 on pages 115 and 116.

Cash and borrowings
Cash flow provides the funds to service the financing of the business and enhance shareholder return. A material and sustained shortfall in our cash flow could undermine our credit rating and overall investor confidence and could restrict the Group’s ability to raise funding.

Other financial risks
As a result of the share-based compensation plans for employees, we are exposed to movements in our own share price. In recent years we have managed this risk by buying Unilever shares in the market when the share option or award is granted. Going forward, we will take a more flexible approach to the time at which we buy shares, not automatically buying shares at grant. In 2001, we entered into a contract with a bank for the forward purchase of Unilever shares, further details of which are given in note 19 on page 112. On 15 February 2005, 18 881 587 NV shares of treasury stock were used for the €0.05 cumulative preference share conversion. Between February and September 2005, NV shares were purchased in the market to bring the hedge to an appropriate level. At the year end, 91% of all outstanding employee share options were hedged; based on Unilever’s experience we consider this position as being fully hedged.


 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 87

Back to Contents

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

3 Segment information

Our primary reporting segments are geographic, comprising our three operating regions of Europe, The Americas and Asia Africa. The home countries of the Unilever Group are the Netherlands and the United Kingdom. The United States is the only country for which third party turnover is required to be separately reported, on the basis that it exceeds 10% of the Group total. This information is given on page 92.

The analysis of turnover by geographical area is stated on the basis of origin. Turnover on a destination basis would not be materially different. Inter-segment sales between geographical areas and between product areas as on page 90 are not material. Total assets and capital expenditure are based on the location of the assets. Segment results are presented on the basis of operating profit. Segment assets consist primarily of property, plant and equipment, goodwill and other intangible assets, inventories and receivables. Corporate assets consist of financial assets, cash and cash equivalents, other non-current investments and pension and deferred tax assets. Segment liabilities consist primarily of trade payables and other liabilities. Corporate liabilities include borrowings, tax balances payable, restructuring and other provisions and pension and deferred tax liabilities. Capital expenditure comprises additions to property, plant and equipment and other intangible assets, including additions resulting from acquisitions. Other non-cash charges include charges to the income statement during the year in respect of share-based compensation, restructuring and other provisions.

  € million   € million   € million   € million  
      The   Asia      
Analysis by geographical segment Europe   Americas   Africa   Total  








 
2005        
Turnover 16 211   13 179   10 282   39 672  
Operating profit 2 304   1 719   1 291   5 314  
Net finance costs       (618 )
Share of net profit/(loss) of joint ventures 11   36     47  
Share of net profit/(loss) of associates (25 ) 1   (1 ) (25 )
Other income from non-current investments       33  
       
 
Profit before taxation       4 751  
Taxation       (1 249 )
       
 
Net profit from continuing operations       3 502  
Net profit from discontinued operations       473  
       
 
Net profit       3 975  








 
2004        
Turnover 16 650   12 296   9 620   38 566  
Operating profit 2 303   896   1 040   4 239  
Net finance costs       (630 )
Share of net profit/(loss) of joint ventures 6   31   2   39  
Share of net profit/(loss) of associates (2 ) 3   1   2  
Other income from non-current investments       54  
       
 
Profit before taxation       3 704  
Taxation       (810 )
       
 
Net profit from continuing operations       2 894  
Net profit from discontinued operations       47  
       
 
Net profit       2 941  








 
Assets        
2005        
Segment assets 15 237   13 626   5 106   33 969  
Joint ventures/associates 26   37   21   84  
 






 
Total assets by geographical segment 15 263   13 663   5 127   34 053  
Corporate assets       5 323  
             
 
Total assets       39 376  








 
2004        
Segment assets 15 569   11 465   4 353   31 387  
Joint ventures/associates 17   21   16   54  
 






 
Total assets by geographical segment 15 586   11 486   4 369   31 441  
Corporate assets       5 417  
             
 
Total assets       36 858  








 

 

88 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

3 Segment information (continued)

  € million   € million   € million   € million  
      The   Asia      
Analysis by geographical segment Europe   Americas   Africa   Total  








 
Liabilities                
2005                
Segment liabilities 4 485   1 914   2 244   8 643  
Joint ventures/associates 20   11   6   37  
 






 
Total liabilities by geographical segment 4 505   1 925   2 250   8 680  
Corporate liabilities             21 931  
             
 
Total liabilities             30 611  








 
2004                
Segment liabilities 4 370   1 748   1 835   7 953  
Joint ventures/associates 9   5   2   16  
 






 
Total liabilities by geographical segment 4 379   1 753   1 837   7 969  
Corporate liabilities             21 260  
             
 
Total liabilities             29 229  








 
Capital expenditure                
2005 447   305   298   1 050  
2004 497   297   305   1 099  








 
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment                
2005 379   205   157   741  
2004 383   212   155   750  








 
Amortisation of finite-lived intangible assets and software                
2005 52   38   9   99  
2004 37   24   3   64  








 
Impairment charges                
2005                
Property, plant and equipment 46   51   21   118  
Goodwill   129   2   131  
Intangible assets   241   10   251  
 






 
Total impairment charge 46   421   33   500  








 
2004                 
Property, plant and equipment 95   104   73   272  
Goodwill 147   793   63   1 003  
 






 
Total impairment charge 242   897   136   1 275  








 
Reversal of impairment charges                
2005                
Property, plant and equipment 15   26   28   69  
                 
2004                
Property, plant and equipment 9   13   11   33  








 
Other non-cash charges                
2005 228   311   53   592  
2004 446   472   194   1 112  








 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 89

Back to Contents

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

3 Segment information (continued)

Although the Group’s operations are managed on a geographical basis, the two Foods and Home and Personal Care categories manage brands which we group into six main product areas; these are our secondary reporting segments and are:

Savoury and dressings – including sales of soups, bouillons, sauces, snacks, mayonnaise, salad dressings and olive oil.
Spreads and cooking products – including sales of margarines and spreads and cooking products such as liquid margarines.
Beverages – including sales of tea, weight management products, and nutritionally enhanced staples sold in developing markets.
Ice cream and frozen foods – including sales of ice cream and frozen food.

Personal care – including sales of skin care and hair care products, deodorants and anti-perspirants, and oral care products.
Home care and other operations – including sales of home care products, such as laundry powders and liquids, and a wide range of cleaning products. To support our consumer brands, we own tea plantations and palm oil plantations, the results of which are reported within this segment.

  € million   € million   € million   € million   € million   € million   € million   € million   € million  
      Spreads       Ice cream           Home   Home      
  Savoury   and       and           care   and      
  and   cooking       frozen       Personal   and   personal      
Analysis by product area dressings   products   Beverages   foods   Foods   care   other   care   Total  


















 
2005                                    
Turnover 8 369   4 364   3 054   6 373   22 160   10 485   7 027   17 512   39 672  
Operating profit 1 286   756   48   767   2 857   1 801   656   2 457   5 314  
Net finance costs                                 (618 )
Share of net profit/(loss) of joint ventures 4   6   38   (2 ) 46   1     1   47  
Share of net profit/(loss) of associates             (25 ) (25 ) (25 )
Other income from non-current investments                                 33  
                                 
 
Profit before taxation                                 4 751  
Taxation                                 (1 249 )
                                 
 
Net profit from continuing operations                                 3 502  
Net profit from discontinued operations                                 473  
                                 
 
Net profit                                 3 975  


















 
2004                                    
Turnover 8 172   4 494   3 012   6 286   21 964   9 780   6 822   16 602   38 566  
Operating profit 1 226   681   (508 ) 709   2 108   1 508   623   2 131   4 239  
Net finance costs                                 (630 )
Share of net profit/(loss) of joint ventures 1   4   31     36   1   2   3   39  
Share of net profit/(loss) of associates             2   2   2  
Other income from non-current investments                                 54  
                                 
 
Profit before taxation                                 3 704  
Taxation                                 (810 )
                                 
 
Net profit from continuing operations                                 2 894  
Net profit from discontinued operations                                 47  
                                 
 
Net profit                                 2 941  


















 
Assets                                    
2005                                    
Segment assets 18 788   2 501   2 098   3 357   26 744   3 622   3 603   7 225   33 969  
Joint ventures/associates 9   14   33   (2 ) 54   9   21   30   84  
 
















 
Total assets by product area 18 797   2 515   2 131   3 355   26 798   3 631   3 624   7 255   34 053  
Corporate assets                                 5 323  
                                 
 
Total assets                                 39 376  


















 
2004                                    
Segment assets 17 384   2 508   2 258   3 206   25 356   3 393   2 638   6 031   31 387  
Joint ventures/associates 8     18     26   5   23   28   54  
 
















 
Total assets by product area 17 392   2 508   2 276   3 206   25 382   3 398   2 661   6 059   31 441  
Corporate assets                                 5 417  
                                 
 
Total assets                                 36 858  


















 
Capital expenditure                                    
2005 235   98   62   209   604   260   186   446   1 050  
2004 234   87   61   206   588   321   190   511   1 099  


















 

 

90 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

3 Segment information (continued)

Additional segment information as required for US reporting
Segment information is provided on the following pages in accordance with FAS 131 on the basis of the geographical segments described on page 88. Unilever has reviewed the extent of its business with major customers, and has concluded that it has no customers that would require separate disclosure during the reporting periods covered by this filing.

For management reporting purposes, Unilever uses a number of measures of segment performance at constant average rates of exchange (that is, the same rates as in the preceding year). The internal management measure of profit that is most consistent with operating profit reported in the accounts is ‘Trading Result’. This differs from operating profit, mainly because Trading Result includes a number of statistical and other adjustments including the application of an inflation charge on working capital which is added back to arrive at operating profit.

  € million    € million   € million   € million  
      The   Asia      
Analysis by geographical segment  Europe   Americas   Africa   Total  

 
2005         
Turnover        
At constant 2004 exchange rates 16 155   12 715   10 281   39 151  
Exchange rate adjustments 56   464   1   521  
 






 
At current 2005 exchange rates 16 211   13 179   10 282   39 672  
         
Trading result         
At constant 2004 exchange rates 2 348   1 942   1 234   5 524  
Exchange rate adjustments 6   58   (3 )  61  
 






 
At current 2005 exchange rates 2 354   2 000   1 231   5 585  
Other adjustments       (271 ) 
       
 
Operating profit        5 314  








 
2004         
Turnover         
At constant 2003 exchange rates 16 632   13 380   10 122   40 134  
Exchange rate adjustments 18   (1 084 ) (502 ) (1 568 )
 






 
At current 2004 exchange rates 16 650   12 296   9 620   38 566  
         
Trading result         
At constant 2003 exchange rates 2 434   2 153   1 090   5 677  
Exchange rate adjustments 7   (186 ) (57 ) (236 )
 






 
At current 2004 exchange rates 2 441   1 967   1 033   5 441  
Other adjustments       (1 202 )
       
 
Operating profit        4 239  








 
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment         
2005         
At constant 2004 exchange rates 461   632   168   1 261  
Exchange rate adjustments   8   2   10  
 






 
At current 2005 exchange rates 461   640   170   1 271  
         
2004         
At constant 2003 exchange rates 652   1 227   306   2 185  
Exchange rate adjustments 1   (116 ) (14 ) (129 )
 






 
At current 2004 exchange rates 653   1 111   292   2 056  








 
Capital expenditure         
2005         
At constant 2004 exchange rates 446   291   298   1 035  
Exchange rate adjustments 1   14     15  
 






 
At current 2005 exchange rates 447   305   298   1 050  
         
2004         
At constant 2003 exchange rates 496   322   324   1 142  
Exchange rate adjustments 1   (25 ) (19 ) (43 )
 






 
At current 2004 exchange rates 497   297   305   1 099  








 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 91

Back to Contents

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

3 Segment information (continued)

Additional segment information as required for US reporting (continued)

  € million   € million   € million   € million  
  United              
  Kingdom &   United          
Analysis by geographical area(a)  Netherlands   States   Other   Total  








 
Turnover                 
2005                 
At constant 2004 exchange rates 4 357   7 587   27 207   39 151  
Exchange rate adjustments (26 )  (37 )  584   521  
 






 
At current 2005 exchange rates 4 331   7 550   27 791   39 672  
 






 
2004                 
At constant 2003 exchange rates 4 495   8 093   27 546   40 134  
Exchange rate adjustments 64   (732 ) (900 ) (1 568 )
 






 
At current 2004 exchange rates 4 559   7 361   26 646   38 566  








 
Property, plant and equipment                 
2005 1 018   1 140   4 334   6 492  
2004 1 050   1 024   4 107   6 181  








 
(a) For the United Kingdom and the Netherlands, which are the home countries of the parent companies, the combined operating profit in 2005 was €708 million (2004: €730 million).

 

92 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

4 Operating costs

  € million   € million  
Gross profit  2005   2004  




 
Turnover 39 672   38 566  
Cost of sales (20 396 )  (19 856 )
 


 
  19 276   18 710  




 
  € million   € million  
Operating costs  2005   2004  




 
Cost of sales (20 396 )  (19 856 )
Distribution and selling costs (9 292 )  (8 255 )
Administrative expenses(a)  (4 670 )  (6 216 )
 


 
  (34 358 )  (34 327 )
 


 
Operating costs include:        
Staff costs (5 922 )  (5 889 )
Raw and packaging materials and goods purchased for resale (15 873 )  (15 017 )
Amortisation of finite-lived intangible assets and software (99 )  (64 )
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment(b)  (741 )  (750 )
Impairment of property, plant and equipment (49 )  (239 )
Advertising and promotions (4 999 )  (4 449 )
Research and development (953 )  (991 )
Restructuring costs (293 )  (621 )
Gain/(loss) on disposals of group companies(c)  152   338  
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets (382 )  (1 003 )
Remuneration of auditors:(d)         
       Statutory audit fees (14 )  (13 )
       Other audit services (1 )  (1 )
       Other payments to PricewaterhouseCoopers for non-audit services:        
         Audit-related services (2 )  (4 )
         Tax (3 )  (4 )
         Other services (2 )  (2 )
Lease rentals:        
       Minimum operating lease payments (442 )  (416 )
       Contingent operating lease payments (3 )  (5 )
 


 
  (445 )  (421 )
       Less: Sub-lease income relating to operating lease agreements 5   9  
 


 
  (440 )  (412 )




 
(a) Includes amortisation of finite-lived intangible assets and impairment of goodwill, intangible assets and property, plant and equipment.
(b) Includes €(30) million (2004: €(30) million) for property, plant and equipment under finance leases.
(c) Excluding profit on UCI disposal of €503 million in 2005.
(d) A description of the services we allow our auditors to perform is given within the Report of the Audit Committee on page 71. In addition to the amounts shown above, costs of €1 million (2004: €nil million) were incurred in 2005 in respect of work carried out by the auditors in connection with the disposal of UCI (reported as discontinued operations, see note 29 on page 129).

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 93

Back to Contents

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

5 Staff costs and employees

  € million   € million  
Staff costs  2005   2004  




 
Remuneration of employees (4 588 ) (4 518 )
Emoluments of Executive Directors (11 ) (12 )
Pensions and other post-employment benefits (408 ) (463 )
Social security costs (723 ) (683 )
Share-based compensation costs (192 ) (213 )
 


 
  (5 922 ) (5 889 )




 
         
  '000   '000  
Average number of employees during the year 2005 2004  




 
Europe 51   53  
The Americas 46   48  
Asia Africa 115   126  
 


 
  212   227  




 

6 Net finance costs

  € million   € million  
Finance costs 2005   2004  




 
Interest costs and similar charges(a) (693 ) (717 )
       Bank loans and overdrafts (94 ) (109 )
       Bonds and other loans (580 ) (612 )
       Dividends paid on preference shares (11 ) n/a  
       Exchange differences (8 ) 4  
Interest and similar income 130   145  
Pensions and similar obligations(b) (55 ) (58 )
 


 
  (618 ) (630 )




 
(a) From 1 January 2005, Unilever has adopted IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation’ which requires preference shares that provide for a fixed preference dividend to be classified as borrowings, and preference dividends to be recognised in the income statement as a finance cost. In accordance with the transition rules for IAS 32, 2004 has not been restated. Information on the impact of the adoption of IAS 32 is given in note 35 on pages 144 to 151.
(b) Net finance costs in respect of pensions and similar obligations are analysed in note 22 on page 117.

 

94 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

7 Taxation

  € million   € million  
Tax charge in income statement 2005   2004  




 
Current tax    
Current year (1 227 ) (1 625 )
Over/(under) provided in prior years 107   324  
 


 
  (1 120 ) (1 301 )
Deferred tax        
Origination and reversal of temporary differences (136 ) 457  
Changes in tax rates 2   34  
Utilisation of losses brought forward 5    
 


 
  (129 ) 491  
 


 
  (1 249 ) (810 )
         
United Kingdom Corporation Tax at 30.0% (754 ) (232 )
Less double tax relief 619   132  
 


 
United Kingdom taxes (135 ) (100 )
Non-United Kingdom taxes (1 114 ) (710 )
 


 
  (1 249 ) (810 )




 

Europe is Unilever’s domestic tax base. The reconciliation between the computed weighted average rate of income tax expense, which is generally applicable to Unilever’s European companies, and the actual rate of taxation charged is as follows:

  %   %  
Reconciliation of effective tax rate  2005   2004  




 
Computed rate of tax(a) 31   32  
Differences due to:        
Other rates applicable to non-European countries   1  
Incentive tax credits (4 ) (5 )
Withholding tax on dividends 2   2  
Adjustments to previous years (3 ) (9 )
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes 2    
Utilisation of previously unrecognised tax losses (1 )  
Other (1 ) 1  
 


 
Effective tax rate 26   22  




 
(a) The computed tax rate used is the average of the standard rate of tax applicable in the European countries in which Unilever operates, weighted by the amount of profit before taxation generated in each of those countries.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 95

Back to Contents

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

7 Taxation (continued)

The following tables analyse profit before taxation and actual taxation charges between those arising in Europe (which is Unilever’s domestic tax base) and elsewhere.

  € million   € million  
  2005   2004  




 
Profit before taxation        
Europe        
Parent and group companies 2 614   2 454  
Share of net profit/(loss) of joint ventures 11   7  
Share of net profit/(loss) of associates (20 ) (2 )
 


 
  2 605   2 459  
Outside Europe        
Group companies 2 115   1 209  
Share of net profit/(loss) of joint ventures 36   32  
Share of net profit/(loss) of associates (5 ) 4  
 


 
  2 146   1 245  
 


 
  4 751   3 704  
 


 
Taxation        
Europe        
Parent and group companies:        
Taxes payable (469 ) (712 )
         
Deferred taxation (175 ) 176  
       Accelerated depreciation 17   61  
       Pensions (123 ) (62 )
       Provisions (42 ) 59  
       Goodwill and intangible assets (48 ) 109  
       Other 21   9  
  (644 ) (536 )
         
Outside Europe        
Group companies:        
Taxes payable (651 ) (589 )
         
Deferred taxation 46   315  
       Accelerated depreciation (40 ) (20 )
       Pensions 28   (26 )
       Provisions (78 ) 205  
       Goodwill and intangible assets 123   168  
       Other 13   (12 )
  (605 ) (274 )
 


 
  (1 249 ) (810 )




 

 

96 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

8 Combined earnings per share
  Per €0.51 share of   Per 1.4p share of  
  NV ordinary capital   PLC ordinary capital  
      € cents   € cents  
Combined earnings per share 2005   2004   2005   2004  








 
From total operations                
Basic earnings per share 3.88   2.83   58.17   42.46  
Diluted earnings per share 3.76   2.72   56.40   40.78  
                 
From continuing operations                
Basic earnings per share 3.39   2.78   50.87   41.72  
Diluted earnings per share 3.29   2.67   49.33   40.08  








 

Basis of calculation
The calculations of combined earnings per share are based on the net profit attributable to ordinary capital divided by the average number of share units representing the combined ordinary capital of NV and PLC in issue during the year, after deducting shares held as treasury stock. For the calculation of combined ordinary capital, the exchange rate of £1 = Fl.12 = €5.445 has been used, in accordance with the Equalisation Agreement.

The calculations of diluted earnings per share are based on: (i) conversion into PLC ordinary shares of the shares in a group company which are convertible in the year 2038, as described in Corporate governance on page 44; (ii) conversion of the €0.05 NV preference shares, details of which are set out below and in note 24 on page 124; (iii) the effect of share-based compensation plans, details of which are set out in note 31 on pages 132 to 141; and (iv) the forward equity contract described in note 31 on page 141.

On 15 February 2005, we converted the €0.05 NV preference shares into ordinary €0.51 NV shares. The conversion was made using shares already held by Unilever for the purposes of hedging the Group’s share-based compensation plans. Unilever bought further ordinary shares in the market during 2005 to the extent required to restore the hedging position. Until the date of conversion, the €0.05 preference shares were potentially dilutive for the purposes of the calculation of fully diluted earnings per share, as shown below. At midnight on 13 July 2005 the €0.05 NV preference shares were cancelled.

  Millions of   Millions of  
  €0.51 share units   1.4p share units  
Calculation of average number of share units 2005   2004   2005   2004  








 
Average ordinary capital:
NV
571.6   571.6   3 810.5   3 810.5  
PLC
436.7   436.7   2 911.5   2 911.5  
Less shares held by employee share trusts and companies (37.3 ) (44.9 ) (248.7 ) (299.3 )
   






 
Combined average number of share units for all bases except diluted earnings per share 971.0   963.4   6 473.3   6 422.7  
Add shares issuable in 2038 23.6   23.6   157.5   157.5  
Add shares for conversion 2.4   18.9   15.7   125.9  
Add dilutive effect of share-based compensation plans and forward equity contract 5.3   5.0   35.5   33.1  
   






 
Adjusted combined average number of share units for diluted earnings per share basis 1 002.3   1 010.9   6 682.0   6 739.2  








 
                   
  € million   € million  
Calculation of earnings 2005   2004  




 
Net profit attributable to shareholders’ equity 3 766   2 755  
Less preference dividends n/a   (28 )
 


 
Net profit attributed to ordinary capital for basic earnings per share calculations 3 766   2 727  
 


 
Adjusted net profit attributed to ordinary capital for the diluted earnings per share calculation(a)  3 769   2 748  




 
(a) In accordance with IAS 33, the net profit for diluted earnings per share has been adjusted for the preference dividend on shares for conversion, which in 2005 amounted to €3 million (2004: €21 million).

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 97

Back to Contents

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

Dividends on ordinary capital
  € million   € million  
Dividends paid on ordinary capital during the year 2005   2004  




 
Final dividend 2003 paid in June 2004   (1 116 )
Interim dividend 2004 paid in November 2004   (603 )
Final dividend 2004 paid in June 2005 (1 229 )  
Interim dividend 2005 paid in December 2005 (638 )  
 


 
  (1 867 ) (1 719 )




 

  Per €0.51 share of   Per 1.4p share of  
  NV ordinary capital   PLC ordinary capital  
      pence   pence  
Dividends per share 2005   2004   2005   2004  




 


 
Interim 0.66   0.63   6.77   6.33  
Final(a)  1.32   1.26   13.54   12.82  
 


 


 
  1.98   1.89   20.31   19.15  








 

(a) The proposed final dividend on ordinary capital for the year 2005 has to be approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meetings. In accordance with IFRS, no provision for the amount of this dividend, estimated at €1 267 million, has been recognised in the financial statements for the year ended 31 December 2005. The final dividend shown in respect of 2004 was declared and paid during 2005.

Full details of dividends per share for the years 2001 to 2005 are given on page 187.

10 Goodwill and intangible assets

Indefinite-lived intangible assets principally comprise those trademarks for which there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which they are expected to generate net cash inflows. These are considered to have an indefinite life, given the strength and durability of our brands and the level of marketing support. Finite-lived intangible assets, which primarily comprise patented and non-patented technology, know-how, and software, are capitalised and amortised in operating profit on a straight-line basis over the period of their expected useful lives, none of which exceeds ten years. The level of amortisation for finite-lived intangible assets is not expected to change materially over the next five years.

  € million   € million  
At cost less amortisation and impairment 2005   2004  




 
Goodwill 12 963   12 083  
Indefinite-lived intangible assets 4 450   4 311  
Finite-lived intangible assets 416   447  
Software 226   166  
 


 
  18 055   17 007  




 

  € million   € million   € million   € million   € million  
      Indefinite-   Finite-          
      lived   lived          
      intangible   intangible          
Movements during 2005 Goodwill   assets   assets   Software   Total  










 
Cost          
31 December 2004 13 020   4 311   597   193   18 121  
Reclassification as held for sale (133 ) (60 )     (193 )
 








 
1 January 2005 12 887   4 251   597   193   17 928  
Acquisitions of group companies 13         13  
Disposals of group companies (49 ) (6 ) (16 ) (4 ) (75 )
Additions   2   4   86   92  
Reversal of assets held for sale not included in final disposal 15   55       70  
Currency retranslation 1 214   411   46   16   1 687  
 








 
31 December 2005 14 080   4 713   631   291   19 715  
 








 
Amortisation and impairment          
31 December 2004 (937 )   (150 ) (27 ) (1 114 )
Reclassification as held for sale          
 








 
1 January 2005 (937 )   (150 ) (27 ) (1 114 )
Disposals of group companies 42   1   3   2   48  
Amortisation for the year(a)      (62 ) (38 ) (100 )
Impairment losses (131 ) (251 )     (382 )
Currency retranslation (91 ) (13 ) (6 ) (2 ) (112 )
 








 
31 December 2005 (1 117 ) (263 ) (215 ) (65 ) (1 660 )
 








 
Net book value 31 December 2005 12 963   4 450   416   226   18 055  










 
(a) Includes €(1) million relating to discontinued operations.

 

98 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

10 Goodwill and intangible assets (continued)
  € million   € million   € million   € million   € million  
      Indefinite-   Finite-          
      lived   lived          
      intangible   intangible          
Movements during 2004 Goodwill   assets   assets   Software   Total  










 
Cost                    
1 January 2004 13 461   4 505   603   110   18 679  
Acquisitions of group companies 7   1   2     10  
Disposals of group companies (3 ) (20 )     (23 )
Additions   1   1   87   89  
Currency retranslation (445 ) (176 ) (9 ) (4 ) (634 )
 








 
31 December 2004 13 020   4 311   597   193   18 121  
 








 
Amortisation and impairment                    
1 January 2004     (103 ) (7 ) (110 )
Amortisation for the year(b)      (45 ) (21 ) (66 )
Impairment losses (1 003 )       (1 003 )
Currency retranslation 66     (2 ) 1   65  
 








 
31 December 2004 (937 )   (150 ) (27 ) (1 114 )
 








 
Net book value 31 December 2004 12 083   4 311   447   166   17 007  










 
(b) Includes €(2) million relating to discontinued operations.

There are no significant carrying amounts of goodwill and intangible assets that are allocated across multiple cash generating units.

Impairments in the year
During 2005, Slim•Fast maintained its leadership of the weight management sector by refreshing its product range and offering a more personalised diet plan. However, the 2005 impairment review of the global Slim•Fast business resulted in an impairment charge of €363 million due to the continued decline of the weight management sector. This charge has been reflected in operating profit for The Americas region.

Value in use of the business was calculated using the present values of projected future cash flows, adjusted to reflect the risk present in the markets in which the business operates. The pre-tax discount rate applied to the business was 11%. As a result of the impairment review, the carrying value of the business was determined to be in excess of the value in use, thereby requiring an impairment loss to be recognised.

The 2004 impairment charge of €791 million in relation to the Slim•Fast business was calculated using value in use and applied a pre-tax discount rate of 11%. This charge was also reflected in operating profit for The Americas region.

The remainder of the impairment loss charged in 2005 of €19 million includes €2 million representing write-downs in respect of planned business disposals that will complete during 2006, and €10 million in respect of impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets in Colombia and India. In 2004, the remaining balance of €212 million included €156 million in respect of planned business disposals in 2005. Other smaller impairments were recognised during the course of 2004 for tea plantations and a bakery business in India, and a home and personal care business in North Africa.

Significant cash generating units
The goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets held in the global savoury and dressings cash generating unit (CGU), comprising €11.9 billion and €3.6 billion respectively, are considered significant in comparison to the total carrying amounts of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets at 31 December 2005.

During 2005, we conducted an impairment review of the carrying value of these assets. Value in use of the global savoury and dressings CGU has been calculated as the present value of projected future cash flows. A pre-tax discount rate of 10% was used.

The following key assumptions were used in the discounted cash flow projections for the savoury and dressings CGU:
a longer-term sustainable growth rate of 2%, adjusted for market fade, used to determine an appropriate terminal value multiple;
average near-term nominal growth for the major product groups within the CGU of 4%; and
average operating margins for the major product groups within the CGU ranging from 19% to 23%.

The growth rates and margins used to estimate future performance are based on past performance and our experience of growth rates and margins achievable in our key markets as a guide. We believe that the assumptions used in estimating the future performance of the savoury and dressings CGU are consistent with past performance.

The projections covered a period of 10 years as we believe this to be a suitable timescale over which to review and consider annual performance before applying a fixed terminal value multiple to the final year cash flows of the detailed projection. Stopping the detailed projections after 5 years and applying a terminal value multiple thereafter would not result in a materially different estimate of the value in use.

The growth rates used to estimate future performance beyond the periods covered by our annual planning and strategic planning processes do not exceed the long-term average rates of growth for similar products.

We have performed sensitivity analysis around the base case assumptions and have concluded that no reasonably possible changes in key assumptions would cause the carrying amount of the savoury and dressings CGU to exceed its recoverable amount.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 99

Back to Contents

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

11 Property, plant and equipment

  € million   € million  
At cost less depreciation and impairment 2005   2004  




 
Land and buildings 1 994   1 992  
Plant and equipment 4 498   4 189  
 


 
  6 492   6 181  
 


 
Includes freehold land 224   248  
 


 
Commitments for capital expenditure at 31 December 263   172  




 

  € million   € million   € million  
  Land and   Plant and      
Movements during 2005 buildings   equipment   Total  






 
Gross            
31 December 2004 3 068   10 213   13 281  
Reclassification as held for sale (209 ) (200 ) (409 )
 




 
1 January 2005 2 859   10 013   12 872  
Disposals of group companies (26 ) (117 ) (143 )
Additions 163   795   958  
Disposals (95 ) (619 ) (714 )
Reversal of asset held for sale not included in final disposal 53   57   110  
Currency retranslation 269   798   1 067  
Reclassification as held for sale (175 ) (116 ) (291 )
Other adjustments (34 ) 34    
 




 
31 December 2005 3 014   10 845   13 859  
 




 
Depreciation and impairment            
31 December 2004 (1 076 ) (6 024 ) (7 100 )
Reclassification as held for sale 110   169   279  
 




 
1 January 2005 (966 ) (5 855 ) (6 821 )
Disposals of group companies 12   91   103  
Depreciation charge for the year(a)  (78 ) (665 ) (743 )
Disposals 53   549   602  
Reversal of asset held for sale not included in final disposal (5 ) (50 ) (55 )
Impairment losses(b)  (10 ) (108 ) (118 )
Reversal of impairment losses 11   58   69  
Currency retranslation (83 ) (466 ) (549 )
Reclassification as held for sale 51   94   145  
Other adjustments (5 ) 5    
 




 
31 December 2005 (1 020 ) (6 347 ) (7 367 )
 




 
Net book value 31 December 2005 1 994   4 498   6 492  
 




 
Includes payments on account and assets in course of construction 64   487   551  






 
(a)      Includes €(2) million relating to discontinued operations.
(b)      Impairment losses mainly recognised in respect of restructuring projects where property, plant and equipment is written down to the net recoverable amount.

 

100 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

11 Property, plant and equipment (continued)

  € million   € million   € million  
  Land and   Plant and      
Movements during 2004 buildings   equipment   Total  






 
Gross            
1 January 2004 3 274   10 418   13 692  
Acquisitions of group companies 2   2   4  
Disposals of group companies (25 ) (109 ) (134 )
Additions 151   852   1 003  
Disposals (244 ) (754 ) (998 )
Currency retranslation (74 ) (212 ) (286 )
Other adjustments (16 ) 16    
 




 
31 December 2004 3 068   10 213   13 281  
 




 
Depreciation and impairment            
1 January 2004 (1 094 ) (6 041 ) (7 135 )
Disposals of group companies 13   70   83  
Depreciation charge for the year(c)  (80 ) (675 ) (755 )
Disposals 139   651   790  
Impairment losses(b)  (53 ) (219 ) (272 )
Reversal of impairment losses 5   28   33  
Currency retranslation 26   130   156  
Other adjustments (32 ) 32    
 




 
31 December 2004 (1 076 ) (6 024 ) (7 100 )
 




 
Net book value 31 December 2004 1 992   4 189   6 181  
 




 
Includes payments on account and assets in course of construction 51   435   486  






 
(b) As defined on page 100.
(c) Includes €(5) million relating to discontinued operations.

Included in the above is property, plant and equipment under a number of finance lease agreements, for which the book values are as follows:

  € million   € million   € million  
      Plant and      
Net book value Buildings   equipment   Total  






 
Gross book value 68   354   422  
Depreciation and impairment (18 ) (202 ) (220 )
 




 
31 December 2005 50   152   202  






 
Gross book value 63   327   390  
Depreciation and impairment (24 ) (166 ) (190 )
 




 
31 December 2004 39   161   200  






 

At 31 December 2004, property, plant and equipment with a book value of €108 million was pledged as security for certain of the Group’s borrowings. No such arrangements existed at 31 December 2005.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005   101 

Back to Contents

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

12 Biological assets
The fair value of tea bushes older than 10 years is based on the market price of the estimated recoverable tea leaf volumes, net of harvest costs. The fair value of oil palm trees older than 8 years is based on the market price of the estimated recoverable palm oil volumes, net of harvest costs. The fair value of immature tea bushes and oil palm trees is based on the present value of the net cash flows expected to be generated by the plants at maturity.

  € million   € million  
At fair value 2005   2004  




 
Tea bushes 23   28  
Oil palm trees 14   5  
 


 
  37   33  




 

  € million   € million   € million  
  Tea   Oil palm      
Movements during 2005 bushes   trees   Total  






 
31 December 2004 28   5   33  
New plantations/acquisitions 1     1  
Increase/(decrease) in fair value less estimated point-of-sale costs 9   6   15  
Disposals of group companies (2 )   (2 )
Reclassification as held for sale (21 )   (21 )
Other adjustments 2   2   4  
Currency retranslation 6   1   7  
 




 
31 December 2005 23   14   37  






 

  € million   € million   € million  
  Tea   Oil palm      
Movements during 2004 bushes   trees   Total  






 
1 January 2004 24   5   29  
Increase/(decrease) in fair value less estimated point-of-sale costs 6     6  
Currency retranslation (2 )   (2 )
 




 
31 December 2004 28   5   33  






 

As at 31 December 2005, tea bushes comprised approximately 18 000 hectares of tea plantations in India, Kenya and Tanzania. During 2005 the Group harvested approximately 258 000 tonnes of tea leaves, which had a fair value less estimated point-of-sale costs of €48 million at the date of harvest.

As at 31 December 2005, oil palm trees included above comprised approximately 45 000 hectares of oil palm plantations in Côte d’Ivoire and Ghana. These plantations range from newly established plantations to plantations that are 32 years old. During 2005 the Group harvested approximately 257 000 tonnes of palm oil, which had a fair value less estimated point-of-sale costs of €47 million at the date of harvest.

 

102 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

13 Joint ventures, associates and other non-current investments      
  € million € million  
Joint ventures and associates 2005 2004  



 
Interest in net assets of joint ventures 67 32  
Interest in net assets of associates 17 22  
 

 
  84 54  



 

The following tables show the movements during the year in connection with joint ventures, associates and other non-current investments:

  € million   € million   € million  
Movements during 2005 Goodwill   Other   Total  






 
Joint ventures(a)            
31 December 2004 4   28   32  
Additions(b)   26   26  
Dividends received/reductions   (43 ) (43 )
Share in net profit   47   47  
Currency retranslation 1   4   5  
 




 
31 December 2005 5   62   67  
 




 
Associates(c)            
31 December 2004 112   (106 ) 6  
Acquisitions/(disposals)   7   7  
Dividends received/reductions   (11 ) (11 )
Share in net profit   (25 ) (25 )
Currency retranslation 18   (15 ) 3  
 




 
  130   (150 ) (20 )
Of which: Net liabilities of JohnsonDiversey reclassified to restructuring and other provisions (130 ) 167   37  
 




 
31 December 2005   17   17  
 




 
Other non-current investments(d)            
31 December 2004         698  
Additions/(reductions)/(impairments)/fair value movements         (19 )
Currency retranslation         41  
         
 
31 December 2005         720  






 
(a) Our principal joint ventures are the FIMA business in Portugal and the Pepsi/Lipton Partnership in the US.
(b) Effect of the transaction in connection with our Foods business in Portugal (see note 28 on page 128).
(c) Associates primarily comprise our investments in JohnsonDiversey Holdings Inc., Palmci and Langholm Capital Partners. Other Unilever Ventures investments are included under ‘Other non-current investments’ above.
(d) Other non-current investments are mainly available-for-sale assets, and predominantly consist of investments in a number of companies and financial institutions in India, Europe and the US, including €197 million (2004: €174 million) of assets in a trust to fund benefit obligations in the US (see also note 22 on page 114).
   
  € million € million  
Analysis of listed and unlisted investments 2005 2004  



 
Investments listed on a recognised stock exchange 326 326  
Unlisted investments 394 372  
 

 
  720 698  



 
       
  € million € million  
Other income from non-current investments 2005 2004  



 
Income from other non-current investments 20 36  
Profit/(loss) on disposal 13 18  
 

 
  33 54  



 

The joint ventures and associates have no significant contingent liabilities to which the Group is exposed, and the Group has no significant contingent liabilities in relation to its interest in the joint ventures and associates.

The Group has no outstanding capital commitments to joint ventures.

Outstanding balances with joint ventures and associates are shown in note 32 on page 142.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 103

Back to Contents

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

14 Deferred taxation

  € million   € million € million   € million   € million   € million  
  As at 31   IFRS         Acquisitions   As at 31  
  December   transition Income       and   December  
Movements during the year 2004   IAS 32/39 statement (a) Equity  (b) disposals   2005  











 
Pensions and similar obligations 1 391   (98 ) 186   (1 ) 1 478  
Provisions 533   (124 ) 109     518  
Goodwill and intangible assets (657 ) 75   (104 )   (686 )
Accelerated tax depreciation (691 ) (23 ) (38 ) 10   (742 )
Tax losses 113   5   28     146  
Fair value gains          
Fair value losses   4 (3 ) (1 )    
Share-based payments 46   17   11     74  
Other (33 ) 14     1   (18 )
 









 
  702   4 (137 ) 191   10   770  











 
(a) Includes €8 million credit reported under discontinued operations in the income statement.
(b) Of the total movement in equity of €191 million, €108 million arises as a result of currency retranslation.

At the balance sheet date, the Group has unused tax losses of €1 205 million and tax credits amounting to €327 million available for offset against future taxable profits. Deferred tax assets totalling €655 million have not been recognised in respect of these losses and credits, as the likelihood of future economic benefit is not considered probable.

At the balance sheet date, the aggregate amount of temporary differences associated with undistributed earnings of subsidiaries for which deferred tax liabilities have not been recognised was €765 million (2004: €503 million). No liability has been recognised in respect of these differences because the Group is in a position to control the timing of the reversal of the temporary differences, and it is probable that such differences will not reverse in the forseeable future.

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to set off current tax assets against current tax liabilities and when the deferred income taxes relate to the same fiscal authority. The following amounts, determined after appropriate offsetting, are shown in the consolidated balance sheet:

  € million   € million   € million   € million   € million   € million  
  Assets   Assets   Liabilities   Liabilities   Total   Total  
Deferred tax assets and liabilities 2005   2004   2005   2004   2005   2004  












 
Pensions and similar obligations 1 709   1 484   (231 ) (93 ) 1 478   1 391  
Provisions 704   617   (186 ) (84 ) 518   533  
Goodwill and intangible assets (431 ) (353 ) (255 ) (304 ) (686 ) (657 )
Accelerated tax depreciation (489 ) (382 ) (253 ) (309 ) (742 ) (691 )
Tax losses 144   109   2   4   146   113  
Fair value gains            
Fair value losses 6     (6 )      
Share-based payments 74   46       74   46  
Other (14 ) (30 ) (4 ) (3 ) (18 ) (33 )
 










 
  1 703   1 491   (933 ) (789 ) 770   702  
 










 
Of which deferred tax to be recovered/(settled) after                        
      more than 12 months 1 269   1 135   (834 ) (745 ) 435   390  
                         












 
       
15 Inventories      
  € million € million  
Inventories 2005 2004  



 
Raw materials and consumables 1 512 1 388  
Finished goods and goods for resale 2 595 2 368  
 

 
  4 107 3 756  



 

Inventories with a value of €123 million (2004: €109 million) are carried at fair value less costs to sell, this being lower than cost. During 2005, €159 million (2004: €162 million) was charged to the income statement for damaged, obsolete and lost inventories. In 2005, €35 million (2004: €25 million) was released to the income statement from inventory provisions taken in earlier years but no longer required.

Inventories with a carrying amount of €8 million (2004: €28 million) have been pledged as security for certain of the Group’s borrowings.

 

104 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

16 Trade and other receivables      
  € million € million  
Trade and other receivables 2005 2004  



 
Due within one year      
Trade receivables 3 345 3 161  
Prepayments and accrued income(a) 833 328  
Other receivables 652 642  
 

 
  4 830 4 131  
Due after more than one year      
Other receivables 231 279  
 

 
Total trade and other receivables 5 061 4 410  



 
(a) In 2005 includes fair values of derivatives as a consequence of the adoption of IAS 39.      

Concentrations of credit risk with respect to trade receivables are limited, due to the Group’s customer base being large and diverse. Management therefore believes there is no further credit risk provision required in excess of normal provision for doubtful receivables.

  € million   € million  
Provision for doubtful receivables – movements during the year 2005   2004  




 
1 January 232   279  
Charged to income statement 39   31  
Reductions (33 ) (71 )
Currency retranslation 20   (7 )
 


 
31 December 258   232  




 
         
17 Cash and cash equivalents and other financial assets      
    € million € million  
Cash and cash equivalents and other financial assets 2005 2004  




 
Cash and cash equivalents       
Listed      
  Cash equivalents 44 66  
Unlisted      
  Cash at bank and in hand 867 1 004  
  Short-term deposits with maturity of less than three months 412 495  
  Other cash equivalents 206 25  
   

 
    1 485 1 524  
   

 
    1 529 1 590  
Other financial assets      
Listed 36 45  
Unlisted 299 968  
   

 
    335 1 013  
 

 
Total cash and cash equivalents and other financial assets 1 864 2 603  



 

Other financial assets include government securities and A minus or higher rated money and capital market instruments.

An amount of €16 million (2004: €24 million) is included in cash and cash equivalents with repayment notice required. This relates to cash collateral deposited as required by a forward purchase contract with a counterparty bank to buy 10 000 000 PLC shares at 559p per share in November 2006. Further details are given in note 19 on page 112.

  € million   € million  
Cash and cash equivalents included in the cash flow statement 2005   2004  




 
Cash and cash equivalents as per balance sheet 1 529   1 590  
Cash and cash equivalents in businesses held for sale 1   n/a  
Bank overdrafts (265 ) (184 )
 


 
  1 265   1 406  




 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 105

Back to Contents

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

17 Cash and cash equivalents and other financial assets (continued)

Interest rate profile and currency analysis of financial assets
The table set out below takes into account the various interest rate swaps and forward foreign currency contracts entered into by the Group, details of which are set out in note 19 on pages 110 and 111.

The interest rate profiles of the Group’s financial assets analysed by principal currency are set out in the table below:

  € million           € million       € million  
  Fixed   Fixed   Fixed   Floating   Floating      
  rate   rate   rate   rate   rate   Total  






 


 
 
      Weighted   Weighted              
      average   average       Interest      
      interest   fixing       rate for      
      rate   period       2006      












 
Assets – 2005                        
Euro           650   2.8%   650  
Sterling           57   4.6%   57  
US dollar           94   4.8%   94  
Indian rupee           346   6.6%   346  
Other           967   6.9%   967  
 










 
Total           2 114       2 114 (a) 
 










 
Assets – 2004                        
Euro 180   9.1% (b) 0.4 years   4 925 (c)     5 105  
Sterling           81       81  
US dollar           140       140  
Indian rupee           413       413  
Other           916       916  
 










 
  180           6 475       6 655  
Euro leg of currency derivatives relating to intra-group loans(c)                      (4 052 )
                     
 
Total                     2 603  












 
(a)      Includes fair value of borrowing-related derivatives amounting to €250 million. For further information please refer to note 19 on pages 110 to 112.
(b)      The fixed interest rate of 9.1% in 2004 includes one leg of a cross-currency interest rate swap of an intercompany loan of €146 million with a fixed rate of 10.8%. A corresponding interest charge is included in the US dollar fixed rate liabilities.
(c)      Includes the euro leg of the currency derivatives relating to intra-group loans, amounting to €4 052 million for 2004. These derivatives create a euro interest rate exposure. However, to reconcile the assets with the balance sheet, the total value is eliminated again. The other leg of the currency derivatives is shown in note 18 as a liability.

18 Borrowings

  € million   € million  
Borrowings 2005   2004  




 
Bank loans and overdrafts (1 456 ) (1 583 )
Bonds and other loans        
    At amortised cost (8 609 ) (10 465 )
    Subject to fair value hedge accounting (2 210 ) n/a  
Preference shares(a)  (124 ) n/a  
 


 
  (12 399 ) (12 048 )




 
(a)      From 1 January 2005, Unilever has adopted IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation’ which requires preference shares that provide for a fixed preference dividend to be classified as borrowings. In accordance with the transition rules for IAS 32, amounts for 2004 have not been restated. Details of the preference shares at 31 December 2004 are included in note 24 on page 124.

 

106 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

18 Borrowings (continued)

The tables set out below and on page 109 take into account the various interest rate swaps and forward foreign currency contracts entered into by the Group, details of which are set out in note 19 on pages 110 and 111.

Details of specific bonds and other loans are also given below:

  € million   € million   € million  
  Amortised   Fair   Amortised  
  cost   value   cost  
  2005   2005 (b)  2004  






 
Unilever N.V.            
6.625% Notes 2005 (US $)     146  
3.375% Bonds 2005 (Swiss francs)     324  
5.125% Bonds 2006 (€)   1 010   999  
5.125% Notes 2006 (US $) 431     365  
4.250% Bonds 2007 (€) 513   507   997  
5.000% Bonds 2007 (US $)   556   474  
3.375% Bonds 2015 (€) 747      
Commercial paper (€) 2 180     961  
Commercial paper (£) 491     329  
Commercial paper (US $) 348     307  
Commercial paper (Swiss francs) 53     52  
Other 36     38  
 




 
Total Unilever N.V. 4 799   2 073   4 992  
 




 
Unilever PLC            
Commercial paper (£)     70  
 




 
Total Unilever PLC     70  
           
Other group companies            
           
United States            
6.875% Notes 2005 (US $)     1 097  
6.150% Bonds 2006 (US $) 253     217  
7.125% Bonds 2010 (US $) 1 467     1 274  
7.000% Bonds 2017 (US $) 120     105  
7.250% Bonds 2026 (US $) 239     208  
6.625% Bonds 2028 (US $) 185     162  
5.900% Bonds 2032 (US $) 829     725  
5.000% Bonds 2045 (Swiss francs)(c)      130  
5.600% Bonds 2097 (US $)(d)  77     67  
Commercial paper (US $)     521  
Other 12     26  
           
India            
9.000% Debenture loan 2005 (Indian rupee)     108  
           
Japan            
Floating rate note 2006 (Japanese yen) 151     150  
           
Thailand            
3.300% Bonds 2007 (Thai baht) 134     122  
           
South Africa            
10.200% Bonds 2008 (South African rand)   137   130  
Commercial paper (South African rand) 120     156  
             
Other countries 223     205  
 




 
Total other group companies 3 810   137   5 403  
 




 
Total bonds and other loans 8 609   2 210   10 465  






 
(b)      As required by fair value hedge accounting, the fair value of the bonds and other loans is based on their amortised cost adjusted for the market value of the related derivative.
(c)      Repaid in March 2005.
(d)      Amount for 2004 has been adjusted to include the discount.

Reclassifications
During 2005 Unilever discontinued fair value hedge accounting for €500 million of the 4.250% Bonds 2007. On the date the hedge accounting discontinued, the fair value became the new value at amortised cost.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 107

Back to Contents

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

18 Borrowings (continued)

      € million           € million  
                  Issued,  
  Number       Nominal   Number   called up  
  of shares       value   of shares   and fully  
Preference shares NV as at 31 December 2005(e)  authorised   Authorised   per share   issued   paid  










 
7% Cumulative Preference 75 000   34   €453.78   29 000   13  
6% Cumulative Preference 200 000   91   €453.78   161 060   73  
4% Cumulative Preference 750 000   34   €45.38   750 000   34  
Share premium                 4  
     
       
 
      159           124  










 
(e)      From 1 January 2005, Unilever has adopted IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation’ which requires preference shares that provide for a fixed preference dividend to be classified as borrowings. In accordance with the transition rules for IAS 32, amounts for 2004 have not been restated.

The 7%, 6% and 4% preference shares of NV are entitled to dividends at the rates indicated. The 4% cumulative preference capital of NV is redeemable at par at the company’s option either wholly or in part. The other classes of preferential share capital of NV are not redeemable.

  € million   € million  
Borrowings – additional details 2005   2004  




 
The repayments fall due as follows        
Within one year:        
Bank loans and overdrafts 786   823  
Bonds and other loans 5 156   4 332  
 


 
Total due within one year 5 942   5 155  
 


 
After one year but within two years 2 049   1 917  
After two years but within three years 180   1 891  
After three years but within four years 391   177  
After four years but within five years 1 493   351  
After five years 2 344   2 557  
 


 
Total due after more than one year 6 457   6 893  
 


 
Secured borrowings 8   136  
 


 
Of which secured against property, plant and equipment   108  




 

 

108 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

18 Borrowings (continued)

Undrawn committed facilities
Unilever had the following undrawn committed facilities at 31 December 2005:
revolving 364-day bilateral credit facilities of in aggregate US $3 958 million (2004: US $3 603 million) with a 364-day term out;
revolving five-year bilateral credit facilities of in aggregate US $334 million (2004: US $334 million);
revolving 364-day notes commitments of US $200 million (2004: US $200 million) with the ability to issue notes with a maturity up to 364 days; and
364-day bilateral money market commitments of in aggregate US $1 725 million (2004: US $2 080 million), under which the underwriting banks agree, subject to certain conditions, to subscribe for notes with maturities of up to three years.

The facilities that matured in December 2005 have been renewed until November 2006 and December 2006.

Interest rate
The average interest rate on short-term borrowings in 2005 was 3.0% (2004: 3.1%).

Interest rate profile and currency analysis of financial liabilities
The interest rate profiles of the Group’s financial liabilities analysed by principal currency are set out in the table below:

  € million           € million       € million  
  Fixed   Fixed   Fixed   Floating   Floating      
  rate   rate   rate   rate   rate   Total  






 


 
 
      Weighted   Weighted              
      average   average       Interest      
      interest   fixing       rate for      
      rate   period       2006      












 
Liabilities – 2005                    
Euro(f)  1 402   3.5%   6.3 years   1 066   2.8%   2 468  
Sterling 192   5.4%   0.5 years   (153 ) 4.6%   39  
US dollar 4 112   6.6%   12.1 years   2 262   4.8%   6 374  
Japanese yen 2   4.0%   1.5 years   436   0.1%   438  
Thai baht 161   3.2%   1.9 years   96   5.2%   257  
Other 127   13.5%   4.8 years   2 913   4.6%   3 040  
 










 
Total 5 996         6 620       12 616 (g) 
 










 
Liabilities – 2004                    
Euro 214   4.4%   0.8 years   2 219       2 433  
Sterling 79   5.4%   1.9 years   130       209  
US dollar 5 690   6.6%   8.3 years   3 725       9 415  
Japanese yen         452       452  
Thai baht 153   3.2%   2.7 years   123       276  
Other 434   9.8%   1.6 years   3 099       3 533  
 










 
  6 570         9 748       16 318  
Foreign currency leg of currency derivatives relating to intra-group loans(h)                (4 052 )
               

 
Total                 12 266 (g) 












 

(f) Euro borrowings include €124 million preference shares that provide for a fixed preference dividend.
(g) Includes finance lease creditors amounting to €217 million (2004: €218 million).
(h) Includes the foreign currency leg of the currency derivatives relating to our intra-group loans, amounting to €4 052 million for 2004. These derivatives create an interest rate exposure (mainly US dollar). However, to reconcile the liability with the balance sheet, the total value is eliminated again. The other leg of the currency derivatives is shown in note 17 as an asset.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 109

Back to Contents

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

19   Financial instruments
The Group has comprehensive policies in place, approved by the Boards, covering the use of derivative financial instruments. These instruments are used for hedging purposes. Established controls are in place covering all financial instruments. These include policies, guidelines, exposure limits, a system of authorities and independent reporting. Performance is closely monitored with independent reviews undertaken by internal audit. Hedge accounting principles are described in note 1 on pages 83 and 84. The use of leveraged instruments is not permitted. Details of the instruments used for interest rate and foreign exchange exposure management, together with information on related exposures, are given below.

Unilever’s interest rate management policy is described in note 2 on pages 86 and 87. The Group’s exposure to interest rates is mainly fixed by fixed rate long-term debt issues and straightforward derivative financial instruments, such as interest rate swaps. In general, cash is invested short-term at floating interest rates.

At the end of 2005, interest rates were fixed on approximately 61% of the projected net of cash and borrowing positions for 2006 and 49% for 2007 (compared with 54% for 2005 and 36% for 2006 at the end of 2004).

From 1 January 2005, Unilever has adopted IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’ which requires the recognition of derivative financial instruments on the balance sheet at fair value. The derivative financial instruments as recognised in the balance sheet under trade and other receivables and trade payables and other liabilities are shown in the tables below. The amounts shown in the tables as at 31 December 2004 are the fair values of the underlying derivatives at that date. No restatements have been made to the income statement and balance sheet for the year ended 31 December 2004.

The separate amounts shown as assets and liabilities are not indicative of the amount of credit risk to which the Group is exposed as we have netting agreements in place with our principal banks. In case of a default, Unilever is allowed to net the assets and liabilities. There was no significant concentration of credit risk with any single counterparty. For details of our policy for managing credit risk see note 2 on page 86.

In the assessment of hedge effectiveness the credit risk element on the underlying has been excluded. Hedge ineffectiveness is immaterial, nothing has been booked to the income statement.

In the 2004 comparatives, prior to the adoption of IAS 39, derivative financial instruments were accounted for on the following basis. Changes in the value of forward foreign exchange contracts were recognised in results in the same period as changes in the values of the assets and liabilities they were intended to hedge. Interest payments and receipts arising from interest rate derivatives such as swaps and forward rate agreements were matched to those arising from underlying debt and investment positions. Payments made or received in respect of the early termination of derivative financial instruments were spread over the original life of the instrument, so long as the underlying exposure continued to exist. Further information about our prior year reporting of financial instruments is given at the end of this note.

  € million   € million   € million   € million
  Assets   Assets   Liabilities   Liabilities
Fair values of derivatives used as cash flow hedges 2005   2004   2005   2004








Current              
Foreign exchange derivatives 2   2   6   12
Non-current              
Interest rate derivatives 3      
 






  5   2   6   12








The net fair value gains and losses relating to the above derivatives are €(1) million (2004: €(10) million). For those derivatives for which cash flow hedge accounting has been applied, the unrealised changes in fair values are included in reserves. If the cash flow hedge of a firm commitment or forecasted transaction subsequently results in the recognition of an asset or a liability, then, at the time the asset or liability is recognised, the associated gains or losses on the derivative that had previously been recognised in equity are included in the initial measurement of the asset or liability. For hedged items that do not result in the recognition of an asset or a liability, amounts deferred in equity are recognised in the income statement in the same period in which the hedged item affects net profit or loss. See note 1 on page 84.

  € million   € million   € million   € million
  Assets   Assets   Liabilities   Liabilities
Fair values of derivatives used as fair value hedges 2005   2004   2005   2004








Current              
Interest rate derivatives 38   16    
Cross currency swaps   1     9
Foreign exchange derivatives 2   4   7   3
 






  40   21   7   12
Non-current              
Interest rate derivatives 17   48   2  
Cross currency swaps   416    
Foreign exchange derivatives   2    
 






  17   466   2  
 






  57   487   9   12








Of the fair values disclosed above, the fair value of borrowing-related derivatives at 31 December 2005 amounted to €46 million (2004: €474 million).

 

110 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

19   Financial instruments (continued)

  € million   € million   € million   € million
  Assets   Assets   Liabilities   Liabilities
Fair values of hedges of net investments in foreign entities 2005   2004   2005   2004








Current              
Foreign exchange derivatives 250   12   1   16








The fair value of borrowing-related derivatives included above at 31 December 2005 amounted to €249 million (2004: €(4) million). The impact of exchange rate movements on the fair value of forward exchange contracts used to hedge net investments is recognised in reserves.

  € million   € million   € million   € million
  Assets   Assets   Liabilities   Liabilities
Fair values of natural hedges 2005   2004   2005   2004








Current              
Interest rate derivatives 7   52   2  
Cross currency swaps 253       1   4
Foreign exchange derivatives 11   121   282   51
 






  271   173   285   55
Non-current              
Interest rate derivatives   20   4   10
Cross currency swaps     27   12
 






    20   31   22
 






  271   193   316   77








Of the fair values disclosed above, the fair value of borrowing-related derivatives at 31 December 2005 amounted to €(45) million (2004: €116 million).

  € million   € million   € million   € million
  Assets   Assets   Liabilities   Liabilities
Fair values of other derivatives held 2005   2004   2005   2004








Current              
Interest rate derivatives       5
Forward purchase contract own shares     7  
 






      7   5
Non-current              
Forward purchase contract own shares       14








      7   19








Additional information
The fair values of forward foreign exchange contracts represent the unrealised gain or loss on revaluation of the contracts at the year-end forward exchange rates. The fair values of interest rate derivatives are based on the net present value of the anticipated future cash flows.

Embedded derivatives
In accordance with IAS 39, 'Financial instruments: Recognition and Measurement', Unilever has reviewed all contracts for embedded derivatives that are required to be separately accounted for if they do not meet specific requirements set out in the standard.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 111

Back to Contents

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

19 Financial instruments (continued)

Fair values of financial assets and financial liabilities
The following table summarises the fair values and carrying amounts of the various classes of financial assets and financial liabilities. All trade and other receivables and trade payables and other liabilities (other than finance lease creditors) and provisions have been excluded from the analysis below and from the interest rate and currency profiles in note 17 on page 106 and note 18 on page 109, as their carrying amounts are a reasonable approximation of their fair value.

  € million   € million   € million   € million  
  Fair   Fair   Carrying   Carrying  
  value   value   amount   amount  
  2005   2004   2005   2004  








 
Financial assets        
Non-current investments 720   728   720   698  
Cash and cash equivalents 1 529   1 590   1 529   1 590  
Other financial assets 335   1 013   335   1 013  
Derivatives related to borrowings 250   n/a   250   n/a  
 






 
  2 834   3 331   2 834   3 301  
         
Financial liabilities        
Bank loans and overdrafts (1 456 ) (1 583 ) (1 456 ) (1 583 )
Bonds and other loans (11 255 ) (10 907 ) (10 819 ) (10 465 )
Finance lease creditors (225 ) (218 ) (217 ) (218 )
Preference shares (124 ) n/a   (124 ) n/a  
 






 
  (13 060 ) (12 708 ) (12 616 ) (12 266 )








 

The fair values and the carrying amount of listed investments included in financial assets and preference shares included in financial liabilities are based on their market values. Cash and cash equivalents, other financial assets, bank loans and overdrafts have fair values that approximate to their carrying amounts because of their short-term nature. The fair values of listed bonds are based on their market value, non-listed bonds and other loans are based on the net present value of the anticipated future cash flows associated with these instruments. Fair value for finance lease creditors have been assessed by reference to current market rates for comparable leasing arrangements.

Collateral
In November 2001, NV entered into a forward purchase contract with a counterparty bank to buy 10 000 000 PLC shares at 559p per share in November 2006. Depending on the market value of this forward purchase contract, a cash collateral at a minimum of €8 million must be placed with the counterparty bank. At 31 December 2005 €16 million (2004: €24 million) was so deposited. At 31 December 2005 the market value of the forward purchase contract was €(7) million (2004: €(14) million).

Counterparties have deposited securities with a market value of €275 million (2004: €589 million) as collateral for their obligations in respect of derivative financial instruments. Such collateral is not regarded as an asset of Unilever and is excluded from the balance sheet.

Currency exposures
Unilever’s foreign exchange policies are described in note 2 on page 86. These policies require operating companies to manage trading and financial exposures within prescribed limits. At the end of 2005, there was no material exposure from companies holding assets and liabilities other than in their functional currency.

Commodity contracts
Unilever purchases forward contracts to hedge future requirements for certain raw materials, almost always for physical delivery. Futures contracts may also be used to hedge future price movements, however the amounts are not material. For further details please refer to page 32.

Additional disclosures relating to 2004
As noted on page 110, 2004 figures in this note are presented under the accounting policies which applied prior to the adoption of IAS 39. The following additional disclosures relate to the presentation of amounts for 2004.

Nominal values of interest rate derivatives and cross currency swaps are shown in the table below. These nominal values do not reflect the actual level of use of financial instruments when compared with the nominal value of the underlying debt. This is because certain financial instruments have consecutive strike and maturity dates on the same underlying debt in different time periods. Whilst the nominal amounts reflect the volume of activity, they are not indicative of the amount of credit risk to which the Group is exposed.

  € million  
  Nominal amounts at  
  31 December 2004  


 
Interest rate derivatives and cross currency swaps 5 903  


 

 

112 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

19 Financial instruments (continued)

The following table shows the extent to which the Group had unrecognised gains and losses in respect of interest rate instruments at the beginning and the end of the year. It shows the movement in the market value of these instruments during the year ended 31 December 2004.

  € million   € million   € million  
          Total net  
Unrecognised gains and losses Gains   Losses   gains/(losses)  






 
1 January 2004 189   (61 ) 128  
Brought forward balance recognised in current year 89   (48 ) 41  
 




 
Brought forward balance not recognised in current year 100   (13 ) 87  
Current year items not recognised in current year 4   2   6  
 




 
31 December 2004 104   (11 ) 93  
 




 
Expected to be dealt with in 2005 60   (8 ) 52  
Expected to be dealt with later 44   (3 ) 41  






 

The following table shows the extent to which the Group had recognised but deferred gains and losses in respect of interest rate instruments at the beginning and the end of the year. It also shows the amount which had been included in the income statement for the year and those gains and losses which were expected to be reflected in the income statement in 2005 or in subsequent years.

  € million   € million   € million  
          Total net  
Deferred gains and losses Gains   Losses   gains/(losses)  






 
1 January 2004   (20 ) (20 )
Brought forward balance recognised in current year   (8 ) (8 )
 




 
Brought forward balance not recognised in current year   (12 ) (12 )
Current year items not recognised in current year   1   1  
 




 
31 December 2004   (11 ) (11 )
 




 
To be recognised in the income statement in 2005   (5 ) (5 )
To be recognised in the income statement later   (6 ) (6 )






 

Under the Group’s foreign exchange policy, operating and financing transaction exposures, which usually have a maturity of less than one year, were generally hedged; this was primarily achieved through the use of forward foreign exchange contracts. The market value of these instruments at the end of 2004 represented a recognised unrealised gain of €440 million which was largely offset by recognised unrealised losses on the underlying assets and liabilities.

  € million  
Nominal amounts at 31 December 2004  


 
Foreign exchange contracts – buy 3 329  
                                                   – sell 9 171  
 
 
Total 12 500  


 
At the end of 2004, some 82% of Unilever’s total equity were denominated in the currencies of the two parent companies, euros and pounds sterling.    
     

20 Trade payables and other liabilities

  € million   € million  
Trade and other payables 2005   2004  




 
Due within one year        
Trade payables 3 988   3 729  
Accruals and deferred income 2 858   2 539  
Social security and sundry taxes 410   265  
Finance lease creditors 64   55  
Others 908   926  
 


 
  8 228   7 514  
         
Due after more than one year        
Accruals and deferred income 153   132  
Finance lease creditors 153   163  
Others 83   144  
 


 
  389   439  
 


 
Total trade and other payables 8 617   7 953  




 
There are no creditors due after more than five years other than finance lease creditors described in note 27 on page 127.  

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 113

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

21 Restructuring and other provisions

Provisions are recognised when either a legal or constructive obligation, as a result of a past event, exists at the balance sheet date and where the amount of the obligation can be reasonably estimated.

  € million   € million  
Restructuring and other provisions 2005   2004  




 
Due within one year        
Restructuring provisions 391   660  
Other provisions 253   139  
 


 
  644   799  
Due after one year        
Restructuring provisions 63   50  
Net liability of associate 37   16  
Other provisions 632   499  
 


 
  732   565  
 


 
Total restructuring and other provisions 1 376   1 364  




 

  € million   € million   € million   € million  
  Restructuring   Net liability   Other    
Movements during 2005 provisions   of associate   provisions   Total  








 
31 December 2004 710   16   638   1 364  
Disposal of group companies (6 )     (6 )
Income statement:        
       New charges 304     245   549  
       Releases (82 )   (67 ) (149 )
Change in liability during year   18     18  
Utilisation (506 )   (44 ) (550 )
Reclassification as held for sale (2 )     (2 )
Currency retranslation 36   3   113   152  
 






 
31 December 2005 454   37   885   1 376  








 

Restructuring provisions primarily relate to early retirement and redundancy costs.

Other provisions include provisions for sales tax and other indirect taxes in Brazil, environmental provisions in the United States, and various other legal, environmental and other exposures.

22 Pensions and similar obligations

Description of plans
In many countries the Group operates defined benefit pension plans based on employee pensionable remuneration and length of service. The majority of these plans are externally funded. The Group also provides other post-employment benefits, mainly post-employment medical plans in the United States. These plans are predominantly unfunded. The Group also operates a number of defined contribution plans, the assets of which are held in external funds.

Accounting policies
Operating and financing costs of defined benefit plans are recognised separately in the income statement; service costs are systematically spread over the service lives of employees, and financing costs are recognised in the periods in which they arise. Variations from expected costs, arising from the experience of the plans or changes in actuarial assumptions, are recognised immediately in the statement of recognised income and expense. The costs of individual events such as past service benefit enhancements, settlements and curtailments are recognised immediately in the income statement. The liabilities and, where applicable, the assets of defined benefit plans are recognised at fair value in the balance sheet. The fair value of plan liabilities includes allowance for expected increases in retirement pensions where these are either required by law or by the plan rules, or where such increases are regularly awarded. The charges to the income statement for defined contribution plans are the company contributions payable and the assets of such plans are not included in the Group balance sheet.

All defined benefit plans are subject to regular actuarial review using the projected unit method, either by external consultants or by actuaries employed by Unilever. Group policy is that the most important plans, representing over 75% of the defined benefit liabilities, are formally valued every year; other principal plans, accounting for approximately a further 15% of liabilities, have their liabilities updated each year. Group policy for the remaining plans requires a full actuarial valuation at least every three years. Asset values for all plans are updated every year.

Healthcare
In December 2003 the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernisation Act became law in the US. Under the provisions of this Act, the Group’s US healthcare benefit plans are able to benefit from a subsidy towards the cost of prescription drugs. Following a review of our healthcare plans in 2004, we determined that the benefits of this legislation were immediately available to all except one of our plans without any amendment to those plans. During 2005 it has been established that the remaining plan also benefits. As a consequence, a reduction in liability of €52 million was recognised in the statement of recognised income and expense in 2004 and a further €13 million in 2005. The impact on the ongoing service cost is a reduction by an immaterial amount.

 

114 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

22 Pensions and similar obligations (continued)
IAS 19 Disclosures

Assumptions
With the objective of presenting the assets and liabilities of the pensions and other post-employment benefit plans at their fair value on the balance sheet, assumptions under IAS 19 are set by reference to market conditions at the valuation date. The actuarial assumptions used to calculate the benefit obligations vary according to the country in which the plan is situated. The following table shows the assumptions, weighted by liabilities, used to value the principal defined benefit pension plans (covering approximately 90% of pension liabilities – the ‘principal pension plans’) and plans providing other post-employment benefits, and in addition the expected long-term rates of return on assets, weighted by asset value.

  31 December 2005   31 December 2004   31 December 2003  

 
 
 
  Principal   Other   Principal   Other   Principal   Other  
  defined   post-   defined   post-   defined   post-  
  benefit   employment   benefit   employment   benefit   employment  
  pension   benefit   pension   benefit   pension   benefit  
  plans   plans   plans   plans   plans   plans  




 


 


 
Discount rate 4.6%   5.5%   5.0%   5.7%   5.5%   6.1%  
Inflation 2.4%   n/a   2.4%   n/a   2.4%   n/a  
Rate of increase in salaries 3.5%   4.0%   3.6%   4.5%   3.7%   4.5%  
Rate of increase for pensions in payment 2.1%   n/a   2.2%   n/a   2.2%   n/a  
Rate of increase for pensions in deferment (where provided) 2.5%   n/a   2.6%   n/a   2.6%   n/a  
Long-term medical cost inflation n/a   4.8%   n/a   4.8%   n/a   4.9%  
Expected long-term rates of return:  
       Equities 7.4%   7.9%   8.4%
       Bonds 4.2%   4.5%   5.0%
       Property 5.8%   6.3%   6.8%
       Others 6.1%   6.1%   5.5%
Weighted average asset return 6.4%   6.8%   7.2%












 

The valuations of other post-employment benefit plans generally assume a higher initial level of medical cost inflation, which falls from 10.4% to the long-term rate within the next five years. Assumed healthcare cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for healthcare plans. A one percentage point change in assumed healthcare cost trend rates would have the following effect:

  € million € million  
  1% point 1% point  
  increase decrease  



 
Effect on total of service and interest cost components 7 (6 )
Effect on total benefit obligation 78 (69 )



 

The expected rate of return on plan assets was determined, based on actuarial advice, by a process that takes the long-term rates of return on government bonds available at the balance sheet date and applies to these rates suitable risk premiums that take account of historic market returns and current market long-term expectations for each asset class.

Demographic assumptions, such as mortality rates, are set having regard to the latest trends in life expectancy, plan experience and other relevant data. The assumptions are reviewed and updated as necessary as part of the periodic actuarial valuation of the pension plans.

For the most important pension plans, representing over 75% of all defined benefit plans by liabilities, the assumptions used at 31 December 2005, 2004 and 2003 were:

  United Kingdom   Netherlands  
Other Assumptions 2005   2004   2003   2005   2004   2003  






 




 
Discount rate 4.7%   5.3%   5.4%   4.0%   4.5%   5.2%  
Inflation 2.7%   2.8%   2.7%   1.8%   1.8%   1.8%  
Rate of increase in salaries 4.2%   4.3%   4.2%   2.3%   2.3%   2.5%  
Rate of increase for pensions in payment 2.7%   2.9%   2.8%   1.8%   1.8%   1.8%  
Rate of increase for pensions in deferment (where provided) 2.7%   2.9%   2.8%   1.8%   1.8%   1.8%  
Expected long-term rates of return:
       Equities 7.6%   8.0%   8.3%   7.0%   7.6%   8.3%  
       Bonds 4.5%   5.0%   5.3%   3.7%   4.1%   4.7%  
       Property 6.1%   6.5%   6.8%   5.5%   6.1%   6.8%  
       Others 6.7%   7.2%   4.3%   3.7%   3.5%   3.2%  
Weighted average asset return 6.9%   7.3%   7.6%   6.0%   6.6%   7.3%  












 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 115

Back to Contents

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

22 Pensions and similar obligations (continued)

  United States   Germany  
  2005   2004   2003   2005   2004   2003  






 




 
Discount rate 5.5%   5.7%   6.1%   4.0%   4.5%   5.2%  
Inflation 2.4%   2.5%   2.5%   1.8%   1.8%   1.8%  
Rate of increase in salaries 4.0%   4.5%   4.5%   2.5%   2.5%   2.5%  
Rate of increase for pensions in payment 0.0%   0.0%   0.0%   1.8%   1.8%   1.8%  
Rate of increase for pensions in deferment (where provided) 0.0%   0.0%   0.0%   0.0%   0.0%   0.0%  
Expected long-term rates of return:
       Equities 8.0%   8.4%   8.6%   7.0%   7.6%   8.3%  
       Bonds 4.8%   4.7%   4.7%   3.7%   4.1%   4.7%  
       Property 6.5%   6.9%   n/a   5.5%   6.1%   6.8%  
       Others 4.2%   2.1%   n/a   3.7%   3.7%   3.7%  
Weighted average asset return 7.0%   7.3%   7.4%   5.3%   5.7%   6.1%  












 

Mortality assumptions for these countries are based on the following post-retirement mortality tables: (i) United Kingdom: PMA 92 and PFA 92 with short cohort adjustment and scaling factor of 125% applied, projected to 2015 for current pensioners and to 2025 for future pensioners; (ii) the Netherlands: GBMV (1995-2000); (iii) United States: RP2000 with a projection period of 10-15 years; and (iv) Germany: Heubeck 1998 (Periodentafel) with a scaling factor of 85%.

Assumptions for the remaining defined benefit plans vary considerably, depending on the economic conditions of the country where they are situated.

Balance Sheet
The assets, liabilities and surplus/(deficit) position of the pension and other post-employment benefit plans and the expected rates of return on the plan assets at the balance sheet date were:

  € million   € million   %   € million   € million   %  
      31 December 2005       31 December 2004  
         Pension
plans
     Other post- employment benefit
plans
     Long-term
rates of

return

expected
         Pension
plans
     Other post- employment
benefit

plans
     Long-term
rates of

return

expected
    











Assets of principal plans:        
       Equities 9 670     7.4%   8 050     7.9%  
       Bonds 3 854     4.2%   3 154     4.5%  
       Property 1 326     5.8%   1 229     6.3%  
       Other 752     6.1%   684     6.1%  
Assets of other plans 387   17   6.9%   288   14   7.2%  
 




 




  15 989   17     13 405   14  
Present value of liabilities        
       Principal plans (19 081 )     (16 528 )  
       Other plans (1 059 ) (1 306 )   (1 070 ) (1 175 )
 




 




  (20 140 ) (1 306 )   (17 598 ) (1 175 )
Aggregate net deficit of the plans (4 151 ) (1 289 )   (4 193 ) (1 161 )
Irrecoverable surplus(a)  (141 )     (100 )  
 




 




Pension liability net of assets (4 292 ) (1 289 )   (4 293 ) (1 161 )













Of which in respect of        
         
Funded plans in surplus:        
       Liabilities (4 728 )     (4 176 )  
       Assets 5 905       4 901    
 




 




       Aggregate surplus 1 177       725    
       Irrecoverable surplus(a)  (141 )     (100 )  
 




 




       Pension asset net of liabilities 1 036       625    
         
                         
Funded plans in deficit:        
       Liabilities (12 444 ) (72 )   (10 795 ) (62 )
       Assets 10 084   17     8 504   14  
 




 




       Pension liability net of assets (2 360 ) (55 )   (2 291 ) (48 )
         
                         
Unfunded plans:        
       Pension liability (2 968 ) (1 234 )   (2 627 ) (1 113 )













(a)      The surplus in the plans is only recoverable to the extent that the Group can benefit from either refunds formally agreed or future contribution reductions.

 

116 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

22 Pensions and similar obligations (continued)

The constituents of the ‘Principal plans’ have been extended during 2005, such that some plans have been moved from ‘Other plans’ into ‘Principal plans’.

Equity securities include Unilever securities amounting to €34 million (0.2% of total plan assets) and €24 million (0.2% of total plan assets) at 31 December 2005 and 2004 respectively. Property includes property occupied by Unilever amounting to €73 million and €67 million at 31 December 2005 and 2004 respectively.

The pension assets above exclude the assets in a Special Benefits Trust amounting to €197 million (2004: €174 million) to fund pension and similar obligations in the US (see also note 13 on page 103).

Income statement
The charge to the income statement comprises:

  € million   € million  
  2005   2004  




 
Charged to operating profit:    
Defined benefit pension and other benefit plans    
       Current service cost (367 ) (344 )
       Employee contributions 19   32  
       Special termination benefits (79 ) (135 )
       Past service cost (13 ) (13 )
       Settlements/curtailments 95   62  
Defined contribution plans (63 ) (65 )
 


 
Total operating cost (408 ) (463 )
 


 
Charged to other finance income/(cost):    
Interest on retirement benefits (986 ) (976 )
Expected return on assets 931   918  
 


 
Total other finance income/(cost) (55 ) (58 )
 


 
Net impact on the income statement (before tax) (463 ) (521 )




 

Cash flow
Group cash flow in respect of pensions and similar benefits comprises company contributions paid to funded plans and benefits paid by the company in respect of unfunded plans. In 2005, the benefits paid in respect of unfunded plans amounted to €328 million (2004: €324 million). Company contributions to funded defined benefit plans are subject to periodic review. In 2005, contributions to funded defined benefit plans amounted to €508 million (2004: €462 million). Contributions to defined contribution plans including 401k plans amounted to €63 million (2004: €65 million). In 2005, a €15 million (2004: € nil) refund of assets was received out of unrecognised surplus from Finland. Total contributions to funded plans and benefit payments by the Group in respect of unfunded plans are currently expected to be about €930 million in 2006 (2005: €898 million).

Statement of recognised income and expense
Amounts recognised in the statement of recognised income and expense:

  € million   € million  
  2005   2004  




 
Actual return less expected return on pension and other benefit plan assets 1 592   369  
Experience gains/(losses) arising on pension plan and other benefit plan liabilities 27   (47 )
Changes in assumptions underlying the present value of the pension and other benefit plan liabilities (1 706 ) (1 047 )
 


 
Actuarial gain/(loss) (87 ) (725 )
Change in unrecognised surplus (41 ) 2  
Refund of unrecognised assets 15    
 


 
Net actuarial gain/(loss) recognised in statement of recognised income and expense (before tax) (113 ) (723 )




 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 117

Back to Contents

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

22   Pensions and similar obligations (continued)

Reconciliation of change in assets and liabilities
Movements in assets and liabilities during the year:

  € million   € million   € million   € million  
  Assets   Assets   Liabilities   Liabilities  
  2005   2004   2005   2004  








 
1 January 13 419   12 819   (18 773 ) (17 880 )
Acquisitions/disposals (3 )   18   (6 )
Current service cost     (367 ) (344 )
Employee contributions 19   32      
Special termination benefits     (79 ) (135 )
Past service costs     (13 ) (13 )
Settlements/curtailments (10 ) (23 ) 105   85  
Other finance income 931   918      
Other finance cost     (986 ) (976 )
Actuarial gain/(loss) 1 592   369   (1 679 ) (1 094 )
Employer contributions 836   786      
Benefit payments (1 247 ) (1 223 ) 1 247   1 223  
Reclassification of benefits(b)  39   (166 ) (140 ) 166  
Currency retranslation 430   (93 ) (779 ) 201  
 






 
31 December 16 006   13 419   (21 446 ) (18 773 )








 
(b) During 2004 some plans changed from defined benefit to defined contribution. During 2005 certain obligations were reclassified as employee benefit obligations.
 

History of experience gains and losses

  2005   2004  




 
Actual return less expected return on plan assets (€ million) 1 592   369  
As % of plan assets at beginning of year (%) 12   3  
         
Experience gains/(losses) on plan liabilities (€ million) 27   (47 )
As % of present value of plan liabilities at beginning of year (%)    
         
Changes in actuarial assumptions underlying the present value of the          
     pension benefit and other benefit plan liabilities (€ million) (1 706 ) (1 047 )
As % of present value of plan liabilities at beginning of year (%) (9 ) (6 )
         
Total actuarial gain/(loss) (€ million) (87 ) (725 )
As % of present value of plan liabilities at beginning of year (%)   (4 )




 

US GAAP disclosures
Under US GAAP, the actuarial assumptions used to calculate the benefit obligations are set by reference to market conditions at the balance sheet date, in a manner similar to that used under IAS 19. The accounting methodology however is not the same as under IAS 19, since under US GAAP all costs are recognised in operating profit and certain cost items are amortised in the income statement rather than recognised immediately.

The disclosures below show the benefit obligations, assets, funded status and balance sheet impact, as well as the periodic expense, cash flows and related economic assumptions associated with the defined benefit pension plans and other post-employment benefit plans as computed in accordance with FAS 87 and FAS 106.

Measurement dates
All plan assets are valued at fair value at the balance sheet date. Liabilities in respect of the most important pension plans, comprising approximately 75% of the pension liabilities, are subject to actuarial valuations every year. The valuations use membership data for the current year with the liability projected forward to the balance sheet date. Valuations of all other plans are carried out every three years and in the case of the other principal pension plans, comprising approximately a further 15% of the liabilities, the valuations are updated each year.

 

118 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

22   Pensions and similar obligations (continued)

Benefit obligations
The table below shows changes in benefit obligations during 2005 and 2004:

  € million   € million   € million   € million  
          Other post-   Other post-  
  Pension   Pension   employment   employment  
  plans   plans   benefit plans   benefit plans  
Change in benefit obligations 2005   2004   2005   2004  








 
1 January 17 512   16 718   1 175   1 049  
Extension of coverage       29  
Service cost 321   293   28   24  
Interest cost 915   909   68   64  
Plan member contributions 19   32      
Amendments 13   5   (56 ) (3 )
Actuarial (gains)/losses 1 665   922   12   179  
Acquisitions/(disposals) (22 )   (3 )  
Settlements/curtailments (40 ) (65 ) (4 ) 1  
Special termination benefits 79   134   1   1  
Benefits paid (1 160 ) (1 126 ) (84 ) (89 )
Reclassification of benefits(b)  18   (166 ) 10    
Currency retranslation 607   (144 ) 159   (80 )
 






 
31 December 19 927   17 512   1 306   1 175  








 
(b) During 2004, some plans changed from defined benefit to defined contribution. During 2005, certain obligations were reclassified as employee benefit obligations.

Assumptions
The weighted assumptions used to value the benefit obligations in respect of the principal plans are:

  %   %   %   %  
          Other post-   Other post-  
  Pension   Pension   employment   employment  
Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations plans   plans   benefit plans   benefit plans  
for the principal plans at 31 December 2005   2004   2005   2004  








 
Discount rate 4.6   5.1   5.5   5.7  
Salary increases 3.5   3.6   4.0   4.5  
Pension increases 2.1   2.2   n/a   n/a  








 

Assumptions for the remaining defined benefits plans vary considerably, depending on the economic conditions of the country where they are situated.

Post-employment healthcare benefits
Additional assumptions in respect of healthcare benefits are:

Weighted average healthcare trend rates at 31 December 2005   2004  




 
Healthcare cost trend rate assumed for next year 10.4%   11.2%  
Rate to which the cost trend rate gradually declines 4.8%   4.8%  
Year that the assumed long-term rate is reached 2012   2011  




 

Assumed healthcare cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the healthcare plans. A one percentage point change in assumed healthcare cost trend rates would have the following effect:

  € million   € million  
  1% point   1% point  
  increase   decrease  




 
Effect on post-employment benefit obligation 78   (69 )




 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 119

Back to Contents

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

22   Pensions and similar obligations (continued)

Plan assets
The table below shows the changes in the fair value of plan assets during 2005 and 2004:

  € million   € million   € million   € million  
          Other post-   Other post-  
  Pension   Pension   employment   employment  
  plans   plans   benefit plans   benefit plans  
Change in the fair value of plan assets during the year 2005   2004   2005   2004  




 


 
1 January 13 441   12 850   14   3  
Actual return on plan assets 2 483   1 275   3   9  
Acquisitions/(disposals) (3 )      
Settlements (10 ) (23 )    
Employer contributions/surplus refunds 751   693   82   88  
Plan member contributions 19   32      
Benefits paid from plan assets (1 160 ) (1 126 ) (84 ) (89 )
Reclassification of benefits(b)  39   (166 )    
Currency retranslations 429   (94 ) 2   3  
 


 


 
31 December 15 989   13 441   17   14  








 
(b) During 2004, some plans changed from defined benefit to defined contribution. During 2005, certain obligations were reclassified as employee benefit obligations.

Asset allocation
The asset allocation for the Group’s principal pension plans at 31 December 2004 and 2005, target allocation for 2006, and expected long-term rates of return by asset category are as follows:

              Long-term  
  Target   Percentage   Percentage   expected  
  percentage   of plan   of plan   return on  
  allocation   assets at   assets at   plan assets at  
  for   31 December   31 December   31 December  
Long-term asset category 2006   2005   2004   2005  




 


 
Equity securities 62   61   63   7.4%  
Debt securities 26   25   24   4.2%  
Property 9   9   9   5.8%  
Other 3   5   4   6.1 %  
 


 


 
  100   100   100   6.4%  








 

Equity securities include Unilever securities amounting to €34 million (0.2% of total plan assets) and €24 million (0.2% of total plan assets) at 31 December 2005 and 2004 respectively.

Investment strategy
The Group’s investment strategy in respect of its funded pension plans is implemented within the framework of the various statutory requirements of the territories where the plans are based. The Group has developed policy guidelines for the allocation of assets to different classes with the objective of controlling risk and maintaining the right balance between risk and long-term returns in order to limit the cost to the company of the benefits provided. To achieve this, investments are well diversified, such that the failure of any single investment would not have a material impact on the overall level of assets. The plans invest the largest proportion of the assets in equities which the Group believes offer the best returns over the long term commensurate with an acceptable level of risk. The Group also keeps a proportion of assets invested in property, bonds and cash. Most assets are managed by a number of external fund managers with a small proportion managed in-house. Unilever has recently launched a pooled investment vehicle (Univest) which it believes will offer its pension plans around the world a simplified investment solution to implement their strategic asset allocation models initially for equities. The aim is to provide a high quality, well diversified risk-controlled solution.

 

120 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group


22 Pensions and similar obligations (continued)

Funded status
The funded status of the plans, reconciled to the amount reported in the statement of financial position is as follows:

  € million   € million   € million   € million  
          Other post-   Other post-  
  Pension   Pension   employment   employment  
  plans   plans   benefit plans   benefit plans  
  2005   2004   2005   2004  




 


 
Fair value of plan assets 15 989   13 441   17   14  
Benefit obligations (19 927 ) (17 512 ) (1 306 ) (1 175 )
 


 


 
Funded status at 31 December (3 938 ) (4 071 ) (1 289 ) (1 161 )
Unrecognised net transition liability/(asset) (46 ) (82 )    
Unrecognised net actuarial loss/(gain) 3 008   2 966   319   290  
Unrecognised prior service cost 91   118   (59 ) (2 )
Other (FAS 112 liabilities) n/a   n/a      
 


 


 
Net amount recognised at 31 December (885 ) (1 069 ) (1 029 ) (873 )
 


 


 
Amount recognised in the statement of financial position consists of:        
Prepaid benefit cost 1 603   1 333   3    
Accrued benefit liability (2 488 ) (2 402 ) (1 032 ) (873 )
Additional minimum liability (2 442 ) (2 208 )    
Intangible asset 52   99      
Accumulated other comprehensive income 2 390   2 109      
 


 


 
Net amount recognised at 31 December (885 ) (1 069 ) (1 029 ) (873 )








 

The projected benefit obligation (PBO), accumulated benefit obligation (ABO), and fair value of plan assets, in total and for plans where the projected benefit obligation or accumulated benefit obligation is in excess of plan assets is as follows:

  € million   € million   € million   € million   € million   € million  
          Plans where   Plans where   Plans where   Plans where  
  Pension   Pension   PBO exceeds   PBO exceeds   ABO exceeds   ABO exceeds  
  plans   plans   plan assets   plan assets   plan assets   plan assets  
  2005   2004   2005   2004   2005   2004  




 


 


 
As at 31 December                        
Projected benefit obligations 19 927   17 512   15 175   13 330   14 749   12 767  
Accumulated benefit obligations 18 687   16 343   14 290   12 459   13 849   11 930  
Fair value of plan assets 15 989   13 441   10 067   8 532   9 659   7 987  




 


 


 

Net periodic cost

  € million   € million   € million   € million  
          Other post-   Other post-  
  Pension   Pension   employment   employment  
  plans   plans   benefit plans   benefit plans  
Components of net periodic benefit cost 2005   2004   2005   2004  




 


 
Service cost (gross) 339   324   28   24  
Interest cost 915   909   68   64  
Expected returns on plan assets (930 ) (917 ) (1 )  
Employee contributions (19 ) (32 )    
Amortisation of prior service cost 30   33   (2 )  
Amortisation of transition (asset) (35 ) (35 )    
Amortisation of actuarial loss/(gain) 162   163   17   12  
 


 


 
Total before FAS 88 events 462   445   110   100  
Adjustments for FAS 88 events 81   120   (3 ) 6  
 


 


 
Net periodic benefit cost 543   565   107   106  








 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 121

Back to Contents

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

22 Pensions and similar obligations (continued)

Assumptions
The assumptions in respect of principal plans used to determine the periodic expense in the table above for pensions and other retirement benefits are given in the table below:

  %   %   %   %   %   %  
              Other post-   Other post-   Other post-  
  Pension   Pension   Pension   employment   employment   employment  
Weighted average assumptions used to determine net cost plans   plans   plans   benefit plans    benefit plans   benefit plans  
for the principal plans for the years ended 31 December 2005   2004   2003   2005   2004   2003  












 
Discount rate 5.1   5.5   5.7   5.7   6.1   6.5  
Expected long-term rate of return on plan assets 6.8   7.2   6.9   n/a   n/a   n/a  
Salary increases 3.6   3.7   3.6   4.5   4.5   4.3  
Pension increases 2.2   2.2   2.2   n/a   n/a   n/a  












 

Expected rate of return on plan assets
The expected rate of return on plan assets was determined, based on actuarial advice, by a process that takes the current long-term rates of return available on government bonds and applies to these rates suitable risk premiums that take account of historic market returns and current market expectations.

Post-employment healthcare benefits
Assumed healthcare cost trend rates have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the healthcare plans. A one percentage point change in assumed healthcare cost trend rates would have the following effects:

 

  € million   € million  
  1% point   1% point  
  increase   decrease  




 
Effect on total of service and interest cost components 7   (6 )




 

Expected cash flows
During 2006 Unilever currently expects to make cash contributions of €510 million to funded defined benefit plans. This includes both mandatory and discretionary payments. In addition, a further €64 million is expected to be contributed to defined contribution plans.

The table below shows the expected benefit payments from defined benefit plans. The benefits paid from funded plans include amounts funded by employee contributions. The benefits paid in respect of unfunded plans are made from the Group’s cash resources.

      € million   € million  
      Pension benefits    Other benefits  
Expected benefit payments Funded   Unfunded   Unfunded  






 
2006 861   261   97  
2007 892   241   101  
2008 914   247   105  
2009 939   259   107  
2010 958   265   110  
2011–2015 5 087   1 471   556  






 

 

122 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

23 Equity

From 1 January 2005, Unilever has adopted IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation’ and IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’. IAS 32 requires preference shares that provide for a fixed preference dividend to be classified as borrowings and preference dividends to be recognised in the income statement as a finance cost. IAS 39 requires unrealised fair value gains/(losses) on certain financial instruments to be recognised in equity, when realised, these fair value gains/(losses) are to be recognised in the income statement. In accordance with the transition rules for first time adoption of IFRSs, 2004 comparatives have not been restated. The impact of the adoption of IAS 32 and IAS 39 is shown in the following table:

 
Shareholders’ equity
 
Total equity
 
 








 


 
  € million   € million   € million   € million   € million   € million   € million  
  Called up   Share           Total          
  share   premium   Other   Retained   shareholders’   Minority   Total  
Consolidated statement of changes in equity capital   account   reserves   profit   equity   interest   equity  














 
1 January 2004 642   1 530   (2 442 ) 7 006   6 736   439   7 175  
Total recognised income and expense for the year     218   2 156   2 374   167   2 541  
Preference dividends       (28 ) (28 )   (28 )
Final dividends 2003 on ordinary capital       (1 116 ) (1 116 )   (1 116 )
Interim dividends 2004 on ordinary capital       (603 ) (603 )   (603 )
(Purchase)/sale/reduction of treasury stock     (331 ) 7   (324 )   (324 )
Share-based payment credit(a)        222   222     222  
Dividends paid to minority shareholders           (203 ) (203 )
Currency retranslation gains/(losses) net of tax       1   1   (6 ) (5 )
Other movements in equity       2   2   (32 ) (30 )
 












 
31 December 2004 642   1 530   (2 555 ) 7 647   7 264   365   7 629  
Accounting policy change – preference shares (130 ) (1 372 )     (1 502 )   (1 502 )
Accounting policy change – other financial instruments     (19 ) 407   388     388  
 












 
Equity as restated at 1 January 2005 512   158   (2 574 ) 8 054   6 150   365   6 515  
Total recognised income and expense for the year     379   3 825   4 204   249   4 453  
Final dividends 2004 on ordinary capital       (1 229 ) (1 229 )   (1 229 )
Interim dividends 2005 on ordinary capital       (638 ) (638 )   (638 )
Conversion of preference shares     1 129   (199 ) 930     930  
(Purchase)/sale/reduction of treasury stock     (1 262 )   (1 262 )   (1 262 )
Share-based payment credit(a)        186   186     186  
Dividends paid to minority shareholders           (217 ) (217 )
Currency retranslation gains/(losses) net of tax   4       4   9   13  
Other movements in equity       16   16   (2 ) 14  
 












 
31 December 2005 512   162   (2 328 ) 10 015   8 361   404   8 765  














 

(a) The share-based payment credit relates to the reversal of the non-cash charge recorded against operating profit in respect of the fair value of share options and awards granted to employees.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 123

Back to Contents

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

24 Called up share capital

  € million   € million  
Called up share capital 2005   2004  




 
Ordinary share capital of NV 290   290  
Preference share capital of NV(a) n/a   130  
 


 
  290   420  
Ordinary share capital of PLC 222   222  
 


 
  512   642  




 
                             
                      Issued,   Issued,  
  Number           Nominal   Number   called up and   called up and  
  of shares   Authorised   Authorised   value   of shares   fully paid   fully paid  
Ordinary share capital authorised   2005   2004   per share   issued   2005   2004  














 
      € million   € million           € million   € million  
     


         


 
NV ordinary shares 1 000 000 000   508   508   €0.51   571 575 900   290   290  
NV ordinary shares (shares numbered                            
     1 to 2 400 – ’Special Shares’)     1   1   €453.78   2 400   1   1  
Internal holdings eliminated                            
     on consolidation (€453.78 shares)                 (1 ) (1 )
     


         


 
      509   509           290   290  
     


         


 
                             
      £ million   £ million           £ million   £ million  
     


         


 
PLC ordinary shares 9 726 834 428   136.2   136.2   1.4p   2 911 458 580   40.8   40.8  
PLC deferred stock 100 000   0.1   0.1   £1 stock   100 000   0.1   0.1  
Internal holding eliminated                            
     on consolidation (£1 stock)                 (0.1 ) (0.1 )
     


         


 
      136.3   136.3           40.8   40.8  
     


         


 
Euro equivalent in millions (at £1 = €5.445)                   222   222  














 
                             
  Number           Nominal   Number       Issued,  
NV preference shares of shares           value   of shares       called up and  
   as at 31 December 2004(a) authorised       Authorised   per share   issued       fully paid  














 
          € million               € million  
         
             
 
7% Cumulative Preference 75 000       34   €453.78   29 000       13  
6% Cumulative Preference 200 000       91   €453.78   161 060       73  
4% Cumulative Preference 750 000       34   €45.38   750 000       34  
5 euro cents Cumulative Preference 650 000 000       29   €0.05   211 473 785       10  
         
             
 
          188               130  














 

(a)  From 1 January 2005, Unilever adopted IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation’ which requires preference shares that provide for a fixed preference dividend to be classified as borrowings. In accordance with the transition rules for IAS 32, 2004 comparatives have not been restated.

For NV share capital, the euro amounts shown above and elsewhere in this document are representations in euros on the basis of Article 67c of Book 2 of the Civil Code in the Netherlands, rounded to two decimal places, of underlying share capital in Dutch guilders, which have not been converted into euros in NV’s Articles of Association. Until conversion formally takes place by amendment of the Articles of Association, the entitlements to dividends and voting rights are based on the euro equivalent of the underlying Dutch guilder according to the official euro exchange rate.

For information on the rights of shareholders of NV and PLC and the operation of the Equalisation Agreement, see Corporate Governance on pages 40 to 43.

On 15 February 2005, after close of trading, NV converted part of the notional value of the €0.05 cumulative preference shares into NV ordinary shares. Upon conversion, the holders of the preference shares received one NV ordinary share for every 11.2 preference shares held. This resulted in a total of 18 881 587 NV ordinary shares being transferred to the preference shareholders. These NV ordinary shares had previously been held as treasury shares by NV. As a consequence of the conversion, the notional value of the preference shares was reduced to €0.05. On 10 May 2005 the Annual General Meeting of the shareholders of NV resolved to cancel the preference shares upon repayment of the notional value in accordance with NV’s Articles of Association. The preference shares were cancelled at midnight on 13 July 2005 and were delisted by Euronext Amsterdam with effect from 14 July 2005.

The 7%, 6% and 4% preference shares of NV are entitled to dividends at the rates indicated. The €0.05 preference shares of NV were entitled to a dividend of 65% of the six months euribor interest rate on their notional value of €6.580 each. A nominal dividend of 0.25% is paid on the deferred stock of PLC. The 4% cumulative preference capital of NV is redeemable at par at the company‘s option either wholly or in part. The other classes of preferential share capital of NV and the deferred stock of PLC are not redeemable.

 

124 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

24 Called up share capital (continued)

Internal holdings
The ordinary shares numbered 1 to 2 400 (inclusive) in NV and deferred stock of PLC are held as to one half of each class by N.V. Elma – a subsidiary of NV – and one half by United Holdings Limited – a subsidiary of PLC. This capital is eliminated on consolidation. It carries the right to nominate persons for election as Directors at general meetings of shareholders. The subsidiaries mentioned above have waived their rights to dividends on their ordinary shares in NV.

Share-based compensation
The Group operates a number of share-based compensation plans involving options and awards of ordinary shares of NV and PLC. Full details of these plans are given in note 31 on pages 132 to 141.

25 Other reserves

  € million   € million   € million   € million   € million   € million  
  NV   NV   PLC   PLC   Total   Total  
  2005   2004   2005   2004   2005   2004  












 
Fair value reserves(a) 240   n/a   87   n/a   327   n/a  
       Cash flow hedges (3 ) n/a   (2 ) n/a   (5 ) n/a  
       Available-for-sale financial assets   n/a     n/a     n/a  
       Net investment hedges 243   n/a   89   n/a   332   n/a  
Currency retranslation of group companies 305   160   (54 ) 58   251   218  
Adjustment on translation of PLC’s ordinary capital                        
       at £1 = Fl.12 = €5.445     (164 ) (164 ) (164 ) (164 )
Capital redemption reserve     16   16   16   16  
Book value treasury stock (2 010 ) (2 065 ) (748 ) (560 ) (2 758 ) (2 625 )
 










 
  (1 465 ) (1 905 ) (863 ) (650 ) (2 328 ) (2 555 )












 

(a) From 1 January 2005, Unilever has adopted IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation’ and IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’ which require unrealised fair value gains/(losses) on cash flow hedges, available-for-sale financial assets and net investment hedges to be recognised in equity. In accordance with the transition rules for IAS 32 and IAS 39, comparative amounts for 2004 have not been restated. The year-end balance of the cash flow hedges will be recognised in the income statement spread over the years 2006 to 2010, based on maturities.

€ million
Cash flow hedges – movements during the year 2005  


 
1 January (19 )
Additions 9  
Transfers to income statement 1  
Transfers to inventories/non-current assets 4  
 
 
31 December (5 )


 

Unilever acquired 20 094 859 ordinary shares of NV and 31 749 739 ordinary shares of PLC through purchases on the stock exchanges during the year. These shares are held as treasury stock as a separate component of other reserves. The total number held at 31 December 2005 is 24 726 337 (2004: 25 120 635) NV shares and 158 516 224 (2004: 142 739 616) PLC shares. Of these, 19 791 377 NV shares and 132 835 745 PLC shares are held as hedges against share-based compensation plans (see note 31 on pages 132 to 141).

€ million € million
Treasury stock – movements during the year 2005 2004




1 January 2 625   2 294
Utilised for preference shares conversion at average book value (1 129 )
Purchases and other utilisations 1 262   331
 


31 December 2 758   2 625





€ million € million
Currency retranslation reserve – movements during the year 2005   2004
 


1 January 218  
Currency retranslation during the year 92   216
Recycled to income statement (59 ) 2
 


31 December 251   218




 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 125

Back to Contents

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

26 Retained profit

€ million € million € million € million € million € million
NV NV PLC PLC Total Total
Movements during the year 2005 2004 2005 2004 2005 2004












31 December 2004 8 331       (684 )     7 647      
Accounting policy change for financial instruments(a) (1 500 )     1 907       407      
 










1 January 6 831   7 321   1 223   (315 ) 8 054   7 006  
Recognised income and expense through retained profit 3 092   1 520   733   636   3 825   2 156  
Preference dividends(b)   (28 )       (28 )
Final dividends 2003 on ordinary capital   (630 )   (486 )   (1 116 )
Interim dividends 2004 on ordinary capital   (343 )   (260 )   (603 )
Final dividends 2004 on ordinary capital (710 )   (519 )   (1 229 )  
Interim dividends 2005 on ordinary capital (363 )   (275 )   (638 )  
Conversion of preference shares (199 )       (199 )  
(Purchase)/sale of treasury stock   7         7  
Share-based compensation credit(c) 132   152   54   70   186   222  
Adjustment arising from change in ownership of group companies(d) (70 ) 332   70   (332 )    
Other movements in retained profit 8     8   3   16   3  
 










31 December 8 721   8 331   1 294   (684 ) 10 015   7 647  
                         
Of which retained by:                        
     Parent companies 9 463   7 693   2 145   1 553   11 608   9 246  
     Other group companies (668 ) 731   (837 ) (2 235 ) (1 505 ) (1 504 )
     Joint ventures and associates (74 ) (93 ) (14 ) (2 ) (88 ) (95 )











  8 721   8 331   1 294   (684 ) 10 015   7 647  












                       
(a) Due to the adoption of IAS 32 and IAS 39 with effect from 1 January 2005, intra-group preference shares are now classified as debt instead of equity. The relative ownership of these preference shares has resulted in a re-alignment of balances between NV and PLC.
(b) From 1 January 2005, Unilever has adopted IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation’ which requires preference shares that provide for a fixed preference dividend to be classified as borrowings and preference dividends to be recognised in the income statement. In accordance with the transition rules for IAS 32, 2004 has not been restated.
(c) The share-based compensation credit relates to the reversal of the non-cash charge recorded against operating profit in respect of the fair value of share options and awards granted to employees.
(d) During 2002, as part of the legal and fiscal integration of the Bestfoods businesses, a number of internal ownership changes took place. These internal transactions, which took place at fair value, did not involve any third party and therefore had no effect on the results or net assets of the consolidated Unilever Group. The historical cost of the net assets of the business transferred by PLC was greater than the historical cost of the net assets of the business transferred by NV. As it would be inappropriate to recognise revaluations to assets and liabilities of the Group arising from internal transactions, this imbalance led to NV recording an unrealised gain of €1 646 million on the transfer, while PLC recorded an equal and opposite goodwill balance which is eliminated on consolidation. Further re-organisations in subsequent years have produced similar types of adjustments.

Cumulative goodwill written off directly to reserves prior to the transition to IFRSs on 1 January 2004 was €5 199 million for NV and €2 063 million for PLC.

 

126 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

27 Commitments and contingent liabilities

  € million   € million   € million   € million   € million   € million  
  Future           Future          
  minimum           minimum          
  lease   Finance   Present   lease   Finance   Present  
  payments   cost   value   payments   cost   value  
Long-term finance lease commitments 2005   2005   2005   2004   2004   2004  












 
Buildings(a)  160   95   65   91   50   41  
Plant and machinery 170   18   152   194   17   177  
 




 




 
  330   113   217   285   67   218  
The commitments fall due as follows:                        
Within 1 year 75   11   64   55     55  
After 1 year but within 2 years 60   10   50   53   7   46  
After 2 years but within 3 years 56   6   50   49   5   44  
After 3 years but within 4 years 14   6   8   47   3   44  
After 4 years but within 5 years 13   6   7   6   1   5  
After 5 years 112   74   38   75   51   24  
 




 




 
  330   113   217   285   67   218  












 
(a)

All leased land is classified as operating leases.

The Group has not sublet any part of the leased properties under finance lease.

  € million   € million  
Long-term operating lease commitments 2005   2004  




 
Land and buildings 1 472   1 485  
Plant and machinery 459   410  
 


 
  1 931   1 895  




 

  € million   € million   € million   € million  
          Other   Other  
  Operating   Operating   commit-   commit-  
  leases   leases   ments   ments  
Operating lease and other commitments fall due as follows 2005   2004   2005   2004  








 
Within 1 year 339   334   365   291  
After 1 year but within 2 years 297   280   323   254  
After 2 years but within 3 years 267   250   62   169  
After 3 years but within 4 years 222   231   40   46  
After 4 years but within 5 years 209   193   23   11  
After 5 years 597   607   18   193  
 






 
  1 931   1 895   831   964  








 

The Group has sublet part of the leased properties under operating lease. Future minimum sublease payments of €28 million are expected to be received.

Other commitments principally comprise commitments under contracts to purchase materials and services. They do not include commitments for capital expenditure, which are reported in note 11 on page 100.

Contingent liabilities are either possible obligations that will probably not require a transfer of economic benefits, or present obligations that may, but probably will not, require a transfer of economic benefits. It is not appropriate to make provisions for contingent liabilities, but there is a chance that they will turn into an obligation in the future. The Group believes that incurred losses in any of these matters would not have a material effect.

Examples of the first type of contingent liability arise in respect of litigation against group companies, investigations by competition, regulatory and fiscal authorities and obligations arising under environmental legislation. The estimated total of such contingent liabilities at 31 December 2005 was some €349 million (2004: €275 million).

Examples of the second type of contingent liability are guarantees issued by group companies. At 31 December 2005 these amounted to some €113 million (2004: €143 million). Included in this are discounted trade bills with a value of €25 million (2004: €45 million). We believe that any loss arising in connection with these would not have a material effect on the Group’s financial condition or results of operations. Guarantees given by parent or group companies that relate to liabilities already included in these consolidated accounts are excluded from this total.

The total value of guarantees which arose or were revised in 2005 was €39 million (2004: €80 million). The fair value of guarantees is not material in either 2004 or 2005.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005   127 

Back to Contents

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

28 Acquisitions and disposals

Acquisitions
During 2005 an additional investment into Langholm Capital Partners Fund was made and classified as an acquisition of associates (see note 13 on page 103). We also purchased some minority interests in subsidiary companies. No other acquisitions were made in 2005.

The following table sets out the effect of acquisitions of group companies in 2005 on the consolidated balance sheet. The fair values currently established for all acquisitions made in 2005 are provisional. The goodwill arising on these transactions has been capitalised and is subject to an annual review for impairment (or more frequently if necessary) in accordance with our accounting policies as set out in note 1 on page 82. Any impairment is charged to the income statement as it arises. Detailed information relating to goodwill is given in note 10 on pages 98 and 99.

  € million   € million  
Acquisitions 2005   2004  




 
Net assets acquired 7   33  
Goodwill arising in subsidiaries 13   7  
 


 
Consideration 20   40  




 
Consideration consisted wholly of cash.        

Disposals
The results of disposed businesses are included in the consolidated accounts up to their date of disposal. The principal disposals in 2005 were UCI across the world, Stanton Oil in UK and Ireland, Dextro in various countries in Europe, Opal in Peru, Karo and Knax in Mexico, spreads and cooking products in Australia and in New Zealand, Crispa, Mentadent, Marmite, Bovril and Maizena in South Africa, frozen pizza in Austria, Biopon in Hungary and tea plantations in India.

In March 2005 Unilever completed the restructuring of its Portuguese foods business. Before the restructuring Unilever Portugal held an interest in FIMA/VG - Distribuição de Produtos Alimentares, Lda. (FIMA) foods business, a joint venture with Jerónimo Martins Group, in addition to its wholly owned Bestfoods business acquired in 2000. As a result of the transaction the two foods businesses – FIMA and Unilever Bestfoods Portugal – were unified and the joint venture stakes were re-balanced so that Unilever now holds 49% of the combined foods business and Jerónimo Martins Group 51%.

In 2004, the principal disposals were Puget oils in France, the frozen pizza and baguette businesses in various countries in Europe, Rit, Niagara, Final Touch and Sunlight in North America, Capullo, Mazola and Inca in Chile and Mexico and Dalda oils in Pakistan. Our chemicals business in India (Hindustan Lever Chemicals) was merged with Tata Chemicals. Various other smaller brands were also sold as part of our Path to Growth strategy.

  € million   € million  
Disposals 2005   2004  




 
Goodwill and intangible assets 150   23  
Other non-current assets 78   52  
Current assets 207   145  
Trade creditors and other payables (106 ) (34 )
Provisions for liabilities and charges (15 ) (9 )
Minority interest (1 ) (25 )
 


 
Net assets sold 313   152  
(Gain)/loss on recycling of currency retranslation on disposal (5 ) 2  
Profit on sale attributable to Unilever 655   338  
 


 
Consideration 963   492  
       Cash 845   417  
       Cash balances of businesses sold (17 ) (4 )
       Financial assets, cash deposits and borrowings of businesses sold 8   39  
       Non-cash items and deferred consideration 26   40  
       Payment received in prior year 101    




 

 

128 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

29 Assets held for sale and discontinued operations

Following the announcement on 11 July 2005 of the completion of the sale of Unilever Cosmetics International (UCI) to Coty Inc., United States, the results of UCI have been presented as discontinued operations.

An analysis of the result of discontinued operations, and the result recognised on disposal of discontinued operations is as follows:

  € million   € million  
Income statement of discontinued operations 2005   2004  




 
Turnover 230   542  
Expenses (208 ) (469 )
 


 
Operating profit before taxation 22   73  
Taxation (7 ) (26 )
 


 
Profit after taxation 15   47  
Gain/(loss) on disposal of discontinued operations 498    
Recycling of currency retranslation upon disposal 5    
Taxation arising on disposal (45 )  
 


 
Gain/(loss) after taxation on disposal 458    
 


 
Net profit from discontinued operations 473   47  




 
Combined earnings per share from discontinued operations    
Basic earnings per share:    
       Euros per €0.51 of ordinary capital 0.49   0.05  
       Euro cents per 1.4p of ordinary capital 7.30   0.74  
On a diluted basis the figures would be:    
       Euros per €0.51 of ordinary capital 0.47   0.05  
       Euro cents per 1.4p of ordinary capital 7.07   0.70  




 
         
  € million   € million  
Segment analysis of discontinued operations 2005   2004  




 
Turnover    
Europe 126   304  
The Americas 102   231  
Asia Africa 2   7  
 


 
  230   542  
 


 
Operating profit    
Europe 1   22  
The Americas 20   47  
Asia Africa 1   4  
 


 
  22   73  




 
All these amounts relate to the personal care segment.    
     
  € million   € million  
Cash flow statement of discontinued operations 2005   2004  




 
Net cash flow from/(used in) operating activities (102 ) 94  
Net cash flow from/(used in) investing activities 623   (2 )
Net cash flow from/(used in) financing activities    
 


 
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 521   92  




 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005  129

Back to Contents

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group


29 Assets held for sale and discontinued operations (continued)

Various non-current assets and disposal groups were held for sale at the year end, including the Mora business in the Netherlands and Belgium and a number of other production and distribution facilities in other parts of the world.

  € million   € million  
  31 December   1 January  
Assets classified as held for sale 2005   2005  




 
Disposal groups held for sale        
Goodwill   133  
Intangible assets   60  
Property, plant and equipment 42   94  
Biological assets 21    
Other non-current investments   1  
Inventories 18   16  
Trade and other receivables 6   27  
Cash and cash equivalents 1   8  
 


 
  88   339  
 


 
Non-current assets held for sale        
Property, plant and equipment 129   36  
 


 
  217   375  




 
         
  € million   € million  
  31 December   1 January  
Liabilities classified as held for sale (part of disposal groups) 2005   2005  




 
Trade payables and other liabilities (16 ) (14 )
Restructuring and other provisions   (2 )
Pension liability for unfunded schemes (1 ) (3 )
Deferred taxation (9 )  
 


 
  (26 ) (19 )




 

Total assets at 31 December 2005 are included in the geographical segments as follows: Europe €142 million; The Americas €45 million; and Asia Africa €30 million. Total liabilities at 31 December 2005 are included in the geographical segments as follows: Europe €17 million; The Americas €nil; and Asia Africa €9 million.

 

130

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

30 Reconciliation of net profit to cash flow from operating activities

  € million   € million  
Cash flow from operating activities 2005   2004  




 
Net profit 3 975   2 941  
Taxation 1 301   836  
Share of net profit of joint ventures/associates and other income from non-current investments (55 ) (95 )
Net finance costs 618   631  
         
       Finance income (130 ) (145 )
       Finance cost 693   717  
       Pensions and similar obligations 55   59  
         
Depreciation and amortisation 843   821  
Impairment losses 431   1 242  
Changes in working capital 193   547  
         
       Inventories (153 ) 221  
       Trade and other current receivables (36 ) 298  
       Trade payables and other current liabilities 382   28  
         
Pensions and similar provisions less payments (532 ) (472 )
Restructuring and other provisions less payments (230 ) 574  
Elimination of (profits)/losses on disposals (789 ) (308 )
Non-cash charge for share-based compensation 192   218  
Other adjustments (23 ) (10 )
 


 
Cash flow from operating activities 5 924   6 925  




 

The cash flows of pension funds (other than contributions and other direct payments made by the Group in respect of pensions and similar obligations) are not included in the Group cash flow statement.

Major non-cash transactions
During the year the Group entered into new finance lease arrangements in respect of equipment with a capital value at inception of the lease of €49 million.

On 15 February 2005 €1 129 million of treasury stock was used in the conversion of the €0.05 preference shares into ordinary NV shares.
For further information please refer to note 24 on page 124.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

131


Back to Contents

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

31 Share-based compensation plans
As at 31 December 2005, the Group had a number of share-based compensation plans:

(i) All-Employee Option Plans
Local All-Employee Option Plans have been set up in 16 countries to enhance employee involvement with Unilever and its performance by providing a potential financial benefit linked to the Unilever share price. There are no individual performance targets to be met. The plans permit participation by all permanent employees in the country where the relevant plan applies.

(ii) Executive Option Plans
The Executive Option Plans were introduced in 1985 to reward key employees throughout the world for their contribution to the enhancement of the Group’s longer-term future and their commitment to the Group over a sustained period. The grant is dependent on performance of the Group and the individual.

(iii) Global Performance Share Plan
Introduced in 2005, under this plan managers can be awarded conditional shares which will vest three years later at a level between 0% and 150% - 200% depending on Unilever’s achievement of set targets for Underlying Sales Growth and Free Cash Flow over the three year performance period.

(iv) Share Matching Plans
If managers invest part of their annual bonus in Unilever shares, the company will match this with the same number of shares on the condition that they keep all shares for an agreed number of years and will still be employed by Unilever on the vesting date.

(v) TSR Long-Term Incentive Plan
This plan was introduced in 2001 and, depending on the TSR ranking (see page 25) of Unilever in comparison with its peer group, it will potentially award top executives on the vesting date three years later with between 0% and 200% of the original conditional award.

(vi) North America Performance Share Programme
A long-term incentive plan for North American managers, awarding Unilever shares if company and personal performance targets are met over a three-year period.

(vii) Restricted Share Plan
Restricted shares can be awarded to a select number of executives for special performance. After the agreed number of years the awards will vest provided the executive is still employed by Unilever at that time.

(viii) Other plans
A cash-settled share-based retention plan was introduced in 2004 for a number of key executives.

Unilever will not grant share options in total in respect of Executive Option Plans for more than 5% of its issued ordinary capital, and for all Plans together, for more than 10% of its issued ordinary capital. The Board does not apportion these limits to each plan separately.

In recent years we have met the obligations under our share option and award plans by purchasing shares in advance and transferring them, in return for the exercise price, to Directors and employees as the options are exercised or the awards vest.

The numbers in this note include those for Executive Directors shown in the report of the Remuneration Committee on pages 53 to 69 and those for key management personnel shown in note 33 on pages 142 and 143. No awards were made to Executive Directors in 2005 and 2004 under the North America Performance Share Programme, the Restricted Share Plan or the cash-settled share-based retention plan. Non-Executive Directors do not participate in any of the share-based compensation plans.

The economic fair value of the awards is calculated using an option pricing model (usually an adjusted Black-Scholes or multinomial model) and the resulting cost is recognised as remuneration cost amortised over the vesting period of the grant. The actual remuneration cost charged in each period is shown below:

  € million   € million  
  2005   2004  




 
All-Employee Option Plans 13   17  
Executive Option Plans 63   105  
Global Performance Share Plan 15    
Share Matching Plans 14   21  
TSR Long-Term Incentive Plan 10   9  
North America Performance Share Programme 63   64  
Restricted Share Plan 2    
Other Plans 12   2  
 


 
  192   218  




 

Disclosures, including a description of the method and significant assumptions used to estimate the fair values of options and the weighted average information, are given below for each type of plan, on a combined basis.

 

132

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group


31    Share-based compensation plans (continued)

(i) All-Employee Option Plans
Unilever has All-Employee Plans in 16 countries, which can be grouped together as follows:
(a) Plans which follow a standard framework: Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, Netherlands, Portugal, Spain, Sweden and Switzerland.
(b) Other plans: North America, South Africa and United Kingdom.

Group (a):
The standard framework for these countries means, in principle, an annual grant of options over NV shares (Ireland: PLC shares), at the same grant date, exercise price (the market price on the grant date) and grant size (including part-time employees pro rata) and with the same eligibility criteria (all permanent employees in a country). There are no vesting conditions other than being continuously employed by a Group company until the vesting date.

Group (b):
The UK and South Africa plans annually offer options over PLC shares, combined with a compulsory (UK) or optional (South Africa) savings The exercise price is the market price at date of grant. In 2003, Unilever UK introduced ‘ShareBuy’, an All-Employee Share Incentive Plan. It is currently only being used as a tax efficient savings plan for employees, for which Unilever neither gives nor receives value. Accordingly, no figures for this plan are included in this note.

The North America programme is a share purchase offering, with a compulsory savings plan, under which up to 10% of the salary of eligible employees is withheld. At the end of the period employees can use the savings to buy NV New York shares at a discount. The maximum number of shares made available under the plan is 8.9 million.

The table below summarises the main country-specific differences between the plans under which grants were made in 2005:

  Maximum   Vesting          
  term   period   Exercise      
Country (year of introduction) Years   Years   period   Remarks  








 
Austria (2001) 5   3   24 months      
Belgium (2001) 5   3.5   18 months      
Denmark (2001) 5   3   24 months      
Finland (2001) 5   3   24 months   On 3rd, 4th or 5th anniversary  
France (2000) 5   4   12 months      
Germany (2000) 5   3   24 months      
Ireland (2002) 5   3   24 months      
Italy (2001) 5   3   24 months      
Netherlands (1995) 5   0   5 years   Keep shares during the first 3 years after grant  
Portugal (2001) 3.5   3   6 months      
Spain (2001) 5   3   24 months      
Switzerland (2001) 5   3   24 months      
UK (1985) 5.5   5   6 months   ShareSave plan  
South Africa (2001) 3.5   3   6 months   Optional sharesave plan  








 

No grants were made in Sweden or North America in 2005 or 2004.

A summary of the status of the All-Employee Plans as at 31 December 2005 and 2004 and changes during the years ended on these dates is presented below:

      2005       2004  
      Weighted       Weighted  
      average       average  
  Number of   exercise   Number of   exercise  
  options   price   options   price  




 


 
NV shares of €0.51          
Outstanding at 1 January 5 253 062   €58.79   4 480 673   60.24  
Granted 1 202 855   €53.00   1 266 960   54.33  
Exercised(a)  (477 362 ) €52.98   (26 883 ) 51.62  
Forfeited (411 463 ) €58.79   (308 593 ) 59.63  
Expired (205 210 ) €56.93   (159 095 ) 63.65  
 





 
Outstanding at 31 December 5 361 882   €58.08   5 253 062   58.79  
 





 
Exercisable at 31 December 2 216 677   €62.98   1 740 399   60.71  








 
PLC shares of 1.4p          
Outstanding at 1 January 14 214 304   £5.17   17 071 055   £5.28  
Granted 2 834 328   £5.40   2 287 826   £5.28  
Exercised(a)  (3 655 383 ) £4.26   (247 261 ) £4.55  
Forfeited (1 628 307 ) £5.48   (2 567 876 ) £5.46  
Expired (2 027 368 ) £5.32   (2 329 440 ) £5.78  
 





 
Outstanding at 31 December 9 737 574   £5.50   14 214 304   £5.17  
 





 
Exercisable at 31 December 376 322   £5.09   1 705 467   £5.14  








 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 133

Back to Contents

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

31 Share-based compensation plans(continued)

      2005       2004  
      Weighted       Weighted  
      average       average  
  Number of   exercise   Number of   exercise  
  options   price   options   price  




 


 
NV New York shares of €0.51                
Outstanding at 1 January     146 760   $55.44  
Granted        
Exercised(a)      (123 843 ) $55.44  
Forfeited     (22 917 ) $55.44  
Expired        
 





 
Outstanding at 31 December        
 





 
Exercisable at 31 December        








 
(a) The weighted average market price of the shares at the time of exercise was as follows: NV shares of €0.51 €54.67 (2004:€54.77); PLC shares of 1.4p £5.70 (2004: £5.18); and NV New York shares of €0.51 2005: n/a (2004: $66.85).
 

  2005   2004  




 
NV option value information(b)       
Fair value per option(c)  €8.47   €9.37  
Valuation assumptions        
       Expected option term 3.2 years   3.2 years  
       Expected volatility(d)  27.5%   27.5%  
       Expected dividend yield 3.6%   3.3%  
Risk-free interest rate 2.4%   3.1%  




 
PLC option value information(b)         
Fair value per option(c)  £1.09   £1.06  
Valuation assumptions        
       Expected option term 4.5 years   4.3 years  
       Expected volatility(d)  27.5%   27.5%  
       Expected dividend yield 3.6%   3.5%  
Risk-free interest rate 4.3%   5.1%  




 
(b) Weighted average of options granted during each period.
(c) Estimated using Black-Scholes option pricing method.
(d) Based on historic volatility during the last six years.
 

The exercise prices and remaining life of the All-Employee Option Plans as at 31 December 2005 are as follows:

  Options outstanding   Options exercisable  








 


 
        Weighted          
    Number   average     Number    
    outstanding at   remaining Weighted   exercisable at Weighted  
  Range of   31 December   contractual average   31 December average  
  exercise prices   2005   life exercise price   2005 exercise price  








 


 
NV shares of €0.51 51.00 – €56.72   3 289 476   3 years   52.77   567 069   52.59  
  64.30 – €70.00   2 072 406   1 year   66.51   1 649 608   66.55  








 


 
PLC shares of 1.4p £4.25 – £6.20   9 737 574   3 years   £5.50   376 322   £5.09  












 

 

134 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

31   Share-based compensation plans (continued)

(ii)   Executive Option Plans
Under the Executive Option Plans options are granted to key employees of the Group on a discretionary basis. The exercise price is the market price at the date of grant. Since the introduction of the Global Performance Share Plan in 2005, it is the intention to make no further grants under the Executive Option Plans, except for a few premium option grants which result from prior commitments. The plans are made up of the following:

NV Executive Option Plan
The NV Executive Option Plan provides for the granting of options to purchase shares of Unilever N.V. and, from 1997 onwards, also shares of Unilever PLC, at a price not lower than the market price on the day the options were granted. These options become exercisable after a three-year period from the date of grant. The options have a maximum term of five years for the grants made up to 1998 and of ten years for subsequent grants.

PLC Executive Option Plan
The PLC Executive Option Plan provides for the granting of options to purchase shares of Unilever PLC and, from 1997 onwards, also shares of Unilever N.V., at a price not lower than the market price on the day the options were granted. These options become exercisable after a three-year period from the date of grant and have a maximum term of ten years.

North America Executive Stock Option Programme
This programme is covered by the North American 2002 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan and provides for the granting of options to purchase a maximum of 40.5 million shares in Unilever N.V. of the New York Registry, and 262.0 million shares of Unilever PLC, at a price not lower than the market value on the day the options are granted. These options become exercisable over a three-year period from the date of grant and have a maximum term of ten years.

Managers working in India can participate in an Executive Option Plan relating to Hindustan Lever Limited’s shares. As these are neither NV nor PLC shares, no figures for this plan are disclosed in this note, but the fair value costs (2005: €2 million; 2004: €3 million) are included in the costs of Executive Option Plans on page 132.

A summary of the status of the Executive Option Plans as at 31 December 2005 and 2004 and changes during the years ended on these dates is presented below:

    2005     2004  
    Weighted     Weighted  
    average     average  
  Number of   exercise   Number of   exercise  
  options   price   options   price  







 
NV shares of €0.51          
Outstanding at 1 January 14 667 226   59.05   13 533 478   59.80  
Granted 145 114   51.36   2 398 183   54.22  
Exercised(e)  (287 912 ) 54.50   (222 975 ) 51.85  
Forfeited (1 193 354 ) 60.92   (1 041 460 ) 59.24  
Expired        
 





 
Outstanding at 31 December 13 331 074   58.89   14 667 226   59.05  
 





 
Exercisable at 31 December 7 925 308   61.82   5 898 593   58.79  








 
PLC shares of 1.4p          
Outstanding at 1 January 95 972 535   £5.41   89 760 385   £5.39  
Granted 949 915   £5.11   15 616 482   £5.21  
Exercised(e)  (5 246 425 ) £4.64   (3 586 509 ) £4.25  
Forfeited (6 879 031 ) £5.50   (5 817 823 ) £5.39  
Expired        
 





 
Outstanding at 31 December 84 796 994   £5.44   95 972 535   £5.41  
 





 
Exercisable at 31 December 49 151 533   £5.35   38 324 985   £4.99  








 
NV New York shares of €0.51          
Outstanding at 1 January 3 337 456   $58.72   3 601 264   $54.83  
Granted 21 954   $66.76   429 142   $65.93  
Exercised(e)  (545 843 ) $52.73   (641 245 ) $41.10  
Forfeited (80 646 ) $71.70   (51 705 ) $66.41  
Expired (6 991 ) $65.70      
 





 
Outstanding at 31 December 2 725 930   $59.58   3 337 456   $58.72  
 





 
Exercisable at 31 December 2 344 067   $59.01   2 439 155   $57.62  








 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 135

Back to Contents

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

31 Share-based compensation plans (continued)

      2005       2004  
      Weighted       Weighted  
      average       average  
  Number of   exercise   Number of   exercise  
  options   price   options   price  




 


 
PLC shares of 1.4p in the form of ADRs(f)                 
Outstanding at 1 January 21 367 508   $8.55   20 778 836   $8.32  
Granted 146 920   $9.79   2 836 492   $9.63  
Exercised(e)  (3 388 868 ) $7.86   (1 940 440 ) $7.47  
Forfeited (357 248 ) $10.28   (307 380 ) $9.51  
Expired (45 520 ) $9.32      
 


 


 
Outstanding at 31 December 17 722 792   $8.66   21 367 508   $8.55  
 


 


 
Exercisable at 31 December 15 201 204   $8.53   15 475 612   $8.31  








 
(e)      The weighted average market price of the shares at the time of exercise was as follows: NV shares of €0.51 €58.06 (2004: €57.88); PLC shares of 1.4p £5.61 (2004: £5.36); NV New York shares of €0.51 $68.79 (2004: $69.42); and PLC shares of 1.4p in the form of ADRs $40.39 (2004: $40.37).
(f)      1 ADR is equivalent to 4 PLC shares.
   
  2005   2004  




 
NV option value information(b)         
Fair value per option(c)         
       NV Executive Option Plan 10.43   11.43  
       PLC Executive Option Plan £7.17   £7.67  
       North America Executive Stock Option Programme $14.74   $13.45  
Valuation assumptions        
       Expected option term 6.0 years   5.9 years  
       Expected volatility(d)  27.5%   27.5%  
       Expected dividend yield(g)  3.7%   3.3%  
Risk-free interest rate 3.4%   3.1%  




 
PLC option value information(b)         
Fair value per option(c)         
       NV Executive Option Plan 1.68   €1.78  
       PLC Executive Option Plan £1.16   £1.20  
       North America Executive Stock Option Programme $2.13   $1.92  
Valuation assumptions        
       Expected option term 6.0 years   5.9 years  
       Expected volatility(d)  27.5%   27.5%  
       Expected dividend yield(g)  3.8%   3.5%  
Risk-free interest rate 4.7%   4.3%  




 
(b)  Weighted average of options granted during each period.
(c) Estimated using Black-Scholes option pricing method.
(d) Based on historic volatility during the last six years.
(g) Based on dividend yield in grant year.

The exercise prices and remaining life of the Executive Option Plans as at 31 December 2005 are as follows:

             Options outstanding   Options exercisable  






 
 
         Number   Weighted       Number      
         outstanding   average       exercisable      
         at 31   remaining   Weighted   at 31   Weighted  
  Range of      December   contractual   average   December   average  
  exercise prices      2005   life   exercise price   2005   exercise price  








 


 
NV shares of €0.51 42.79 – €60.85   9 117 330   7 years   55.52   3 711 564   56.84  
  63.50 – €73.97   4 213 744   5 years   66.20   4 213 744   66.20  








 


 
PLC shares of 1.4p £3.43 – £4.78   14 804 481   5 years   £4.56   14 741 104   £4.56  
  £5.02 – £5.63   29 106 745   7 years   £5.29   13 843 080   £5.38  
  £5.77 – £6.79   40 885 768   7 years   £5.87   20 567 349   £ 5.89  








 


 
NV New York shares of €0.51 $33.89 – $50.09   391 639   4 years   $48.08   391 639   $48.08  
  $56.13 – $76.69   2 334 291   6 years   $61.51   1 952 428   $61.20  








 


 
PLC shares of 1.4p in the form of ADRs(f)  $5.56 – $7.73   4 630 308   5 years   $7.13   4 630 308   $7.13  
  $8.35 – $10.85   13 092 484   6 years   $9.20   10 570 896   $9.14  












 
(f) 1 ADR is equivalent to 4 PLC shares.


136 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

31 Share-based compensation plans (continued)

(iii) Global Performance Share Plan
The GPSP was introduced in 2005. Under this plan, managers can be awarded conditional shares which will vest three years later at a level between 0% and 150% (for middle management) or 200% (for higher executives) depending on Unilever’s achievement of set targets for Underlying Sales Growth and Free Cash Flow over the three-year performance period. The amount to be paid by participants to obtain the shares at vesting is zero.

A summary of the status of the GPSP as at 31 December 2005 and changes during the year is presented below:

  2005  
  Number of  
  shares  


 
NV shares of €0.51  
Outstanding at 1 January  
Awarded 695 717  
Vested  
Forfeited  
 
 
Outstanding at 31 December 695 717  
 
 
Exercisable at 31 December  


 
PLC shares of 1.4p  
Outstanding at 1 January  
Awarded 2 619 928  
Vested  
Forfeited  
 
 
Outstanding at 31 December 2 619 928  
 
 
Exercisable at 31 December  


 
NV New York shares of €0.51  
Outstanding at 1 January  
Awarded 143 390  
Vested  
Forfeited (208 )
 
 
Outstanding at 31 December 143 182  
 
 
Exercisable at 31 December  


 
PLC shares of 1.4p in the form of ADRs(f)   
Outstanding at 1 January  
Awarded 166 620  
Vested  
Forfeited  
 
 
Outstanding at 31 December 166 620  
 
 
Exercisable at 31 December  


 
(f) 1 ADR is equivalent to 4 PLC shares.  
   
  2005  


 
NV share award value information(h)   
Fair value per share award(i)   
       NV/PLC Plan 53.01  
       North America Programme $66.99  


 
PLC share award value information(h)   
Fair value per share award(i)   
       NV/PLC Plan £5.39  
       North America Programme $9.97  


 
(h) Weighted average of share awards granted during each period.
(i) Estimated on basis of par achievement of targets.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 137

Back to Contents

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group


31 Share-based compensation plans (continued)

(iv) Share Matching Plans
Under these plans managers can invest up to 25% of their gross bonus in Unilever shares. Unilever matches this with the same number of shares on condition that all shares are held for the agreed period (three years from 2002 onwards), and that the manager has not resigned from Unilever at the end of this period. North American managers participate in the North America Share Bonus Plan, the others in the Variable Pay in Shares Plan. The amount to be paid to the company by participants to obtain the shares at vesting is zero.

A summary of the status of the Share Matching Plans as at 31 December 2005 and 2004 and changes during the years ended on these dates is presented below:

  2005   2004  
  Number of   Number of  
  shares   shares  




 
NV shares of €0.51    
Outstanding at 1 January 440 088   373 846  
Awarded 46 817   85 789  
Vested (163 259 ) (12 115 )
Forfeited (9 968 ) (7 432 )
 


 
Outstanding at 31 December 313 678   440 088  
 


 
Exercisable at 31 December    




 
PLC shares of 1.4p    
Outstanding at 1 January 3 083 809   2 594 187  
Awarded 350 982   630 832  
Vested (1 189 996 ) (90 113 )
Forfeited (68 975 ) (51 097 )
 


 
Outstanding at 31 December 2 175 820   3 083 809  
 


 
Exercisable at 31 December    




 
NV New York shares of €0.51    
Outstanding at 1 January 221 707   167 156  
Awarded 49 751   57 504  
Vested (95 477 ) (143 )
Forfeited (13 846 ) (2 810 )
 


 
Outstanding at 31 December 162 135   221 707  
 


 
Exercisable at 31 December    




 
PLC shares of 1.4p in the form of ADRs(f)     
Outstanding at 1 January 1 506 152   1 133 728  
Awarded 342 394   392 440  
Vested (655 603 ) (992 )
Forfeited (93 262 ) (19 024 )
 


 
Outstanding at 31 December 1 099 681   1 506 152  
 


 
Exercisable at 31 December    




 
(f)    1 ADR is equivalent to 4 PLC shares.    

  2005   2004  




 
NV share award value information(h)         
Fair value per share award        
       NV/PLC Plan 51.15   54.72  
       North America Programme $67.14   $70.30  




 
PLC share award value information(h)         
Fair value per share award        
       NV/PLC Plan £5.12   £5.29  
       North America Programme $9.74   $10.34  




 
(h)    Weighted average of share awards granted during each period.        

 

138 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

31 Share-based compensation plans (continued)

(v) TSR Long-Term Incentive Plan
Under this plan, introduced in 2001, grants are made to Executive Directors and some senior executives. The level of share award which will vest three years later will vary in accordance with the Total Shareholder Return in comparison with a peer group (see description on page 25). If the ranking is below the median, the share award will lapse; the higher the ranking above the median, the higher the share award. The amount to be paid to the company by participants to obtain the shares at vesting is zero.

A summary of the status of the TSR Long-Term Incentive Plan as at 31 December 2005 and 2004 and changes during the year ended on these dates is presented below:

  2005   2004  
  Number of   Number of  
  shares   shares  




 
NV shares of €0.51        
Outstanding at 1 January 360 829   327 345  
Awarded 112 442   120 526  
Vested(j)    (71 564 )
Forfeited (3 663 ) (15 478 )
Expired(k)  (112 833 )  
 


 
Outstanding at 31 December 356 775   360 829  
 


 
Exercisable at 31 December    




 
PLC shares of 1.4p        
Outstanding at 1 January 2 440 310   2 249 384  
Awarded 782 600   829 159  
Vested(j)    (533 481 )
Forfeited (24 344 ) (104 752 )
Expired(k)  (798 284 )  
 


 
Outstanding at 31 December 2 400 282   2 440 310  
 


 
Exercisable at 31 December    




 
(j) 2001 award vested 100% as ranking was 6th.
(k) 2002 award expired (zero vesting) as ranking was 13th.

 

  2005   2004  




 
NV share award value information        
Fair value per share award(l)  40.56   €41.81  




 
PLC share award value information        
Fair value per share award(l)  £4.04   £4.02  




 
(l) Estimated using option pricing models taking account of peer group TSR volatilities and correlations.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005   139 

Back to Contents

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

31 Share-based compensation plans (continued)

(vi) North America Performance Share Programme
This long-term incentive plan for North American managers, introduced in 2001, awards Unilever shares if company and personal performance targets are met over a three-year period. The amount to be paid to the company by participants to obtain the shares at vesting is zero.

A summary of the status of the North America Performance Share Programme as at 31 December 2005 and 2004 and changes during the years ended on these dates is presented below:

  2005   2004  
  Number of   Number of  
  shares   shares  




 
NV New York shares of €0.51        
Outstanding at 1 January 1 690 076   1 771 343  
Awarded 431 439   543 479  
Vested (552 112 ) (600 707 )
Forfeited (73 021 ) (24 039 )
 


 
Outstanding at 31 December 1 496 382   1 690 076  
 


 
Exercisable at 31 December    




 
PLC shares of 1.4p in the form of ADRs(f)         
Outstanding at 1 January 12 619 508   13 202 916  
Awarded 3 219 260   4 057 444  
Vested (4 121 340 ) (4 482 896 )
Forfeited (545 868 ) (157 956 )
 


 
Outstanding at 31 December 11 171 560   12 619 508  
 


 
Exercisable at 31 December    




 
(f)   1 ADR is equivalent to 4 PLC shares.        
         
  2005   2004  




 
NV share award value information(h)         
Fair value per share award $68.40   $65.98  




 
PLC share award value information(h)         
Fair value per share award $10.02   $9.64  




 
(h)   Weighted average of share awards granted during each period.        

(vii) Restricted Share Plan
In specific one-off cases a number of executives are awarded the right to receive NV and PLC shares at a specified date in the future, on the condition that they are still employed by Unilever at that time. The amount to be paid to the company by participants to obtain the shares at vesting is zero.

A summary of the status of the Restricted Share Plan as at 31 December 2005 and 2004 and changes during the years ended on these dates is presented below:

  2005   2004  
  Number of   Number of  
  shares   shares  




 
NV shares of €0.51        
Outstanding at 1 January 47 713   40 498  
Awarded 12 262   7 595  
Vested (5 005 ) (380 )
Forfeited    
 


 
Outstanding at 31 December 54 970   47 713  




 
PLC shares of 1.4p        
Outstanding at 1 January 227 561   216 382  
Awarded 64 292   13 681  
Vested (37 080 ) (2 502 )
Forfeited    
 


 
Outstanding at 31 December 254 773   227 561  




 
         
  2005   2004  




 
NV share award value information(h)         
Fair value per share award €54.24   €53.43  




 
PLC share award value information(h)         
Fair value per share award £5.55   £5.30  




 
(h)   Weighted average of share awards granted during each period.        

 

140 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

31 Share-based compensation plans (continued)

(viii) Other plans
During 2004 Unilever offered a special cash award to selected senior managers with the purpose of retaining them. This cash-settled share-based plan provides a payment after three years linked to the development of the Unilever share price, on the condition of continued employment with the Group.

A summary of the status of the other plans as at 31 December 2005 and 2004 and changes during the years ended on these dates is presented below:

  2005   2004  
  Number of   Number of  
  shares   shares  




 
NV €0.51 share substitute        
Outstanding at 1 January 300 000    
Awarded   300 000  
Vested    
Forfeited (5 800 )  
 


 
Outstanding at 31 December 294 200   300 000  




 
PLC 1.4p share substitute        
Outstanding at 1 January 2 000 000    
Awarded   2 000 000  
Vested    
Forfeited (38 700 )  
 


 
Outstanding at 31 December 1 961 300   2 000 000  




 

The accrued balance for the cash-settled plan (2005: €13 million; 2004: €2 million) is included in other payables in note 20 on page 113.

Additional information
At 31 December 2005, there were options outstanding to purchase 19 830 853 (2004: 20 835 073) €0.51 ordinary NV shares, and 89 321 974 (2004: 102 249 614) 1.4p ordinary PLC shares in respect of share-based compensation plans of NV and its subsidiaries and the North American plans, and 4 810 872 (2004: 5 183 084) €0.51 ordinary NV shares and 42 824 050 (2004: 49 182 073) 1.4p ordinary PLC shares in respect of share-based compensation plans of PLC and its subsidiaries.

To satisfy the options granted, certain NV group companies hold 19 791 377 (2004: 25 120 635) certificates or depositary receipts of ordinary shares of NV and 89 603 627 (2004: 93 850 655) of PLC and a forward equity contract to buy 10 000 000 PLC shares in 2006, and trusts in Jersey and the United Kingdom hold 43 232 118 (2004: 48 888 961) PLC shares. The trustees of these trusts have agreed, until further notice, to waive dividends on these shares, save for the nominal sum of 0.01p per 1.4p ordinary share. Shares acquired during 2005 represent 1.6% of the Group’s called up capital. The balance at year end is 3.9% (2004: 4.6%).

The book value of €2 258 million (2004: €2 625 million) of all shares held in respect of share-based compensation plans for both NV and PLC is eliminated on consolidation by deduction from other reserves (see note 25 on page 125). Their market value at 31 December 2005 was €2 261 million (2004: €2 273 million).

At 31 December 2005 the exercise price of 7 850 127 (2004: 20 224 246) NV options and of 44 867 061 (2004: 88 066 266) PLC options was above the market price of the shares.

Shares held to satisfy options are accounted for in accordance with IAS 32 and SIC 12. All differences between the purchase price of the shares held to satisfy options granted and the proceeds received for the shares, whether on exercise or lapse, are charged to reserves. In 2005 this includes €7 million (2004: €3 million) for shares held to meet options expiring in the short term which are priced above market value. The basis of the charge to operating profit for the economic value of options granted is discussed on page 132.

Obligations over the following number of shares were granted, exercised, forfeited or expired between 31 December 2005 and 28 February 2006. In this period we have also, in line with prior years practice, purchased 148 443 NV New York shares and 852 848 PLC shares in the form of ADRs to satisfy awards under the North America Executive Option and Share Matching Plans.

              Exercised,  
      Granted   forfeited or expired  








 
  Shares   Shares   Shares   Shares  
  of 1.4p (m) of €0.51 (n)         of 1.4p  (m) of €0.51 (n) 








 
All-Employee Option Plans     183 670   37 180  
Executive Option Plans     2 179 918   240 261  
Global Performance Share Plan       1 971  
Share Matching Plans     4 746   698  
TSR Long-Term Incentive Plan        
North America Performance Share Programme     62 176   8 329  
Restricted Share Plan        
Other plans        








 
(m) When under a North American plan, in the form of PLC ADRs.
(n) When under a North American plan, in the form of NV New York shares.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 141

Back to Contents

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

32   Related party transactions

The following related party balances existed with associate or joint venture businesses at 31 December:

  € million   € million
Related party balances 2005   2004




Trading and other balances due (to)/from joint ventures 85   87
Trading balances due (to)/from associates (8 ) 29




Joint ventures
As discussed in note 28 on page 128, Unilever completed the restructuring of its Portuguese foods business during the year. Balances owed by FIMA at 31 December 2005 were €85 million (2004: €87 million).

In July 2004 in the UK, Unilever formed a joint venture with Arlington Science Park Ltd. and sold its property at the Colworth site for a total consideration of €46 million.

Associates
After the sale of DiverseyLever, our institutional and industrial cleaning business, to Johnson Professional Holdings Inc. in 2002, Unilever has a one-third equity stake in the combined JohnsonDiversey business, with an option to exit the business from 2007. At 31 December 2005 the outstanding balance payable to JohnsonDiversey Holdings Inc. was €8 million (2004: €29 million receivable). Sales agency fees to JohnsonDiversey were incurred of approximately €76 million in 2005 (2004: €68 million).

Langholm Capital Partners invests in private European companies with above-average longer-term growth prospects. It has invested in Physcience, a French natural food supplements business, and Noiro, the leading company in the mass prestige personal care market in Finland. To build business opportunities that fit our core business interests in Foods and Home and Personal Care, we have committed €97 million to Langholm Capital Partners on a total of €242 million raised funds. At 31 December 2005 the outstanding balance with Langholm Capital Partners was not material.

Other related parties
In 2004 Patrick Cescau, the then Chairman of Unilever PLC, and his wife purchased a house from Immobilia Transholme B.V., a group company ultimately owned by NV, for €3 348 000 (£2 270 000). The full Boards, acting on the recommendation of the Remuneration Committee and without the participation of Mr Cescau, gave their prior approvals to the purchase, which was made at full market value based on two independent valuations of the property.

33   Key management personnel
For 2004 key management personnel included the Executive Directors, Non-Executive Directors and Business Presidents described on pages 68 and 69 of the 2004 Report and Accounts. Following a change in the management structure which took place in 2005 key management for 2005 for reporting purposes became the members of the UEx together with the Non-Executive Directors described on page 49.

  € million   € million
Key management compensation 2005   2004




Salaries and short-term employee benefits 13   21
Non-Executive Directors’ fees 1   1
Post-employment benefits 4   5
Other long-term benefits (all share-based) 1   13
Termination payments 1   2
 


  20   42
 


Of which:      
       Executive Directors 16   24
       Non-Executive Directors 1   1
       Other 3   17
 


  20   42




Details of the remuneration of Directors are given in the auditable part of the report of the Remuneration Committee as defined on page 69. See also note 32 above for information on related party transactions.

142 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

33   Key management personnel (continued)

The following tables give aggregate information regarding share awards for key management personnel in 2005. Further details of the Executive share plans are shown in the report of the Remuneration Committee and in note 31 on pages 132 to 141. For those members of UEx who were appointed during the year, the opening balances are as at the date of appointment.

Conditional awards under the TSR Long-Term Incentive Plan

  Balance of           Balance of
  conditional shares   Conditional awards   Conditional awards   conditional shares
Share type at 1 January 2005   made in 2005   vested/lapsed in 2005   at 31 December 2005








NV 124 269   17 752   (26 908 ) 115 113
PLC 842 734   123 664   (190 439 ) 775 959
NV NY 9 471       9 471
PLC (held as ADRs) 63 820       63 820








Share options

  Balance of options           Balance of options at
Share type at 1 January 2005   Granted   Exercised/lapsed   31 December 2005








NV 666 130   11 829   (150 ) 677 809
PLC 4 701 468   85 033   (11 917 ) 4 774 584
NV NY 121 500   820     122 320
PLC (held as ADRs) 810 860   5 400     816 260








Global Performance Share Plan

  Balance of         Balance of
  conditional awards   Conditional grants     conditional shares at
Share type at 1 January 2005   made 2005     31 December 2005







NV   13 000     13 000
PLC   87 500     87 500
NV NY   9 825     9 825
PLC (held as ADRs)   65 400     65 400







Share Matching Plan

  Balance of           Balance of
  conditional awards   Conditional awards   Shares vested   conditional shares at
Share type at 1 January 2005   made in 2005   in 2005   31 December 2005








NV 28 291   1 479   (11 120 ) 18 650
PLC 192 947   10 309   (80 620 ) 122 636
NV NY 3 433     (204 ) 3 229
PLC (held as ADRs) 23 604     (1 508 ) 22 096








North America Performance Share Plan

  Balance of           Balance of
  conditional awards   Conditional awards   Shares vested   conditional shares at
Share type at 1 January 2005   made in 2005   in 2005   31 December 2005








NV NY 19 650   4 700     24 350
PLC (held as ADRs) 146 400   32 080     178 480








North America Restricted Stock Plan

  Balance of           Balance of
  conditional awards   Conditional awards   Shares vested   conditional shares at
Share type at 1 January 2005   made in 2005   in 2005   31 December 2005








NV NY 4 963   241     5 204








34   Events after the balance sheet date

On 9 February 2006, Unilever announced that it would be putting the majority of the frozen foods businesses in Europe up for sale. The intended sale includes the frozen food portfolio under the Iglo and Birds Eye brands in Austria, Belgium, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, the Netherlands, Portugal, Spain and the United Kingdom. As at 28 February 2006, it was not possible to quantify the financial impact of this announcement.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 143

Back to Contents

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

35   First time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards

Unilever has adopted International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) as adopted by the EU with effect from 1 January 2005, with a transition date of 1 January 2004. IAS 32 and IAS 39 in respect of financial instruments and IFRS 5 in respect of non-current assets and asset groups held for disposal have been applied with effect from 1 January 2005.

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets
Under IFRSs, from 1 January 2004 onwards, we no longer apply systematic amortisation to goodwill and intangible assets with an indefinite life, but instead review these assets for impairment on at least an annual basis. The amortisation charge under previous GAAP for all goodwill and indefinite lived intangible assets in 2004 was €1 040 million. On disposal, goodwill acquired and written off on acquisition prior to 1 January 1998 are no longer reinstated as part of the profit or loss on disposal.

We have applied the exemption in IFRS 1 relating to business combinations and therefore the carrying value under previous GAAP as at 31 December 2003 of €13 457 million for goodwill is its deemed cost at the date of transition to IFRSs. Under IFRSs, the deemed cost of indefinite lived intangibles at the date of transition to IFRSs is the original cost at which these assets were initially recognised on the balance sheet, which amounted to €4 516 million. The write-back of accumulated amortisation on these assets results in a deemed cost which is €749 million higher than their carrying value as at 31 December 2003. These changes resulted in an additional impairment charge for Slim•Fast amounting to €200 million in the year to 31 December 2004.

Software
Under IFRSs we capitalise the costs of purchased and internally developed software that meet the criteria for capitalisation established by IAS 38. This software is amortised over its useful life, typically a period of five years. The net book value of purchased and internally developed software as at 1 January 2004 and at 31 December 2004 amounted to €103 million and €166 million respectively; the amortisation charge for the year ended 31 December 2004 amounted to €21 million.

Development costs
The IFRS standard on intangible assets, IAS 38, requires development costs to be capitalised where certain specific criteria are met. Costs may only be capitalised once the flow of economic benefits is assured. For Unilever this is evident only shortly before a product is launched into the market and the level of costs incurred after these criteria have been met is not significant.

Biological assets
Under IFRSs we recognise biological assets, being tea bushes and oil palm trees, at fair value less estimated point-of-sale costs. Any changes in the fair value of such biological assets are recognised in the income statement. Point-of-sale costs include all costs that would be necessary to sell the assets, excluding costs necessary to get them to market.

The fair value of tea bushes and oil palm trees as at 1 January 2004 and 31 December 2004 was €29 million and €33 million respectively. The net effect on the income statement for the year ended 31 December 2004 was a credit of €5 million.

Pensions and similar obligations
Under IFRSs Unilever’s accounting policy for pensions is substantially unchanged, since we apply the option allowed under IAS 19 to take actuarial gains and losses directly to equity through the Statement of Recognised Income and Expense (SORIE). There are, however, a number of minor differences under IAS 19 that give rise to small variations in the figures previously reported. The most significant of these changes are the use of the government bond rate as the discount rate for calculating pension liabilities in countries where no AA corporate bond rate exists and the required use of bid value to measure plan assets rather than mid-market value.

In addition, deferred tax balances arising in respect of pension assets and liabilities are no longer netted off against those pension balances, but under IFRSs are classified together with other deferred tax balances. The deferred tax balance relating to pensions under previous GAAP amounted to assets of €1 445 million and liabilities of €252 million as at 1 January 2004 and assets of €1 519 million and liabilities of €208 million as at 31 December 2004.

The impact of the change in the remeasurement of plan assets to a bid value basis was a decrease of €34 million as at 1 January 2004 and a decrease of €36 million as at 31 December 2004. Pension liabilities did not change at 1 January 2004 and increased by €15 million as at 31 December 2004. The impact on the income statement for the year ended 31 December 2004 was a credit of €1 million.

Deferred tax
Under IFRSs deferred tax is recognised in respect of all taxable temporary differences arising between the tax base and the accounting base of balance sheet items. This means that deferred tax is recognised on certain temporary differences that would not have given rise to deferred tax under previous GAAP.

The additional deferred tax included in the balance sheet under IFRSs amounted to a net movement excluding reclassifications of €1 095 million as at 1 January 2004 and €1 068 million as at 31 December 2004. Included in these amounts is a deferred tax liability relating to intangible assets (trademarks and unpatented technologies) which were recognised at the time of the Bestfoods acquisition. As the Bestfoods acquisition was a share-based transaction, these intangible assets have a zero tax base. IAS 12 requires that a deferred tax liability amounting to €1 144 million as at 1 January 2004 and €1 071 million as at 31 December 2004 is recognised in respect of these intangible assets. Normally, recognition of this deferred tax liability would lead to a corresponding increase in goodwill, but under the exemption applied under IFRS 1 relating to business combinations Unilever is precluded from adjusting the carrying value of goodwill in respect of acquisitions prior to the transition date. Recognition of this new deferred tax liability under IFRSs therefore resulted in an equivalent reduction in equity at the transition date.


 

144 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

35 First time adoption of International Financial
Reporting Standards
(continued)

IFRSs also require separate disclosure of deferred tax assets and liabilities on the face of the balance sheet. The deferred tax assets previously included within current assets under previous GAAP amounted to €637 million as at the transition date and €973 million as at 31 December 2004. Deferred tax balances arising in respect of pension assets and liabilities are no longer netted off against pension balances. This has led to the overall reclassification of deferred tax balances within the balance sheet. The deferred tax assets in respect of pension liabilities under previous GAAP were €1 445 million as at the transition date and €1 519 million as at 31 December 2004. Deferred tax liabilities under previous GAAP in respect of pension liabilities were €252 million as at the transition date and €208 million as at 31 December 2004.

Joint ventures and associates
Under IFRSs we continue to account for joint ventures and associates using the equity method. However, the presentation of the results of joint ventures and associates has changed, as IAS 1 requires that the share of profit or loss after tax from joint ventures and associates is presented as a separate item on the face of the income statement as part of profit before tax, but below operating profit. There is no impact on net profit as a result of this change. Our share of joint venture turnover in 2004 amounted to €197 million, and operating profit from joint ventures amounted to €44 million. Under IFRSs our turnover excludes the share of turnover of joint ventures.

Dividends
Under IFRSs proposed dividends do not meet the definition of a liability until such time as they have been approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting. Therefore we no longer recognise a liability in any period for dividends that have been proposed but will not be approved until after the balance sheet date. The proposed final dividends for 2004 amounted to €1 215 million. As at 1 January 2004 the proposed final dividends for 2003 amounted to €1 120 million. These amounts have been reclassified from current liabilities to retained profit.

Financial instruments (including preference shares)
From 1 January 2005 Unilever has applied IAS 32 and IAS 39. No restatements were made to the income statement for the year ended 31 December 2004 and the balance sheets as at 1 January 2004 and 31 December 2004. These standards have many detailed consequences, of which the key areas of impact are described below:

Classification of preference shares
Under IAS 32, from 1 January 2005 onwards, the NV preference share capital is classified as a liability rather than as part of equity. Also from 1 January 2005 onwards, all of the dividends on these preference shares are recognised in the income statement as part of interest expense. The carrying value of these preference shares as at 31 December 2004 was €1 502 million.

Non-derivative financial assets and liabilities
IAS 39 requires certain non-derivative financial assets (those classified as
‘available-for-sale’) to be held at fair value with unrealised movements in fair value recognised directly within equity. Non-derivative financial liabilities will continue to be measured at

amortised cost, unless they form part of a fair value hedge accounting relationship when they are measured at amortised cost plus the fair value of the hedged risk.

Derivative financial instruments
We use certain derivative financial instruments for the purposes of hedging foreign exchange and interest rate risk. IAS 39 requires recognition of all derivative financial instruments on the balance sheet and that they are measured at fair value. Income statement volatility can be avoided by applying hedge accounting, for which the standard prescribes detailed requirements. As a result, from 1 January 2005, we recognise all derivative financial instruments on balance sheet at fair value and apply the new hedge accounting methodology to all significant qualifying hedging relationships.

Non-current assets and disposal groups held for sale
We have applied the provisions of IFRS 5 with effect from 1 January 2005. Application of this standard resulted in reclassifications of non-current assets and disposal groups held for sale in the balance sheet as at 1 January 2005, but did not significantly affect the asset values themselves.

Other

Foreign currency translation differences
Applying the exemption under IFRS 1, we measure and record all cumulative foreign currency translation differences arising after the transition date of 1 January 2004. These differences are classified as a separate component of equity. On disposal of a foreign operation the cumulative translation differences are transferred to the income statement as part of the gain or loss on disposal.

Leasehold land
Under IAS 17 leases relating to land are generally classified as operating leases because land has an indefinite economic life. Leasehold land usually requires a premium to be paid in advance. Under previous GAAP we capitalised this payment within fixed assets (as property, plant and equipment) and depreciated it over the length of the lease. Under IFRSs this premium is classified as a prepayment within trade and other receivables due after more than one year. As at 1 January 2004 the capitalised amount relating to leasehold land amounted to €58 million.

Cash flow
The transition from previous GAAP to IFRSs has no effect upon the cash flows generated by Unilever. The IFRS cash flow statement is presented in a different format from that required by previous GAAP, with cash flows split into three categories of activities – operating activities, investing activities and financing activities. The reconciling items between the previous GAAP presentation and the IFRSs presentation have no net impact on the cash flows generated.

In preparing the cash flow statement under IFRSs, cash and cash equivalents include cash at bank and in hand, highly liquid interest bearing securities with original maturities of three months or less, and bank overdrafts. Under previous GAAP, highly liquid interest bearing securities were not classified as cash equivalents.


 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 145

Back to Contents

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

35 First time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (continued)
Reconciliation of equity at the transition date of 1 January 2004

  € million   € million   € million   € million  
      Goodwill and          
  Previously   indefinite-          
  reported   lived          
  under previous   intangible       Biological  
  GAAP   assets   Software   assets  








 
Non-current assets              
Goodwill 13 457   4      
Intangible assets 4 256   749   103    
Property, plant and equipment 6 655       (40 )
Biological assets       29  
Joint ventures and associates 56        
Other non-current investments 143        
Pension asset for funded schemes in surplus 490        
Trade and other receivables due after more than one year 799        
Deferred tax assets        
 






 
Total non-current assets 25 856   753   103   (11 )
           
Current assets              
Inventories 4 175        
Trade and other current receivables 5 082        
Other financial assets 1 491        
Cash and cash equivalents 1 854        
 






 
Total current assets 12 602        
           
Current liabilities              
Borrowings due within one year (7 434 )      
Trade payables and other current liabilities (9 640 )      
Current tax liabilities        
 






 
Total current liabilities (17 074 )      
 






 
Net current assets/(liabilities) (4 472 )      
 






 
Total assets less current liabilities 21 384   753   103   (11 )
           
Non-current liabilities              
Borrowings due after more than one year 8 466        
Trade payables and other liabilities due after more than one year 664        
Non-current tax liabilities        
Pension liability for funded schemes in deficit 1 629        
Pension liability for unfunded schemes 2 620        
Restructuring and other provisions 898        
Deferred tax liabilities 747     33   (1 )
 






 
Total non-current liabilities 15 024     33   (1 )
           
Shareholders’ equity              
Called up share capital 642        
Share premium account 1 530        
Other reserves (2 442 )      
Retained profit 6 190   753   69   (8 )
 






 
Total shareholders’ equity 5 920   753   69   (8 )
Minority interests 440     1   (2 )
 






 
Total equity 6 360   753   70   (10 )
 






 
Total capital employed 21 384   753   103   (11 )
     




 

 

146 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

€ million   € million   € million   € million   € million   € million   € million   € million  
                               
                               
Pensions   Deferred tax   Tax   Joint           Total effect   Restated  
and similar   restatement   reclassifying   ventures and           of transition   under  
obligations   effect   effect   associates   Dividends   Other   to IFRSs   IFRSs  















 
            4   13 461  
            852   5 108  
          (58 ) (98 ) 6 557  
            29   29  
              56  
182           378   560   703  
(49 )   252         203   693  
    (637 )     58   (579 ) 220  
    1 155         1 155   1 155  















 
133     770       378   2 126   27 982  
                               
          (1 ) (1 ) 4 174  
          (375 ) (375 ) 4 707  
          106   106   1 597  
          (106 ) (106 ) 1 748  















 
          (376 ) (376 ) 12 226  
                               
              (7 434 )
    728     1 120   (2 ) 1 846   (7 794 )
    (728 )       (728 ) (728 )















 
        1 120   (2 ) 1 118   (15 956 )















 
        1 120   (378 ) 742   (3 730 )















 
133     770     1 120     2 868   24 252  
                               
              8 466  
    (330 )       (330 ) 334  
    330         330   330  
14     664         678   2 307  
153     780         933   3 553  
              898  
(11 ) 1 095   (674 )       442   1 189  















 
156   1 095   770         2 053   17 077  
                               
              642  
              1 530  
              (2 442 )
(23 ) (1 095 )     1 120     816   7 006  















 
(23 ) (1 095 )     1 120     816   6 736  
            (1 ) 439  















 
(23 ) (1 095 )     1 120     815   7 175  















 
133     770     1 120     2 868   24 252  














   

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 147

Back to Contents

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

35 First time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (continued)
Reconciliation of profit for the year ended 31 December 2004

    € million   € million   € million   € million   € million   € million  
        Goodwill and                  
    Previously   indefinite                  
    reported   lived           Pensions   Deferred tax  
    under previous   intangible       Biological   and similar   restatement  
    GAAP   assets   Software   assets   obligations   effect  












 
Turnover 40 366            
                         
Turnover of joint ventures (197 )          
                         
Operating costs (36 758 ) 815   66   7      
                         
Share of operating profit of joint ventures 44            
   










 
Operating profit/(loss) 3 455   815   66   7      
                           
  After charging:                        
  Impairment of Slim•Fast  (591 ) (200 )        
  Provision for Brazilian sales tax (169 )          
                         
Share of operating profit of associates 42   7          
Finance costs (628 )          
Other finance income/(cost) –                        
  pensions and similar obligations (61 )       1    
Share of net profit of joint ventures            
Share of net profit of associates            
Other income from non-current investments 31         23    
   










 
Profit/(loss) before taxation 2 839   822   66   7   24    
Taxation (782 ) 17   (17 ) (2 ) (8 ) (16 )
   










 
Net profit/(loss) for the year 2 057   839   49   5   16   (16 )
Net profit from discontinued operations                        
                         
Net profit                        
                         
Attributable to:                        
Minority interests 181   2   1   2      
Shareholders’ equity 1 876   837   48   3   16   (16 )
                         
(a) See ‘Turnover definition’ on page 20.                        

 

148 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

€ million   € million   € million   € million   € million   € million   € million   € million   € million  
                    Change              
Tax   Joint           Total effect   relating to   Restated   Adjustment for   As reported  
reclassifying   ventures and           of transition   turnover   under   discontinued   in Income  
effect   associates   Dividends   Other   to IFRSs   definition (a) IFRSs   operations   Statement  

















 
  (197 )     (197 ) (1 061 ) 39 108   (542 ) 38 566  
                                   
  197       197          
                                   
      14   902   1 061   (34 795 ) 468   (34 327 )
                                   
  (44 )     (44 )        

















 
  (44 )   14   858     4 313   (74 ) 4 239  
                                   
                                   
        (200 )   (791 )   (791 )
            (169 )   (169 )
                                   
  (49 )     (42 )        
  47     10   57     (571 ) (1 ) (572 )
        1     (60 ) 2   (58 )
  39       39     39     39  
  2       2     2     2  
        23     54     54  

















 
  (5 )   24   938     3 777   (73 ) 3 704  
  5     (33 ) (54 )   (836 ) 26   (810 )

















 
      (9 ) 884     2 941   (47 ) 2 894  
                            47   47  
             


 
                              2 941  
        5     186     186  
      (9 ) 879     2 755     2 755  

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 149

Back to Contents

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

35 First time adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards (continued)
Reconciliation of equity at 31 December 2004 and 1 January 2005

  € million   € million   € million   € million   € million   € million  
  Previously   Goodwill and                  
  reported   indefinite-                  
  under previous   lived           Pensions   Deferred tax  
  GAAP at   intangible       Biological   and similar   restatement  
  31 December 2004   assets   Software   assets   obligations   effect  












 
Non-current assets                        
Goodwill 11 508   575          
Intangible assets 3 830   928   166        
Property, plant and equipment 6 271       (36 )    
Biological assets       33      
Joint ventures and associates 54            
Other non-current investments 148         174    
Pension asset for funded schemes in surplus 456         (39 )  
Trade and other receivables due after more                        
    than one year 1 198            
Deferred tax assets            
 










 
Total non-current assets 23 465   1 503   166   (3 ) 135    
                         
Assets held for sale                        
                         
Current assets                        
Inventories 3 758            
Trade and other current receivables 4 505            
Other financial assets 1 016            
Cash and cash equivalents 1 587            
 










 
Total current assets 10 866            
                         
Current liabilities                        
Borrowings due after more than one year (5 155 )          
Trade payables and other current liabilities (9 415 )          
Current tax liabilities            
Restructuring and other provisions            
 










 
Total current liabilities (14 570 )          
 










 
Net current assets/(liabilities) (3 704 )          
 










 
Total assets less current liabilities 19 761   1 503   166   (3 ) 135    
                         
Non-current liabilities                        
Borrowings due after more than one year 6 893            
Trade payables and other liabilities due after                        
    more than one year 717            
Non-current tax liabilities            
Pension liability for funded schemes in deficit 1 681         43    
Pension liability for unfunded schemes 2 693         143    
Restructuring and other provisions 1 370   (6 )          
Deferred tax liabilities 511   (33 ) 50   1   (15 ) 1 068  
 










 
Total non-current liabilities 13 865   (39 ) 50   1   171   1 068  
                         
Liabilities held for sale                        
                         
Shareholders’ equity                        
Called up share capital 642            
Share premium account 1 530            
Other reserves (2 735 )          
Retained profit 6 097   1 540   115   (4 ) (36 ) (1 068 )
 










 
Total shareholders’ equity 5 534   1 540   115   (4 ) (36 ) (1 068 )
Minority interests 362   2   1        
 










 
Total equity 5 896   1 542   116   (4 ) (36 ) (1 068 )
 










 
Total capital employed 19 761   1 503   166   (3 ) 135    

 

150 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the consolidated accounts
Unilever Group

 

€ million   € million   € million   € million   € million   € million   € million   € million   € million  
                    Restated           Restated  
                    under   Financial   Non-current   under  
Tax   Joint           Total effect   IFRSs at   instruments   assets and asset   IFRSs at  
reclassifying   ventures and           of transition   31 December   (including   groups held   1 January  
effect   associates   Dividends   Other   to IFRSs   2004   preference shares)   for sale   2005  

















 
        575   12 083     (133 ) 11 950  
        1 094   4 924     (60 ) 4 864  
      (54 ) (90 ) 6 181     (130 ) 6 051  
        33   33       33  
          54       54  
      376   550   698     (1 ) 697  
208         169   625       625  
                                   
(973 )     54   (919 ) 279   468     747  
1 491         1 491   1 491       1 491  

















 
726       376   2 903   26 368   468   (324 ) 26 512  
                                   
                    n/a     375   375  
                                   
      (2 ) (2 ) 3 756     (16 ) 3 740  
      (374 ) (374 ) 4 131   581   (27 ) 4 685  
      (3 ) (3 ) 1 013   (480 )   533  
      3   3   1 590     (8 ) 1 582  

















 
      (376 ) (376 ) 10 490   101   (51 ) 10 540  
                                   
          (5 155 ) (1 293 )   (6 448 )
686     1 215     1 901   (7 514 ) (71 ) 14   (7 571 )
(686 )     (32 ) (718 ) (718 )     (718 )
      (799 ) (799 ) (799 )     (799 )

















 
    1 215   (831 ) 384   (14 186 ) (1 364 ) 14   (15 536 )

















 
    1 215   (1 207 ) 8   (3 696 ) (1 263 ) (37 ) (4 996 )

















 
726     1 215   (831 ) 2 911   22 672   (795 ) 14   21 891  
                                   
          6 893   328     7 221  
                                   
(278 )       (278 ) 439   (5 )   434  
278         278   278       278  
615         658   2 339       2 339  
904         1 047   3 740     (3 ) 3 737  
      (799 ) (805 ) 565     (2 ) 563  
(793 )       278   789   (4 )   785  

















 
726       (799 ) 1 178   15 043   319   (5 ) 15 357  
                                   
                    n/a     19   19  
                                   
          642   (130 )   512  
          1 530   (1 372 )   158  
      180   180   (2 555 ) (19 )   (2 574 )
    1 215   (212 ) 1 550   7 647   407     8 054  

















 
    1 215   (32 ) 1 730   7 264   (1 114 )   6 150  
        3   365       365  

















 
    1 215   (32 ) 1 733   7 629   (1 114 )   6 515  

















 
726     1 215   (831 ) 2 911   22 672   (795 ) 14   21 891  

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 151

Back to Contents

Historical information
Unilever Group

 

Selected financial data under IFRSs

  € million   € million  
Consolidated income statement 2005   2004  




 
Continuing operations:        
     Turnover 39 672   38 566  
     Operating profit 5 314   4 239  
     Profit before taxation 4 751   3 704  
     Net profit from continuing operations 3 502   2 894  
Net profit from discontinued operations 473   47  
Net profit 3 975   2 941  




 

Combined earnings per share(a)  2005   2004  




 
Total operations        
Basic earnings per share        
     Euros per €0.51 of ordinary capital 3.88   2.83  
     Euro cents per 1.4p of ordinary capital 58.17   42.46  
Diluted earnings per share        
     Euros per €0.51 of ordinary capital 3.76   2.72  
     Euro cents per 1.4p of ordinary capital 56.40   40.78  
Continuing operations        
Basic earnings per share        
     Euros per €0.51 of ordinary capital 3.39   2.78  
     Euro cents per 1.4p of ordinary capital 50.87   41.72  
Diluted earnings per share        
     Euros per €0.51 of ordinary capital 3.29   2.67  
     Euro cents per 1.4p of ordinary capital 49.33   40.08  




 

  € million   € million  
Consolidated balance sheet 2005   2004  




 
Total assets 39 376   36 858  
Total assets less total liabilities 8 765   7 629  
Shareholders’ equity 8 361   7 264  




 

  € million   € million  
Consolidated cash flow statement 2005   2004  




 
Cash flow from operating activities 5 924   6 925  
Income tax paid (1 571 ) (1 378 )
Net cash flow from/(used in) investing activities 515   (120 )
Net cash flow from/(used in) financing activities (4 821 ) (5 938 )
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 47   (511 )




 

Ratios and other metrics 2005   2004  




 
Ungeared Free Cash Flow (€ million)(b)  4 011   5 346  
Net profit margin (%)(c)  9.5   7.1  
Return on invested capital (%)(d)  12.5   10.7  
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (times)(e)  7.4   5.4  




 

(a) For the basis of the calculations of combined earnings per share see note 8 on page 97.
(b) As defined on page 17.
(c) Net profit margin is expressed as net profit attributable to shareholders’ equity as a percentage of turnover from continuing operations.
(d) As defined on page 18.

(e)

In the ratio of earnings to fixed charges, earnings consist of net profit excluding net profit or loss of joint ventures and associates increased by fixed charges, income taxes and dividends received from joint ventures and associates. Fixed charges consist of interest payable on debt and a portion of lease costs determined to be representative of interest. This ratio takes no account of interest receivable although Unilever’s treasury operations involve both borrowing and depositing funds.

 

152 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Historical information (continued)
Unilever Group


Historical information as reported under previous GAAP
Unilever adopted International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted by the EU with effect from 1 January 2005, with a transition date of 1 January 2004. As required by IFRS 1 ‘First Time Adoption of International Financial Reporting Standards’, comparative information has been presented on an IFRSs basis for 2004. Profits and balance sheets for years prior to 2004 have not been restated onto an IFRSs basis. Apart from the information reported on page 155 on a US GAAP basis, we therefore do not consider it appropriate to present historical information for a five-year period. Information for the period from 2001 to 2004 as reported under our previous accounting policies (which is not directly comparable with IFRSs) is set out below and on pages 154 and 155.

For further information regarding the impact of the adoption of IFRSs on Unilever’s reported profit and equity, please refer to note 35 on pages 144 to 151.

The financial data below and on pages 154 and 155 show information derived from the audited consolidated accounts of the Unilever Group for the years 2001 to 2004, and should be read in the context of those accounts and notes. Those accounts were prepared under the accounting policies which the Group applied prior to its adoption of IFRSs. These were based on United Kingdom accounting standards and applicable Netherlands and UK law. Further information can be found in the ‘Accounting information and policies’ sections of the Report and Accounts for the years in question.

The adoption, in 2003, of UK Financial Reporting Standard 17 on pensions accounting was reflected by restating the consolidated profit and loss accounts for the years ended and the balance sheets as at 31 December 2002 and 31 December 2001.

    € million   € million   € million   € million  
Consolidated profit and loss account 2004   2003   2002   2001  








 
Group turnover 40 169   42 693   48 270   51 514  
   






 
Group operating profit 3 411   5 483   5 007   4 946  
  After charging:                
  Exceptional items (1 595 ) (97 ) (707 ) (579 )
  Amortisation of goodwill and intangible assets (1 086 ) (1 139 ) (1 245 ) (1 387 )
Income from fixed investments 117   68   111   96  
Interest (689 ) (1 013 ) (1 065 ) (1 604 )
   






 
Profit on ordinary activities before taxation 2 839   4 538   4 053   3 438  
   






 
Profit on ordinary activities after taxation 2 057   3 011   2 448   1 919  
   






 
Net profit 1 876   2 762   2 136   1 680  
   






 
Preference dividends (28 ) (27 ) (42 ) (51 )
Dividends on ordinary capital (1 815 ) (1 682 ) (1 659 ) (1 530 )
   






 
Result for the year retained 33   1 053   435   99  








 
Combined earnings per share(c)                 
Euros per €0.51 of ordinary capital 1.92   2.82   2.14   1.66  
Euro cents per 1.4p of ordinary capital 28.78   42.33   32.16   24.86  








 
Ordinary dividends                
NV – euros per €0.51 of ordinary capital 1.89   1.74   1.70   1.56  
PLC – pence per 1.4p of ordinary capital 19.15   18.08   16.04   14.54  








 

  € million   € million   € million   € million  
Consolidated balance sheet 2004   2003   2002   2001  








 
Goodwill and intangible assets 15 338   17 713   20 274   24 964  
Other fixed assets and investments 6 473   6 854   8 115   10 124  
Stocks 3 758   4 175   4 500   5 343  
Debtors 5 703   5 881   6 571   8 024  
Total cash and current investments 2 603   3 345   2 904   2 214  
 






 
Total assets 33 875   37 968   42 364   50 669  
                 
Creditors due within one year (14 570 ) (17 074 ) (19 955 ) (23 125 )
 






 
Total assets less current liabilities 19 305   20 894   22 409   27 544  








 
Creditors due after one year 7 610   9 130   11 574   15 026  
Provisions for liabilities and charges 5 799   5 404   5 514   3 411  
 






 
Total long-term liabilities 13 409   14 534   17 088   18 437  
                 
Minority interests 362   440   619   670  
Capital and reserves 5 534   5 920   4 702   8 437  
 






 
Total capital employed 19 305   20 894   22 409   27 544  








 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 153

Back to Contents

Historical information (continued)
Unilever Group

 

Historical information as reported under previous GAAP (continued)

    € million   € million   € million   € million  
By geographical area   2004   2003   2002   2001  









 
Group turnover                  
Europe   17 314   18 208   19 573   20 119  
The Americas   13 120   14 146   17 879   20 358  
Asia Africa   9 735   10 339   10 818   11 037  
   






 
    40 169   42 693   48 270   51 514  









 
Group operating profit                  
Europe   1 827   2 563   1 598   2 412  
The Americas   617   1 429   2 046   1 465  
Asia Africa   967   1 491   1 363   1 069  
   






 
    3 411   5 483   5 007   4 946  









 
Net operating assets                  
Europe   9 748   11 306   12 301   11 243  
The Americas   8 869   11 033   13 441   18 347  
Asia Africa   2 294   2 582   2 445   2 607  
   






 
    20 911   24 921   28 187   32 197  









 
Capital expenditure                  
Europe   461   471   552   631  
The Americas   262   316   468   551  
Asia Africa   282   251   278   331  
   






 
    1 005   1 038   1 298   1 513  









 
                   
                   
                   
    € million   € million   € million   € million  
By operation   2004   2003   2002   2001  









 
Group turnover                  
Foods   22 530   23 971   26 937   28 155  
Home and Personal Care   17 639   18 722   21 333   23 359  
   






 
    40 169   42 693   48 270   51 514  









 
Group operating profit                  
Foods   1 267   2 648   2 083   2 136  
Home and Personal Care   2 144   2 835   2 924   2 810  
   






 
    3 411   5 483   5 007   4 946  









 
Net operating assets                  
Foods   19 014   22 469   25 156   28 960  
Home and Personal Care   1 897   2 452   3 031   3 237  
   






 
    20 911   24 921   28 187   32 197  









 
Capital expenditure                  
Foods   532   602   805   810  
Home and Personal Care   473   436   493   703  
   






 
    1 005   1 038   1 298   1 513  









 

 

154 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Historical information (continued)
Unilever Group

 

Historical information as reported under previous GAAP (continued)

    € million   € million   € million   € million  
Consolidated cash flow statement   2004   2003   2002   2001  









 
Cash flow from operating activities   6 853   6 780   7 883   7 497  
Dividends from joint ventures   60   52   83   82  
Returns on investments and servicing of finance   (807 ) (1 180 ) (1 386 ) (1 887 )
Taxation   (1 378 ) (1 423 ) (1 817 ) (2 205 )
Capital expenditure and financial investment   (1 044 ) (1 024 ) (1 706 ) (1 358 )
Acquisitions and disposals   316   622   1 755   3 477  
Dividends paid on ordinary share capital   (1 720 ) (1 715 ) (1 580 ) (1 420 )
   






 
Cash flow before management of liquid resources and financing   2 280   2 112   3 232   4 186  
Management of liquid resources   (31 ) (41 ) (592 ) 1 106  
Financing   (2 921 ) (2 917 ) (3 078 ) (5 172 )
   






 
Increase/(decrease) in cash in the period   (672 ) (846 ) (438 ) 120  









 
                   
                   
Ratios   2004   2003   2002   2001  









 
Return on invested capital (%)(d)    10.8   12.5   9.8   8.7  
Net profit margin (%)(f)    4.7   6.5   4.4   3.3  
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (times)(f)    4.3   4.6   3.6   2.6  









 
(d) As defined on page 18.
(f) As defined on page 152.

Selected financial data and key ratios on a US GAAP basis(g)(h)

    € million   € million   € million   € million   € million  
    2005   2004   2003   2002   2001  











 
Turnover (total operations)(i)    39 902   39 108   41 455   46 933   50 235  
Net profit attributable to shareholders’ equity (total operations)   2 646   2 686   3 807   4 210   1 446  
Net profit (continuing operations)   2 629   2 820   n/a   n/a   n/a  
Shareholders’ equity   14 992   14 012   13 349   11 772   13 553  
Total assets   45 172   41 625   44 145   48 146   56 546  
   








 
Combined net income per share (total operations)(j)(k)                       
       Euros per €0.51 of ordinary capital   2.71   2.76   3.90   4.27   1.42  
       Euro cents per 1.4p of ordinary capital   40.71   41.39   58.52   64.01   21.29  
Diluted net income per share (total operations)                      
       Euros per €0.51 of ordinary capital   2.63   2.65   3.79   4.14   1.38  
       Euro cents per 1.4p of ordinary capital   39.43   39.70   56.81   62.11   20.72  
   








 
Return on invested capital (%)   10.0   10.5   11.4   11.3   8.6  
Net profit margin (%)(l)    6.7   6.9   9.2   9.0   2.9  
Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (times)(f)    5.8   5.0   5.2   4.8   2.4  











 
(f) As defined on page 152.
(g) During the year ended 31 December 2002, Unilever changed its method of calculating expected return on plan assets for US GAAP purposes, by adopting the actual fair market value at the balance sheet date rather than a market-related value. Had this methodology been applied in previous years, it would have resulted in an increase in net income for the year ended 31 December 2001 of €86 million.
(h) During the year ended 31 December 2002, Unilever recognised for US GAAP reporting purposes FAS 142 which ceased amortisation of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets. Amortisation expense on goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets on a US GAAP basis for the year ended 31 December 2001 was €1 748 million.
(i) Turnover from continuing operations for the year was €39 672 million (2004: €38 566 million).
(j) For the basis of the calculation of combined earnings per share see note 8 on page 97.
(k) For information on net income per share for continuing operations, please refer to page 157.
(l) Net profit margin is expressed as net profit attributable to shareholders’ equity as a percentage of turnover from total operations.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 155

Back to Contents

Historical information (continued)
Unilever Group

 

Exchange rates

The information in the following table is based on exchange rates between euros and US dollars and euros and sterling. These translation rates were used in preparation of the accounts:

    2005   2004   2003   2002   2001  











 
Year end                      
€1 = $   1.184   1.366   1.261   1.049   0.885  
€1 = £   0.686   0.707   0.708   0.651   0.611  











 
Annual average                      
€1 = $   1.244   1.238   1.126   0.940   0.895  
€1 = £   0.684   0.678   0.691   0.628   0.622  











 

Noon Buying Rates in New York for cable transfers in foreign currencies as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York were as follows:

    2005   2004   2003   2002   2001  











 
Year end                      
€1 = $   1.184   1.354   1.260   1.049   0.890  











 
Annual average                      
€1 = $   1.245   1.239   1.132   0.945   0.895  











 
High                      
€1 = $   1.348   1.363   1.260   1.049   0.954  











 
Low                      
€1 = $   1.167   1.180   1.036   0.859   0.837  











 
                       

High and low exchange rate values for each of the last six months:

    September   October   November   December   January   February  
    2005   2005   2005   2005   2006   2006  













 
High                          
€1 = $   1.254   1.215   1.207   1.204   1.229   1.210  













 
Low                          
€1 = $   1.201   1.191   1.167   1.170   1.198   1.186  













 

On 28 February 2006, the exchange rates between euros and US dollars and euros and sterling were as follows: €1.00 = US $1.193 and €1.00 = £0.680.

 

156 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements 

Additional information for US investors
Unilever Group

 

Unilever’s consolidated accounts are prepared in accordance with accounting principles which differ in some respects from those applicable in the United States. The following is a summary of the effect on the Group’s net profit, combined earnings per share and equity of the application of United States generally accepted accounting principles (US GAAP).

  € million   € million  
  2005   2004  




 
Net profit as reported in the consolidated income statement 3 975   2 941  
US GAAP adjustments:    
       Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets (279 ) (152 )
       Restructuring costs (224 ) 275  
       Capitalised interest (36 ) (34 )
       Biological assets (16 ) (7 )
       Sale and leaseback transactions (56 )  
       Financial instruments (6 ) (66 )
       Preference dividends 11    
       Pensions and similar obligations (265 ) (230 )
       Profit/(loss) on disposal of group companies (217 ) (11 )
       Currency retranslation written back on disposals and capital transactions (102 ) (8 )
       Taxation effect of above adjustments including differences in deferred tax accounting 70   159  
 


 
Net increase/(decrease) (1 120 ) (74 )
 


 
Net income under US GAAP 2 855   2 867  
Attributable to:    
Minority interests 209   181  
Shareholders’ equity 2 646   2 686  




 
Combined net income per share under US GAAP    
From total operations    
Basic net income per share    
       Euros per €0.51 of ordinary capital 2.71   2.76  
       Euro cents per 1.4p of ordinary capital 40.71   41.39  
Diluted net income per share    
       Euros per €0.51 of ordinary capital 2.63   2.65  
       Euro cents per 1.4p of ordinary capital 39.43   39.70  
From continuing operations    
Basic net income per share    
       Euros per €0.51 of ordinary capital 2.48   2.71  
       Euro cents per 1.4p of ordinary capital 37.22   40.65  
Diluted net income per share    
       Euros per €0.51 of ordinary capital 2.40   2.60  
       Euro cents per 1.4p of ordinary capital 36.05   39.01  




 
         

  € million   € million  
  2005   2004  




 
Total equity as reported in the consolidated balance sheet 8 765   7 629  
US GAAP adjustments:    
       Goodwill 4 531   4 213  
       Identifiable intangible assets 1 402   1 587  
       Restructuring costs 153   356  
       Capitalised interest 238   275  
       Biological assets (10 ) 3  
       Sale and leaseback transactions (56 )  
       Financial instruments 60    
       Pensions and similar obligations 1 085   1 126  
       Preference shares 124   n/a  
       Taxation effect of above adjustments including differences in deferred tax accounting (896 ) (815 )
 


 
Net increase/(decrease) 6 631   6 745  
 


 
Equity under US GAAP 15 396   14 374  
Attributable to:    
Minority interests 404   362  
Shareholders’ equity 14 992   14 012  




 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 157

Back to Contents

Additional information for US investors (continued)
Unilever Group

 

The consolidated accounts of the Unilever Group have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles which differ in certain respects from those generally accepted in the United States (US GAAP). The principal differences are set out below.

Goodwill and intangible assets
Under IFRSs transitional rules, purchased goodwill and identifiable intangible assets are recognised at the transition date to IFRSs at deemed cost. For goodwill, the deemed cost at 1 January 2004 was the carrying value under previous GAAP at 31 December 2003. Under previous GAAP, goodwill arising from acquisitions after 1 January 1998 was capitalised and amortised over the period of its expected useful life, up to a maximum of 20 years. For intangible assets with indefinite lives, the deemed cost at the date of transition to IFRSs is the original cost at which these costs were initially recognised on the balance sheet.

Under US GAAP prior to 1 January 2002, purchased goodwill and identifiable intangible assets were capitalised and amortised over their useful lives. From 1 January 2002, under FAS 142, the amortisation of goodwill and identifiable intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives ceased. Intangible assets that have finite useful lives continue to be amortised over their useful lives for both IFRSs and US GAAP.

The differences between IFRSs and US GAAP on accounting for goodwill and intangible assets are set out in the tables and footnotes below.

Impact of goodwill and intangible assets differences on equity:

  € million   € million  
  2005   2004  




 
Pre-1998 goodwill and intangible assets(a)  3 536   3 617  
Cessation of goodwill amortisation(b)  1 631   1 502  
Cessation of intangible assets amortisation(b)  (329 ) (250 )
Differences in calculation of goodwill on acquisition(c)  1 198   1 041  
Recognised impairments on goodwill and intangible assets(d)  (128 ) (131 )
Cessation of goodwill amortisation on joint ventures and associates(b)  25   21  
 


 
Total adjustment to equity 5 933   5 800  




 

(a) Under previous GAAP, goodwill and intangible assets purchased prior to 1 January 1998 were written off in the year of acquisition as a movement in profits retained. Under US GAAP, such goodwill and intangible assets were capitalised and, prior to 1 January 2002, were amortised over their useful lives. These different accounting treatments gave rise to differences in the calculation of equity under IFRSs and US GAAP. Similar differences arise between net profit or loss on disposal of a business or intangible asset under US GAAP.
(b) Under US GAAP prior to 1 January 2002, purchased goodwill and identifiable intangible assets were capitalised and amortised over their useful lives. From 1 January 2002, under FAS 142, the amortisation of goodwill and identifiable intangible assets that have indefinite useful lives ceased. Intangible assets that have finite useful lives continue to be amortised over their useful lives.
(c) The detailed rules for determining the fair value of assets and liabilities acquired as part of the acquisition of a business differed between previous GAAP and US GAAP. We have applied the exemption in IFRS 1 relating to business combinations and therefore the carrying value under previous GAAP for goodwill as at 31 December 2003 is its deemed cost at the date of transition to IFRSs (see also note 35 on pages 144 to 151). These, previous differences therefore give rise to differing figures for goodwill arising on acquisition as calculated under IFRSs and US GAAP.
(d) As more fully disclosed below, the carrying values of goodwill and identifiable intangible assets and the detailed rules for measuring and allocating an impairment loss differ between IFRSs and US GAAP, resulting in divergences for impairment charges recognised.

Under US GAAP the carrying values and detailed rules for measuring and allocating an impairment loss differ from those under IFRS. As a result, for the year ended 31 December 2005, the evaluation of the Slim•Fast trademark resulted in an impairment charge under US GAAP of €343 million, €104 million more than the charge recognised in respect of the trademark under IFRSs and €20 million less than the total impairment charge recognised under IFRSs for the Slim•Fast business. For US GAAP purposes, the fair value of the trademark asset was determined using a relief-from-royalty method that estimates the value of the implied royalty stream that could be generated from the trademark, were it to be licensed.

There are a number of goodwill and intangible assets being carried for US GAAP purposes for which no corresponding value exists under IFRSs. The annual impairment testing conducted in 2005 identified certain goodwill and intangible assets for which the carrying value was no longer fully recoverable. Accordingly, an impairment charge was recognised solely for US GAAP purposes in respect of the following:

As a result of the global use of the Unilever brand on all product packaging we have discontinued the use of the Fabergé trade name resulting in an impairment charge of €120 million; and
   
The 2005 review of our ice cream operations in Latin America indicated that an impairment charge of €66 million was required.

In each of the above, fair value was determined by use of a relief-from-royalty valuation method for indefinite-lived trademarks and through a present value of discounted cash flows methodology for the relevant reporting unit in respect of goodwill.

Other goodwill impairment charges recognised in 2005 include €98 million of write-downs in respect of planned business disposals in The Americas region that will complete during 2006.

158 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Additional information for US investors (continued)
Unilever Group

 

Goodwill        
An analysis of goodwill of group companies, joint ventures and associates by reporting segment is given below:  
                 
  € million   € million   € million   € million  
  The    
Europe Americas Asia Africa Total








 
1 January 2004 8 082   7 652   1 101   16 835  
Adjustment to prior year acquisitions 309   811     1 120  
Acquisitions   7     7  
Disposals (8 ) (3 )   (11 )
Impairment charged to income statement (142 ) (928 ) (66 ) (1 136 )
Currency retranslation   (319 ) (84 ) (403 )
 






 
31 December 2004 8 241   7 220   951   16 412  
Acquisitions     13   13  
Disposals (149 ) (24 ) (4 ) (177 )
Impairment charged to income statement   (176 ) (3 ) (179 )
Currency retranslation 56   1 366   138   1 560  
 






 
31 December 2005 8 148   8 386   1 095   17 629  








 

Indefinite-lived intangible assets    
An analysis of net book value of indefinite-lived intangible assets at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment is given below:    
  € million   € million  
  2005   2004  




 
Cost 7 471   6 953  
Accumulated amortisation and impairment (1 619 ) (1 055 )
 


 
Net book value 31 December 5 852   5 898  




 

Indefinite-lived intangible assets principally comprise trademarks.

Restructuring costs
Under Unilever’s accounting policy, certain restructuring costs relating to employee terminations are recognised when a restructuring plan has been announced. Under US GAAP, liabilities relating to exit costs are recognised when incurred. Employee termination costs are generally considered to be incurred when the company has a liability to the employee, unless further service is required from the employee, in which case costs are recognised as benefits are earned.

Provisions related to excess lease costs for onerous contracts are reduced by assumed sub-lease income for the periods impacted.

Biological assets
In accordance with IAS 41, biological assets are re-measured at fair value less estimated point-of-sale costs at each reporting period. Under US GAAP these assets are measured at historical cost and depreciated over their useful life.

Interest
Unilever treats all interest costs as a charge to the income statement in the current period. Under US GAAP, interest incurred during the construction periods of tangible fixed assets is capitalised and depreciated over the life of the assets.

Sale and leaseback
The test for determining if an asset qualifies for treatment as a sale in a sale and leaseback transaction is stricter under US GAAP than that under IFRSs, in particular where the lessee has continuing involvement. As a result, a sale and leaseback transaction entered into by Unilever was treated as a sale and operating lease of land and financing lease of a building under IFRSs but as a financing obligation for US GAAP. Accordingly, under US GAAP the gain on sale of €37 million was reversed in the income statement, the property was reinstated and a financing obligation of €114 million equivalent to the proceeds received for the sale was recognised.

The lease for this transaction is payable from 30 March 2007 until the lease expiry date of 29 September 2027.

Future commitments for the lease attached to this transaction are:

  € million  


 
The commitments fall due as follows:    
Within 1 year  
After 1 year but within 2 years 15  
After 2 years but within 3 years 15  
After 3 years but within 4 years 15  
After 4 years but within 5 years 15  
After 5 years 312  
 
 
Future minimum lease payments 372  


 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 159

Back to Contents

Additional information for US investors (continued)
Unilever Group

 

Financial Instruments
Under the rules governing the transition to IFRSs, Unilever has adopted IAS 32/39 on financial instruments from 1 January 2005. Unilever’s accounting policies in respect of derivative financial instruments under IFRSs are described in note 1 on page 83. There are minor differences between these and the application of US GAAP from 1 January 2005.

In particular, from 1 January 2005, Unilever recognises all derivative financial instruments on balance sheet at fair value and applies hedge accounting to a portion of its portfolio of derivative financial instruments, meaning that changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments that are designated and effective as hedges of future cash flows are recognised directly in equity and any ineffective portion is recognised immediately in the income statement.

Prior to the adoption of IAS 32/39 on 1 January 2005, Unilever applied hedge accounting to its portfolio of derivative financial instruments, meaning that changes in the value of forward exchange contracts were recognised in the results in the same period as changes in the values of the assets and liabilities they were intended to hedge. Interest payments and receipts arising from interest rate derivatives such as swaps and forward rate agreements were matched to those arising from underlying debt and investment positions. Payments made or received in respect of the early termination of derivative instruments were spread over the original life of the instrument so long as the underlying exposure continues to exist.

Prior to 1 January 2005, Unilever had not designated any of its derivative financial instruments as qualifying hedge instruments under US FAS 133 and accordingly, under US GAAP, all derivative financial instruments were valued at fair value with changes in fair value reflected in the income statement.

Investments
The adoption of IAS 32/39 eliminates any previous divergence between Unilever’s accounting for non-derivative financial instruments and US GAAP. A divergence therefore only exists in the 2004 comparative figures.

Prior to 1 January 2005 Unilever accounted for changes in the market value of current investments as interest receivable in the income statement for the year. Non-current investments, other than interests in joint ventures and associates, are stated at cost less any amounts written off to reflect a permanent impairment. Under US GAAP, such current asset investments are generally classified as ‘available for sale securities’ and changes in market values, which represent unrealised gains or losses, are excluded from earnings and taken to stockholders’ equity unless such losses are deemed to be other than temporary at which time they are recognised through the income statement. Unrealised gains and losses arising from changes in the market values of securities available for sale are not material at 31 December 2004.

Preference shares
Under IAS 32, Unilever recognises preference shares that provide a fixed preference dividend as borrowings with preference dividends recognised in the income statement. Under US GAAP such preference shares are classified in shareholders’ equity with dividends treated as a deduction to shareholder’s equity.

Pensions
Under IAS 19, the expected costs of providing retirement benefits are charged to the income statement over the periods benefiting from the employees’ services. Variations from the expected cost are recognised as they occur in the statement of recognised income and expense . The assets and liabilities of pension plans are included in the Group balance sheet at fair value. Under US GAAP, pensions costs and liabilities are accounted for in accordance with the prescribed actuarial method and measurement principles of FAS 87. The most significant difference is that variations from the expected costs are recognised in the income statement over the expected service lives of the employees.

Under US GAAP, an additional minimum liability is recognised and a charge made to other comprehensive income when the accumulated benefit obligation exceeds the fair value of plan assets to the extent that this amount is not covered by the net liability recognised in the balance sheet.

Deferred tax
Under IFRSs, a provision is made on unremitted earnings of controlled group companies to the extent that the distributions are considered probable. US GAAP requires full provision to be made assuming all earnings will be distributed, unless those earnings can be recovered tax-free or will be permanently reinvested in the controlled group company.

Under IFRSs, deferred tax on share-based compensation is provided based on the actual tax credit expected to be received using the fair market value of the share price at the year end (the intrinsic value). The deferred tax is credited to the income statement to the extent of the tax recognised on the share-based compensation charge with the excess recognised directly in equity. Under US GAAP, deferred tax on the share-based awards that ordinarily result in future tax deductions is recognised to the extent of the cumulative amount of compensation cost recognised through the income statement. Tax deductions inherent in the current fair value of the entity’s stock are not taken into account.

Profit or loss on disposal of businesses
Under both IFRSs and US GAAP, Unilever calculates profit or loss on sale of businesses net of goodwill included on the balance sheet and after the write-back of cumulative currency retranslation differences. Under previous GAAP, goodwill and intangible assets purchased prior to 1 January 1998 were written off in the year of acquisition as a movement in profits retained. Under US GAAP, such goodwill and intangible assets were capitalised and, prior to 1 January 2002, were amortised over their useful lives. These different accounting treatments give rise to differences between net profit or loss calculated under IFRSs and that calculated under US GAAP. The additional goodwill and intangibles recorded under US GAAP for our UCI business means that the US GAAP profit on disposal of this business is €217 million lower than that reported under IFRSs. Under IFRSs, cumulative currency retranslation differences arising from the transition date to IFRSs of 1 January 2004 are included in the calculation whereas under US GAAP the profit or loss on disposal includes cumulative currency retranslation differences which have arisen since the date that the businesses were originally acquired.

Currency Recycling
Under IFRSs, the gain from cumulative translation differences arising from the partial repayment of capital of a subsidiary is recognised within the income statement. Under US GAAP, currency translation gains and losses are only recycled to the income statement on the sale or upon the complete or substantially complete liquidation of the investment.

 

160 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Additional information for US investors (continued)
Unilever Group

 

Classification differences between IFRSs and US GAAP

Cash flow statement
Under US GAAP, various items would be reclassified within the consolidated cash flow statement. In particular, interest received and interest paid would be part of net cash flow from operating activities. In addition, under US GAAP, cash and cash equivalents comprise cash balances and cash equivalents with an original maturity at the date of investment of less than three months. Under Unilever’s presentation, cash and cash equivalents are net of bank overdrafts. Cash flows from movements in bank overdrafts would be classified as part of cash flows from financing activities under US GAAP. Cash flows from movements in bank overdrafts were €61 million for the year ended 31 December 2005 (2004: €(134) million).

Recent accounting developments
In November 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued FASB Statement No. 151 ‘Inventory Costs – an amendment of ARB 43’ (FAS 151). The standard clarifies that abnormal amounts of idle facility expense, freight, handling costs, and wasted materials (spoilage) should be recognised as current-period charges. In addition, FAS 151 requires that the allocation of fixed production overheads to inventory values be based on the normal capacity of the production facilities. The provisions of FAS 151 will be effective for inventory costs incurred during reporting periods beginning after 15 June 2005. FAS 151 does not have an impact on the results of operations or financial position of Unilever since the key elements are already applied in Unilever’s financial statements.

In December 2004, the FASB issued a revision of FASB Statement No. 123 – ‘Share-Based Payments’ (FAS 123(R)) which also supersedes APB Opinion No. 25 – ‘Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees’. Generally the valuation methods contained in FAS 123(R) are similar to those in FAS 123, but FAS 123(R) requires all share-based payments to employees, including grants of employee share options, to be charged to the statement of income. Pro forma disclosure is no longer an alternative. With limited exceptions, the amount charged to the statement of income for share options will be measured based on the grant date fair value of the option amortised over the period to the date of vesting of the award. FAS 123(R) is effective for annual reporting periods beginning after 15 June 2005. The company is currently evaluating the provisions of this Statement. The adoption of FAS 123(R) is not expected to have a significant impact on the consolidated results of operations or financial position of Unilever as Unilever adopted the fair value measurement provisions of FAS 123 in 2003.

In March 2005 the FASB issued Financial Interpretation No. 47 ‘Accounting for Conditional Asset Retirement Obligations’ (FIN 47), which clarifies the term conditional asset retirement obligation used in FAS 143. Unilever will apply the standard to the financial year beginning on 1 January 2006; this is not expected to have a material impact on the consolidated results of operations or financial position of Unilever.

In May 2005 the FASB issued FASB Statement No. 154 ‘Accounting changes and error corrections’ (FAS 154) as a replacement of APB Opinion No. 20 ‘Accounting changes’ and FASB Statement No. 3 ‘Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements’, which has to be applied for financial years beginning on or after 15 December 2005. It requires retrospective application, and Unilever will apply the standard to the financial year beginning on 1 January 2006. The adoption is not expected to have a material effect on the consolidated results of operations or financial position of Unilever.

Documents on display in the United States
Unilever files and furnishes reports and information with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). Such reports and information can be inspected and copied at the SEC’s public reference facilities in Washington DC, Chicago and New York. Certain of our reports and other information that we file or furnish to the SEC are also available to the public over the internet on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 161

Back to Contents

Additional information for US investors (continued)
Unilever Group

 

Summarised presentation of the NV and PLC parts of the Group
NV and PLC and their group companies constitute a single reporting entity for the purposes of presenting consolidated accounts. The following supplemental information shows the consolidated income statement and balance sheet of the Group analysed according to the relative legal ownership of individual entities by NV or PLC.

  € million   € million   € million   € million   € million   € million  
  NV   NV   PLC   PLC   Total   Total  
Income statement for the year ended 31 December 2005   2004   2005   2004   2005   2004  












 
Continuing operations:                        
                         
Turnover 27 159   26 078   12 513   12 488   39 672   38 566  
                         
Operating profit 3 682   2 814   1 632   1 425   5 314   4 239  
Net finance costs (472 ) (379 ) (146 ) (251 ) (618 ) (630 )
Share in net profit of joint ventures 35   30   12   9   47   39  
Share in net profit of associates (12 ) 8   (13 ) (6 ) (25 ) 2  
Other income from non-current investments 20   35   13   19   33   54  
 










 
Profit before taxation 3 253   2 508   1 498   1 196   4 751   3 704  
Taxation (814 ) (520 ) (435 ) (290 ) (1 249 ) (810 )
 










 
Net profit from continuing operations 2 439   1 988   1 063   906   3 502   2 894  
Net profit from discontinued operations 367   36   106   11   473   47  
 










 
Net profit 2 806   2 024   1 169   917   3 975   2 941  
                         
Attributable to:                        
Minority interest 57   56   152   130   209   186  
Shareholders’ equity 2 749   1 968   1 017   787   3 766   2 755  












 
                         
  € million   € million   € million   € million   € million   € million  
  NV   NV   PLC   PLC   Total   Total  
Balance sheet as at 31 December 2005   2004   2005   2004   2005   2004  












 
Goodwill and intangible assets 14 152   13 268   3 903   3 739   18 055   17 007  
Property, plant and equipment 4 321   4 115   2 171   2 066   6 492   6 181  
Pension asset for funded schemes in surplus 966   558   70   67   1 036   625  
Deferred tax assets 961   948   742   543   1 703   1 491  
Other non-current assets 695   721   377   343   1 072   1 064  
 










 
Total non-current assets 21 095   19 610   7 263   6 758   28 358   26 368  
                         
Assets held for sale 166   n/a   51   n/a   217   n/a  
                         
Inventories 2 661   2 436   1 446   1 320   4 107   3 756  
Trade and other current receivables 3 628   3 026   1 202   1 105   4 830   4 131  
Other financial assets 235   707   100   306   335   1 013  
Cash and cash equivalents 941   1 109   588   481   1 529   1 590  
 










 
Total current assets 7 465   7 278   3 336   3 212   10 801   10 490  
                         
Borrowings due within one year (5 506 ) (4 101 ) (436 ) (1 054 ) (5 942 ) (5 155 )
Trade payables and other current liabilities (6 032 ) (5 720 ) (2 626 ) (2 512 ) (8 658 ) (8 232 )
Restructuring and other provisions (460 ) (555 ) (184 ) (244 ) (644 ) (799 )
 










 
Total current liabilities (11 998 ) (10 376 ) (3 246 ) (3 810 ) (15 244 ) (14 186 )
 










 
Net current assets/(liabilities) (4 533 ) (3 098 ) 90   (598 ) (4 443 ) (3 696 )
 










 
Total assets less current liabilities 16 728   16 512   7 404   6 160   24 132   22 672  












 
Borrowings due after one year 5 484   5 969   973   924   6 457   6 893  
Pension liability for funded schemes in deficit 757   698   1 658   1 641   2 415   2 339  
Pension liability for unfunded schemes 3 040   2 726   1 162   1 014   4 202   3 740  
Restructuring and other provisions 635   480   97   85   732   565  
Deferred tax liabilities 770   693   163   96   933   789  
Other non-current liabilities 338   428   264   289   602   717  
 










 
Total non-current liabilities 11 024   10 994   4 317   4 049   15 341   15 043  
                         
Liabilities held for sale 16   n/a   10   n/a   26   n/a  
                         
Intra-group – NV/PLC (1 932 ) (2 779 ) 1 932   2 779      
                         
Shareholders’ equity 7 571   8 243   790   (979 ) 8 361   7 264  
Minority interests 49   54   355   311   404   365  
 










 
Total equity 7 620   8 297   1 145   (668 ) 8 765   7 629  
 










 
Total capital employed 16 728   16 512   7 404   6 160   24 132   22 672  












 

The negative reserves shown for the PLC part of this analysis for 2004 arise largely because of an accounting policy of writing off goodwill in previous years. These write-offs do not have an impact on distributable reserves. See also note 26 on page 126 in connection with the impact of the implementation of IAS 32 and IAS 39 in 2005.

 

162 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Additional information for US investors (continued)
Unilever Group

Guarantor statements
On 2 October 2000, NV and Unilever Capital Corporation (UCC) filed a US $15 billion Shelf registration, which is unconditionally and fully guaranteed, jointly and severally, by NV, PLC and Unilever United States, Inc. (UNUS). Of the US $15 billion Shelf registration, US $2.75 billion of Notes were outstanding at 31 December 2005 (2004: US $4.25 billion) with coupons ranging from 5.90% to 7.125%. These Notes are repayable between 1 November 2010 and 15 November 2032.

Provided below are the income statements, cash flow statements and balance sheets of each of the companies discussed above, together with the income statement, cash flow statement and balance sheet of non-guarantor subsidiaries. These have been prepared under the historical cost convention, and, aside from the basis of accounting for investments at net asset value (equity accounting), comply in all material respects with International Financial Reporting Standards. Divergences from US GAAP are disclosed on pages 157 to 161. We have not provided reconciliations from the accounting principles used by Unilever to US GAAP for the columns relating to the guarantor entities, as such reconciliations would not materially affect an investor’s understanding of the nature of this guarantee. The financial information in respect of NV, PLC and UNUS has been prepared with all subsidiaries accounted for on an equity basis. The financial information in respect of the non-guarantor subsidiaries has been prepared on a consolidated basis.

  € million   € million   € million   € million   € million   € million   € million  
  Unilever   Unilever       Unilever              
  Capital   N.V.       United              
  Corporation   parent   Unilever PLC   States Inc.   Non-          
Income statement subsidiary   issuer/   parent   subsidiary   guarantor       Unilever  
for the year ended 31 December 2005 issuer   guarantor   guarantor   guarantor   subsidiaries   Eliminations   Group  














 
Continuing operations:                            
                             
Turnover         39 672     39 672  
 












 
Operating profit   87   (61 ) (3 ) 5 291     5 314  
 












 
Finance income   61   11     58     130  
Finance costs (241 ) (274 ) (2 ) (3 ) (173 )   (693 )
Pensions and similar obligations   (5 )   (61 ) 11     (55 )
Intercompany finance costs 256   509   (11 ) (40 ) (714 )    
Dividends   1 043   856     (1 899 )    
Share of net profit/(loss) of joint ventures         47     47  
Share of net profit/(loss) of associates         (25 )   (25 )
Other income from non-current investments         33     33  
 












 
Profit before taxation 15   1 421   793   (107 ) 2 629     4 751  
Taxation (5 ) (118 ) 36   45   (1 207 )   (1 249 )
 












 
Net profit from continuing operations 10   1 303   829   (62 ) 1 422     3 502  
                             
Net profit from discontinued operations         473     473  
Equity earnings of subsidiaries   2 463   2 937   732     (6 132 )  
 












 
Net profit 10   3 766   3 766   670   1 895   (6 132 ) 3 975  
 












 
Attributable to:                            
Minority interest         209     209  
Shareholders’ equity 10   3 766   3 766   670   1 686   (6 132 ) 3 766  














 
               
Income statement                            
for the year ended 31 December 2004                            














 
Continuing operations:                            
                             
Turnover         38 566     38 566  
 












 
Operating profit   59   33   6   4 141     4 239  
 












 
Finance income   26   6     113     145  
Finance costs (282 ) (160 ) (2 ) (3 ) (270 )   (717 )
Pensions and similar obligations   (6 )   (10 ) (42 )   (58 )
Intercompany finance costs 296   211   (3 ) (22 ) (482 )    
Dividends   1 960   770     (2 730 )    
Share of net profit/(loss) of joint ventures         39     39  
Share of net profit/(loss) of associates         2     2  
Other income from non-current investments         54     54  
 












 
Profit before taxation 14   2 090   804   (29 ) 825     3 704  
Taxation (5 ) 35   16   11   (867 )   (810 )
 












 
Net profit from continuing operations 9   2 125   820   (18 ) (42 )   2 894  
                             
Net profit from discontinued operations         47     47  
Equity earnings of subsidiaries   630   1 935   (76 )   (2 489 )  
 












 
Net profit 9   2 755   2 755   (94 ) 5   (2 489 ) 2 941  
 












 
Attributable to:                            
Minority interest         186     186  
Shareholders’ equity 9   2 755   2 755   (94 ) (181 ) (2 489 ) 2 755  














 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 163

Back to Contents

Additional information for US investors (continued)
Unilever Group

Guarantor statements (continued)                            
  € million   € million   € million   € million   € million   € million   € million  
  Unilever   Unilever       Unilever              
  Capital   N.V.       United              
  Corporation   parent   Unilever PLC   States Inc.   Non-          
  subsidiary   issuer/   parent   subsidiary   guarantor       Unilever  
Balance sheet as at 31 December 2005 issuer   guarantor   guarantor   guarantor   subsidiaries   Eliminations   Group  














 
                             
Goodwill and intangible assets   32   54     17 969     18 055  
Property, plant and equipment       6   6 486     6 492  
Pension asset for funded schemes in surplus       67   969     1 036  
Deferred tax assets       1 012   691     1 703  
Other non-current assets   16     11   1 045     1 072  
Amounts due from group companies after one year 2 512   6 628   102   1 281   (10 523 )    
Net assets of subsidiaries (equity accounted)   11 176   9 823   6 234   (14 593 ) (12 640 )  
 












 
Total non-current assets 2 512   17 852   9 979   8 611   2 044   (12 640 ) 28 358  
 












 
Assets held for sale         217     217  
                             
Inventories         4 107     4 107  
Amounts due from group companies within one year   19 619   294     (19 913 )    
Trade and other current receivables   635   35   34   4 126     4 830  
Other financial assets         335     335  
Cash and cash equivalents 35   163     (3 ) 1 334     1 529  
 












 
Total current assets 35   20 417   329   31   (10 011 )   10 801  
 












 
Borrowings due within one year   (4 548 )     (1 394 )   (5 942 )
Amounts due to group companies within one year   (22 027 ) (1 871 )   23 898      
Restructuring and other provisions   (16 )   (5 ) (623 )   (644 )
Trade payables and other current liabilities (31 ) (534 ) (64 ) (57 ) (7 972 )   (8 658 )
 












 
Total current liabilities (31 ) (27 125 ) (1 935 ) (62 ) 13 909     (15 244 )
 












 
Net current assets/(liabilities) 4   (6 708 ) (1 606 ) (31 ) 3 898     (4 443 )
 












 
Total assets less current liabilities 2 516   11 144   8 373   8 580   6 159   (12 640 ) 24 132  














 
                             
Borrowings due after one year 2 296   2 442       1 719     6 457  
Amounts due to group companies after one year              
Pension liability for funded schemes in deficit       372   2 043     2 415  
Pension liability for unfunded schemes   159     1 260   2 783     4 202  
Restructuring and other provisions   32     3   697     732  
Deferred tax liabilities   94   12     827     933  
Other non-current liabilities   56     202   344     602  
 












 
Total non-current liabilities 2 296   2 783   12   1 837   8 413     15 341  
 












 
Liabilities held for sale         26     26  
               
Shareholders equity attributable to:                            
PLC   790         (790 )  
NV     7 571       (7 571 )  
Called up share capital   290   222         512  
Share premium account   25   137         162  
Other reserves (5 ) (1 465 ) (863 ) (291 ) (393 ) 689   (2 328 )
Retained profit 225   8 721   1 294   7 034   (2 291 ) (4 968 ) 10 015  
 












 
Total shareholders’ equity 220   8 361   8 361   6 743   (2 684 ) (12 640 ) 8 361  
Minority interests         404     404  
 












 
Total equity 220   8 361   8 361   6 743   (2 280 ) (12 640 ) 8 765  
 












 
Total capital employed 2 516   11 144   8 373   8 580   6 159   (12 640 ) 24 132  














 

 

164 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Additional information for US investors (continued)
Unilever Group

Guarantor statements (continued)                            
  € million   € million   € million   € million   € million   € million   € million  
  Unilever   Unilever       Unilever              
  Capital   N.V.       United              
  Corporation   parent   Unilever PLC   States Inc.   Non-          
  subsidiary   issuer/   parent   subsidiary   guarantor       Unilever  
Balance sheet as at 31 December 2004 issuer   guarantor   guarantor   guarantor   subsidiaries   Eliminations   Group  














 
Goodwill and intangible assets   10   49     16 948     17 007  
Property, plant and equipment       4   6 177     6 181  
Pension asset for funded schemes in surplus       70   555     625  
Deferred tax assets       585   906     1 491  
Other non-current assets(a) 17   445   27   11   564     1 064  
Amounts due from group companies after one year 3 811   710   65   678   (5 264 )    
Net assets of subsidiaries (equity accounted)(a)   8 578   8 528   7 898   (14 004 ) (11 000 )  
 












 
Total non-current assets 3 828   9 743   8 669   9 246   5 882   (11 000 ) 26 368  
 












 
Assets held for sale n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a  
Inventories         3 756     3 756  
Amounts due from group companies within one year   17 053   273     (17 326 )    
Trade and other current receivables   135   48   116   3 832     4 131  
Other financial assets         1 013     1 013  
Cash and cash equivalents 10   280     (3 ) 1 303     1 590  
 












 
Total current assets 10   17 468   321   113   (7 422 )   10 490  
 












 
Borrowings due within one year (1 618 ) (2 149 ) (71 )   (1 317 )   (5 155 )
Amounts due to group companies within one year   (14 443 ) (1 549 )   15 992      
Restructuring and other provisions   (49 )   (4 ) (746 )   (799 )
Trade payables and other current liabilities (40 ) (203 ) (93 ) (58 ) (7 838 )   (8 232 )
 












 
Total current liabilities (1 658 ) (16 844 ) (1 713 ) (62 ) 6 091     (14 186 )
 












 
Net current assets/(liabilities) (1 648 ) 624   (1 392 ) 51   (1 331 )   (3 696 )
 












 
Total assets less current liabilities 2 180   10 367   7 277   9 297   4 551   (11 000 ) 22 672  














 
Borrowings due after one year 1 999   2 844       2 050     6 893  
Amounts due to group companies after one year              
Pension liability for funded schemes in deficit       245   2 094     2 339  
Pension liability for unfunded schemes   156     356   3 228     3 740  
Restructuring and other provisions         565     565  
Deferred tax liabilities   59   14     716     789  
Other non-current liabilities   44     184   489     717  
 












 
Total non-current liabilities 1 999   3 103   14   785   9 142     15 043  
 












 
Liabilities held for sale n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a   n/a  
               
Shareholders equity attributable to:                            
PLC   (982 )       982    
NV     8 242       (8 242 )  
Called up share capital   421   222     (1 )   642  
Share premium account   1 399   133     (2 )   1 530  
Other reserves   (1 905 ) (650 ) (448 ) (643 ) 1 091   (2 555 )
Retained profit 181   8 331   (684 ) 8 960   (4 310 ) (4 831 ) 7 647  
 












 
Total shareholders’ equity 181   7 264   7 263   8 512   (4 956 ) (11 000 ) 7 264  
Minority interests         365     365  
 












 
Total equity 181   7 264   7 263   8 512   (4 591 ) (11 000 ) 7 629  
 












 
Total capital employed 2 180   10 367   7 277   9 297   4 551   (11 000 ) 22 672  









 
(a) Certain prior year balances have been reclassified to conform with current year presentation.

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 165

Back to Contents

Additional information for US investors (continued)
Unilever Group

 

Guarantor statements (continued)

  € million   € million   € million   € million   € million   € million   € million  
  Unilever   Unilever       Unilever              
  Capital   N.V.       United              
  Corporation   parent   Unilever PLC   States Inc.   Non-          
Cash flow statement subsidiary   issuer/   parent   subsidiary   guarantor       Unilever  
for the year ended 31 December 2005 issuer   guarantor   guarantor   guarantor   subsidiaries   Eliminations   Group  














 
Cash flow from operating activities   (5 ) (156 ) 33   6 052     5 924  
Income tax paid   (86 ) (19 ) (177 ) (1 289 )   (1 571 )
 












 
Net cash flow from operating activities   (91 ) (175 ) (144 ) 4 763     4 353  
 












 
Interest received 253   285   10     (106 ) (312 ) 130  
Net capital expenditure   (24 ) (3 ) (2 ) (784 )   (813 )
Acquisitions and disposals         784     784  
Other investing activities 1 796   (689 )   189   443   (1 325 ) 414  
 












 
Net cash flow from/(used in) investing activities 2 049   (428 ) 7   187   337   (1 637 ) 515  
 












 
Dividends paid on ordinary share capital   28   37     (1 869 )   (1 804 )
Interest and preference dividends paid (253 ) (181 ) (7 ) (43 ) (471 ) 312   (643 )
Change in borrowings and finance leases (1 774 ) 1 623   309     (2 363 ) 1 325   (880 )
Purchase of treasury stock   (1 068 ) (171 )   (37 )   (1 276 )
Other finance activities         (218 )   (218 )
 












 
Net cash flow from/(used in) financing activities (2 027 ) 402   168   (43 ) (4 958 ) 1 637   (4 821 )
 












 
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 22   (117 )     142     47  
                             
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 10   279     (3 ) 1 120     1 406  
                             
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes 3         (191 )   (188 )
 












 
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 35   162     (3 ) 1 071     1 265  














 
Cash flow statement                            
for the year ended 31 December 2004                            














 
Cash flow from operating activities 6   58   45   (200 ) 7 016     6 925  
Income tax paid   (96 ) (126 ) (145 ) (1 011 )   (1 378 )
 












 
Net cash flow from operating activities 6   (38 ) (81 ) (345 ) 6 005     5 547  
 












 
Interest received 295   356   6     106   (595 ) 168  
Net capital expenditure   (9 ) (17 ) (1 ) (842 )   (869 )
Acquisitions and disposals         316     316  
Other investing activities (311 ) 2 375     372   288   (2 459 ) 265  
 












 
Net cash flow from/(used in) investing activities (16 ) 2 722   (11 ) 371   (132 ) (3 054 ) (120 )
 












 
Dividends paid on ordinary share capital   971       (2 691 )   (1 720 )
Interest and preference dividends paid (282 ) (249 ) (3 ) (24 ) (824 ) 595   (787 )
Change in borrowings and finance leases 302   (3 402 ) 116     (2 365 ) 2 459   (2 890 )
Purchase of treasury stock   (148 ) (21 ) (2 ) (161 )   (332 )
Other finance activities         (209 )   (209 )
 












 
Net cash flow from/(used in) financing activities 20   (2 828 ) 92   (26 ) (6 250 ) 3 054   (5 938 )
 












 
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents 10   (144 )     (377 )   (511 )
                             
Cash and cash equivalents at the beginning of the year 1   423     (3 ) 1 007     1 428  
                             
Effect of foreign exchange rate changes (1 )       490     489  
 












 
Cash and cash equivalents at the end of the year 10   279     (3 ) 1 120     1 406  














 

 

166 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Principal group companies and non-current investments
Unilever Group
as at 31 December 2005

 


The companies listed below and on page 168 are those which, in the opinion of the Directors, principally affect the amount of profit and assets shown in the Unilever Group accounts. The Directors consider that those companies not listed are not significant in relation to Unilever as a whole.
 
Full information as required by Articles 379 and 414 of Book 2 of the Civil Code in the Netherlands has been filed by Unilever N.V. with the Commercial Registry in Rotterdam.
 
Particulars of PLC group companies and other significant holdings as required by the United Kingdom Companies Act 1985 will be annexed to the next Annual Return of Unilever PLC.
 
Unless otherwise indicated, the companies are incorporated and principally operate in the countries under which they are shown.
 
The aggregate percentage of equity capital directly or indirectly held by NV or PLC is shown in the margin, except where it is 100%. All these percentages are rounded down to the nearest whole number.
 
The percentage of Unilever’s shareholdings held either directly or indirectly by NV and PLC are identified in the tables according to the following code:


NV 100% a
PLC 100% b
NV 73%; PLC 27% c
NV 90%; PLC 10% d
NV 19%; PLC 81% e
NV 57%; PLC 43% f


Due to the inclusion of certain partnerships in the consolidated group accounts of Unilever, para 264(b) of the German trade law grants an exemption from the duty to prepare individual statutory financial statements and management reports in accordance with the requirements for limited liability companies and to have these audited.



Principal group companies  


% Europe Ownership


  Austria  
  Unilever Austria GmbH d


  Belgium  
  Unilever Belgium BVBA/SPRL (Unibel) d


  France  
  Amora Maille Société Industrielle S.A.S d
  Cogesal-Miko S.A.S d
99 Lever Fabergé France S.A.S d
  Unilever France S.A.S d


  Germany  
  Maizena Grundstücksverwaltungs  
     GmbH & Co. OHG d
  Pfanni GmbH & Co. OHG Stavenhagen d
  Pfanni Werke Grundstücksverwaltungs  
     GmbH & Co. OHG d
  PW Vermietungs GmbH & Co. KG d
  UBG Vermietungs GmbH & Co. OHG d
  Unilever Deutschland GmbH d
  Unilever Deutschland Holding GmbH d
  Unilever Deutschland Immobilien Leasing  
     GmbH & Co. OHG d
  Wizona IPR GmbH & Co. OHG d
  Wizona Vermögensverwaltugs GmbH & Co.  
     OHG d


  Greece  
67 Elais-Unilever S.A. a
  Unilever Hellas A.E.B.E. a


  Italy  
  Unilever Italia SrL d


  The Netherlands  
  Mixhold B.V. d
  Unilever N.V.(a)   
  Unilever Nederland B.V. d


  Poland  
99 Unilever Polska S.A. d


  Spain  
  Unilever España S.A. a
  Unilever Foods España S.A. a


  Sweden  
  Unilever Sverige a


  Switzerland  
  Unilever Raw Materials AG a
  Unilever Schweiz GmbH d


  United Kingdom  
  Lever Fabergé Ltd. e
  Unilever Bestfoods UK Ltd. e
  Unilever Ice Cream & Frozen Food Ltd. e
  Unilever PLC(a)   
  Unilever UK Holdings Ltd. b
  Unilever UK & CN Holdings Ltd. e


(a) See ‘Basis of consolidation’ in note 1 on page 82  

In addition, we have operations in the following countries: Bulgaria,
Croatia, Cyprus, Czech Republic, Denmark, Estonia, Finland, Hungary,
Ireland, Latvia, Lithuania, Norway, Portugal, Romania, Russia, Serbia,
Slovakia, Slovenia and Ukraine.


 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 167

Back to Contents

Principal group companies and fixed investments
Unilever Group as at 31 December 2005

 



Principal group companies (continued)  



% The Americas Ownership



  Argentina  
  Unilever de Argentina S.A. d



  Brazil  
  Unilever Brasil Ltda. d



  Canada  
  Unilever Canada Inc. e



  Chile  
  Unilever Chile Home and Personal Care Ltda. d



  Mexico  
  Unilever de México S. de R.L. de C.V. d
  Unilever Holding México, S. de R.L. de C.V. d



  United States of America  
  Conopco, Inc. c
  Unilever Capital Corporation c
  Unilever United States, Inc. c


In addition, we have operations in the following countries: Bolivia, Colombia, Costa Rica, Dominican Republic, Ecuador, El Salvador, Guatemala, Honduras, Netherlands Antilles, Nicaragua, Panama, Paraguay, Peru, Trinidad & Tobago, Uruguay and Venezuela.




% Asia Africa Ownership



  Australia  
  Unilever Australia Ltd. b



  China  
  Unilever (China) Investing Company Ltd. a
  Unilever Services (Hefei) Limited a



  India  
51 Hindustan Lever Ltd. b



  Indonesia  
85 P.T. Unilever Indonesia Tbk a



  Japan  
  Unilever Japan KK a



  Thailand  
  Unilever Thai Trading Ltd. d



  South Africa  
59 Unilever South Africa Foods (Pty) Limited f
  Unilever South Africa Home and  
      Personal Care (Pty) Ltd. b



  Turkey  
  Unilever Sanayi ve Ticaret Türk A.S. a



In addition, we have operations in the following countries: Abu Dhabi, Algeria, Bahrain, Bangladesh, Cambodia, Cameroon, Côte d’Ivoire, Democratic Republic of Congo, Dubai, Egypt, Ghana, Israel, Jordan, Kenya, Lebanon, Malawi, Malaysia, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, New Zealand, Niger, Nigeria, Oman, Pakistan, Palestine, Philippines, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Singapore, South Korea, Sri Lanka, Syria, Taiwan, Tanzania, Tunisia, Uganda, United Arab Emirates, Vietnam, Zambia and Zimbabwe.



Principal non-current investments  


Joint ventures  



% Europe Ownership



  Portugal  
49 FIMA/VG-Distribuição de Produtos  
     Alimentares, Lda. a



% The Americas  



  United States of America  
50 Pepsi/Lipton Partnership c



Associates  



% Europe Ownership



  United Kingdom  
40 Langholm Capital Partners L.P. b



% The Americas  



  United States of America  
33 JohnsonDiversey Holdings, Inc. a



% Asia Africa  



  Côte d’Ivoire  
40 Palmci b




 

168 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

[THIS PAGE HAS BEEN DELIBERATELY LEFT BLANK]

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 169

Back to Contents

Company accounts
Unilever N.V.

Balance sheet as at 31 December

  € million   € million  
  2005   2004  
      Restated  




 
Fixed assets        
Fixed investments 11 276   11 233  
         
Current assets        
Debtors 26 898   16 623  
Cash at bank and in hand 163   280  
 


 
Total current assets 27 061   16 903  
Creditors due within one year (27 109 ) (16 863 )
         
Net current assets/(liabilities) (48 ) 40  
 


 
Total assets less current liabilities 11 228   11 273  




 
Creditors due after more than one year 2 503   2 885  
         
Provisions for liabilities and charges (excluding pensions and similar obligations) 115   102  
         
Net pension liability for unfunded schemes 157   152  
         
Capital and reserves 8 453   8 134  
Called up share capital:        
Preferential share capital   130  
Ordinary share capital 291   291  
 


 
  291   421  
Share premium account 20   1 399  
Other reserves (1 321 ) (1 379 )
Profit retained 9 463   7 693  
         
Total capital employed 11 228   11 273  




 

Profit and loss account for the year ended 31 December

  € million   € million  
  2005   2004  
      Restated  




 
Income from fixed investments after taxation 2 347   618  
Other income and expenses 289   158  
 


 
Profit for the year 2 636   776  




 

For the information required by Article 392 of Book 2 of the Civil Code in the Netherlands, refer to pages 169 and 173. Pages 167 and 168 are part of the notes to the Unilever N.V. company accounts.

The company accounts of Unilever N.V. are included in the consolidated accounts of the Unilever Group. Therefore, and in accordance with Article 402 of Book 2 of the Civil Code in the Netherlands, the profit and loss account only reflects the income from fixed investments after taxation and other income and expenses after taxes. The company accounts of Unilever N.V. do not contain a cash flow statement as this is not required by book 2 of the Civil Code in the Netherlands.

The company accounts of Unilever N.V. comply in all material respects with legislation in the Netherlands. As allowed by Article 362.1 of Book 2 of the Civil Code in the Netherlands, the company accounts are prepared in accordance with United Kingdom accounting standards, unless such standards conflict with the Civil Code in the Netherlands which would in such case prevail.

The Board of Directors
28 February 2006

170 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the company accounts
Unilever N.V.

Accounting information and policies

Basis of preparation
The accounts have been prepared in accordance with applicable United Kingdom accounting standards as allowed by Article 362.1 of Book 2 of the Civil Code in the Netherlands.

The accounts are prepared under the historical cost convention as modified by the revaluation of financial assets classified as 'available-for-sale investments', 'financial assets at fair value through profit or loss', and 'derivative financial instruments' in accordance with the accounting policies set out below which have been consistently applied except as highlighted in the ‘Prior year adjustment’ note below.

Accounting policies
The principal accounting policies are as follows:

Fixed investments
Shares in group companies are stated at cost less any amounts written off to reflect a permanent impairment. Any impairment is charged to the profit and loss account as it arises. In accordance with Article 385.5 of Book 2 of the Civil Code in the Netherlands, Unilever N.V. shares held by Unilever N.V. subsidiaries are deducted from the carrying value of those subsidiaries. This differs from the accounting treatment under UK GAAP (UITF 37) which would require these amounts to be included within fixed investments.

Financial instruments and derivative financial instruments
The company’s accounting policies under United Kingdom generally accepted accounting principles (UK GAAP) namely FRS 25 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation’ and FRS 26 ‘Financial Instruments: Measurement’ are the same as the Unilever Group’s accounting policies under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRSs) namely IAS 32 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation’ and IAS 39 ‘Financial Instruments: Recognition and Measurement’. These standards are effective from 1 January 2005 and the policies are set out under the heading ‘Financial instruments’ in note 1 to the consolidated accounts on page 83. Unilever NV is taking the exemption for not providing all the financial instruments disclosures, because IAS 32 disclosures are given in note 19 to the consolidated accounts on pages 110 to 113. The changes to preference share capital, share premium account and profit retained in this regard are set out in the following notes and further described in the notes to the consolidated accounts.

Deferred taxation
Full provision is made for deferred taxation on all significant timing differences arising from the recognition of items for taxation purposes in different periods from those in which they are included in the company's accounts. Full provision is made at the rates of tax prevailing at the year end unless future rates have been enacted or substantively enacted. Deferred tax assets and liabilities have not been discounted.

Own shares held
Own shares held by the company are accounted for in accordance with Netherlands law and United Kingdom UITF 37. All differences between the purchase price of the shares held to satisfy options granted and the proceeds received for the shares, whether on exercise or lapse, are charged to reserves.

Retirement benefits
Unilever N.V. has accounted for pensions and similar benefits under the United Kingdom Financial Reporting Standard 17 'Retirement benefits' (FRS 17). The operating and financing costs of defined benefit plans are recognised separately in the profit and loss account; service costs are systematically spread over the service lives of employees, and financing costs are recognised in the periods in which

they arise. Variations from expected costs, arising from the experience of the plans or changes in actuarial assumptions, are recognised immediately in the statement of total recognised gains and losses. The costs of individual events such as past service benefit enhancements, settlements and curtailments are recognised immediately in the profit and loss account. The liabilities and, where applicable, the assets of defined benefit plans are recognised at fair value in the balance sheet. The charges to the profit and loss account for defined contribution plans are the company contributions payable and the assets of such plans are not included in the company balance sheet.

Prior year adjustment
Financial Reporting Standard 21 (FRS 21) 'Events after the Balance Sheet Date' has been adopted for the first time in the year ended 31 December 2005. Under FRS 21, proposed dividends do not meet the definition of a liability until such time as they have been approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting. Therefore, Unilever N.V. no longer recognises a liability in any period for dividends that have been proposed but will not be approved until after the balance sheet date. This holds for external dividends as well as intra-group dividends paid to the parent company.

The effect for the company of implementing FRS 21 has been to increase retained profits by €729 million in the current period (2004: decrease of €646 million), decrease dividend creditors due within one year by €729 million (2004: decrease by €696 million), decrease intergroup debtors due within one year by € nil (2004: €1 274 million) and increase inter-group creditors due within one year by € nil (2004: €67 million). The impact of the FRS 21 implementation on profits for the years 2004 and 2005 is explained in the notes under the heading ‘Profit retained’.

The comparative amounts for the year ended 31 December 2004 have been restated accordingly.

Fixed investments € million   € million  
  2005   2004  




 
Shares in group companies 11 082   11 024  
Book value of PLC shares held in    
       connection with share options 432   445  
Less NV shares held by group companies (238 ) (236 )
 


 
  11 276   11 233  
 


 
Movements during the year:    
1 January 11 233   11 161  
Movement in PLC shares held in connection    
     with share options (13 ) 64  
Movement in NV shares held by group companies (2 ) (8 )
Additions 89   16  
Decreases (31 )  
 


 
31 December 11 276   11 233  




 

Debtors € million   € million  
  2005   2004  
      Restated  




 
Loans to group companies 22 460   14 056  
Other amounts owed by group companies 3 771   2 433  
Amounts owed by undertakings in which        
       the company has a participating interest 15   15  
Prepayments and accrued income 587   98  
Other 65   21  
 


 
  26 898   16 623  
 


 
Of which due after more than one year 6 645   710  




 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 171

Back to Contents

Notes to the company accounts (continued)
Unilever N.V.

 

Cash at bank and in hand € million   € million  
  2005   2004  




 
This includes amounts for which repayment notice is required of: 38   80  




 
         
Creditors € million   € million  
  2005   2004  
      Restated  




 
Due within one year:        
Bank loans and overdrafts   1  
Bonds and other loans 4 548   2 148  
Loans from group companies 3 328   310  
Other amounts owed to group companies 18 699   14 200  
Taxation and social security 20   22  
Accruals and deferred income 405   173  
Other 109   9  
 


 
  27 109   16 863  
 


 
Due after more than one year:        
Accruals and deferred income 56   41  
Preference shares 124    
Bonds and other loans 2 323   2 844  
 


 
  2 503   2 885  




 

From 1 January 2005, Unilever N.V. has adopted FRS 25 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosure and Presentation’ which requires preference shares that provide for a fixed preference dividend to be classified as borrowings. In accordance with the transitional rules for FRS 25, 2004 comparatives have not been restated.

Creditors due after 5 years amount to €870 million (Article 375.2 of Book 2 of the Civil Code in the Netherlands).

Provisions for liabilities and charges (excluding pensions  
and similar obligations)    
  € million   € million  
  2005   2004  




 
Deferred taxation and other provisions 115   102  
 


 
Of which due within one year 34   55  




 
         
Preference share capital     € million  




 
At 31 December 2004     130  
FRS 25/26 adjustments     (130 )
     
 
At 1 January 2005 and 31 December 2005      




 

Ordinary share capital
Shares numbered 1 to 2 400 are held by a subsidiary of NV and a subsidiary of PLC, each holding 50%. Additionally, 24 603 661 (2004: 24 898 145) €0.51 ordinary shares are held by NV and other group companies. Full details are given in note 24 to the consolidated accounts on page 124, and note 31 on page 141.

Share premium account € million  


 
At 31 December 2004 1 399  
FRS 25/26 adjustments (1 379 )
 
 
At 1 January 2005 and 31 December 2005 20  


 

The share premium shown in the balance sheet is not available for the issue of bonus shares or for repayment without incurring withholding tax payable by the company. This is despite the change in the Netherlands tax law, as a result of which dividends received from 2001 onwards by individual shareholders who are Netherlands residents are no longer taxed.

Other reserves € million   € million  
  2005   2004  




 
1 January (1 379 ) (1 243 )
Change in own shares held 58   (136 )
 


 
31 December (1 321 ) (1 379 )




 

Profit retained € million   € million  
  2005   2004  
      Restated  




 
Balance brought forward 8 339   7 304  
FRS 21 adjustments (646 ) 638  
 


 
Balance brought forward – restated 7 693   7 942  
FRS 25/26 adjustments 412   n/a  
 


 
1 January – restated 8 105   7 942  
Profit for the year(a)  2 636   776  
Preference dividends   (28 )
Ordinary dividends – final 2003   (638 )
Ordinary dividends – interim 2004   (346 )
Ordinary dividends – final 2004 (716 )  
Ordinary dividends – interim 2005 (367 )  
Conversion of preference shares (199 )  
Fair value adjustments for cash flow hedges 4    
Realised profit/(loss) on shares/certificates held    
       to meet employee share options (1 ) (9 )
Changes in present value of net pension liability 1   (4 )
 


 
31 December 9 463   7 693  




 
(a) Profit for the year as reported in 2004 was €2 118 million. This includes intra-group dividends of €1 342 million which under FRS 21 are not recognised until they have been approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting. This €1 342 million has now been added to the 2005 profit for the year.

Profit retained shown in the company accounts and the notes thereto differs from the amount shown in note 26 to the consolidated accounts on page 126 mainly because of certain inter-company transactions which are eliminated in the consolidated accounts.

  € million  


 
Difference as at 31 December 2004 as previously reported 1 061  
Accounting policy change 214  
 
 
Difference as at 31 December 2004 as restated 1 275  
Changes in equity value of the consolidated participations (3 580 )
Change in the accumulated intercompany results 3 047  
 
 
Difference as at 31 December 2005 742  


 
         
Contingent liabilities € million   € million  
  2005   2004  




 
These are not expected to give rise to any material loss and include guarantees given for group companies, under which amounts outstanding at 31 December were:
5 416   6 822  
 


 
Of the above, guaranteed also by PLC 3 705   5 010  




 

The guarantees given to other companies were immaterial.

NV has issued joint and several liability undertakings, as defined in Article 403 of Book 2 of the Civil Code in the Netherlands, for almost all Dutch group companies. These written undertakings have been filed with the office of the Company Registry in whose area of jurisdiction the group company concerned has its registered office.


 

172 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Further statutory and other information
Unilever N.V.

 

The rules for profit appropriation in the Articles of Association
(summary of Article 38)

The profit for the year is applied firstly to the reserves required by law or by the Equalisation Agreement, secondly to cover losses of previous years, if any, and thirdly to the reserves deemed necessary by the Board of Directors. Dividends due to the holders of the Cumulative Preference Shares, including any arrears in such dividends, are then paid; if the profit is insufficient for this purpose, the amount available is distributed to them in proportion to the dividend percentages of their shares. Any profit remaining thereafter shall be distributed to them in proportion to the dividend percentages of their shares. The General Meeting can only decide to make distributions from reserves on the basis of a proposal by the Board and in compliance with the law and the Equalisation Agreement.

  € million  
  2005  


Proposed profit appropriation  
Profit for the year 2 636  
Of which already appropriated in 2004 (1 342 )
 
 
Available for distribution 1 294  
Interim dividend 2005 already paid (367 )
 
 
To profit retained 927  


 


Post balance sheet event
The directors propose a final dividend of €1.32 per share (totalling
€729 million) out of the profits retained for the year ended
31 December 2005. The dividend will be submitted for formal
approval at the Annual General Meeting to be held on 8 May 2006.
In accordance with FRS 21, these financial statements do not reflect
this dividend payable, which will be accounted for in shareholders’
equity as an appropriation of retained earnings in the year ended
31 December 2006. During 2005, a final dividend of €1.26 per share
(totalling €716 million) was paid in respect of the dividend declared
for the year ended 31 December 2004.

Special controlling rights under the Articles of Association
See note 24 to the consolidated accounts on page 124.

Auditors
A resolution will be proposed at the Annual General Meeting on
8 May 2006 for the re-appointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers
Accountants N.V. as auditors of NV. The present appointment will
end at the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting.

Corporate Centre
Unilever N.V.
Weena 455
PO Box 760
3000 DK Rotterdam

J A A van der Bijl
S G Williams
Joint Secretaries of Unilever N.V.
28 February 2006


 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 173

Back to Contents

[THIS PAGE HAS BEEN DELIBERATELY LEFT BLANK]

174 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Company accounts
Unilever PLC

 

Balance sheet as at 31 December

         
  £ million   £ million  
  2005   2004  
      Restated  




 
Fixed assets        
Intangible assets 28   31  
Fixed investments 2 237   2 237  
         
Current assets        
Debtors        
       Debtors due within one year 226   227  
       Debtors due after more than one year 70   65  
 


 
Total current assets 296   292  
Creditors due within one year (1 328 ) (1 681 )
 


 
Net current liabilities (1 032 ) (1 389 )
 


 
Total assets less current liabilities 1 233   879  




 
Provision for liabilities and charges (excluding pensions and similar obligations) 6   10  
         
Capital and reserves 1 227   869  
Called up share capital 24 41   41  
Share premium account 94   94  
Capital redemption reserve 11   11  
Other reserves (385 ) (268 )
Profit retained 1 466   991  
Total capital employed 1 233   879  




 

As permitted by Section 230 of the United Kingdom Companies Act 1985, an entity profit and loss account is not included as part of the published company accounts for PLC.


On behalf of the Board of Directors

 

A Burgmans Chairman
P Cescau Group Chief Executive

28 February 2006

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 175

Back to Contents

Notes to the company accounts
Unilever PLC

 

Accounting information and policies

Basis of preparation
The accounts have been prepared in accordance with applicable United Kingdom accounting standards and the United Kingdom Companies Act 1985.

The accounts are prepared under the historical cost convention as modified by the revaluation of financial assets classified as 'available-for-sale investments', 'financial assets at fair value through profit or loss', and 'derivative financial instruments' in accordance with the accounting policies set out below which have been consistently applied except as described below.

Accounting policies
The principal accounting policies are as follows:

Intangible assets
Intangible assets comprise trademarks purchased after 1 January 1998 and are amortised in the profit and loss account over their expected useful lives of up to maximum of 20 years. They are subject to review for impairment in accordance with United Kingdom Financial Reporting Standard 11 'Impairment of Fixed Assets and Goodwill' (FRS 11). Any impairment is charged to the profit and loss account as it arises.

Fixed investments
Shares in group companies are stated at cost less any amounts written off to reflect a permanent impairment. Any impairment is charged to the profit and loss account as it arises.

Deferred taxation
Full provision is made for deferred taxation on all significant timing differences arising from the recognition of items for taxation purposes in different periods from those in which they are included in the company's accounts. Full provision is made at the rates of tax prevailing at the year end unless future rates have been enacted or substantively enacted. Deferred tax assets and liabilities have not been discounted.

Shares held by employee share trusts
Shares held to satisfy options are accounted for in accordance with United Kingdom law and UITF 37 and UITF 38. All differences between the purchase price of the shares held to satisfy options granted and the proceeds received for the shares, whether on exercise or lapse, are charged to reserves.

Prior year adjustment
Financial Reporting Standard 21 (FRS 21) 'Events after the Balance Sheet Date' has been adopted for the first time in the year ended 31 December 2005. Under FRS 21, proposed dividends do not meet the definition of a liability until such time as they have been approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting. Therefore, we no longer recognise a liability in any period for dividends that have been proposed but will not be approved until after the balance sheet date. This applies for external dividends as well as intra-group dividends paid to the parent company.

The effect for the company of implementing FRS 21 has been to increase retained profits by £385 million in the current period (2004: decrease of £103 million), decrease dividends creditors due within one year by £385 million (2004: decrease by £367 million), and increase inter-group creditors due within one year by £nil (2004: increase of £470 million).

The comparative amounts for the year ended 31 December 2004 have been restated accordingly.


 

176 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

Notes to the company accounts (continued)
Unilever PLC

 

Fixed investments £ million   £ million  
  2005   2004  




 
Shares in group companies 2 237   2 237  




 

Debtors £ million   £ million  
  2005   2004  




 
Due within one year:        
Amounts owed by group companies 180   193  
Other 24   34  
Amounts owed by undertakings in which        
       the company has a participating interest 22    
 


 
  226   227  
 


 
Due after more than one year:        
Amounts owed by group companies 44   46  
Other   19  
Amounts owed by undertakings in which        
       the company has a participating interest 26    
 


 
  70   65  




 

Creditors £ million   £ million  
  2005   2004  
      Restated  




 
Due within one year:        
Bonds and other loans   50  
Amounts owed to group companies 1 285   1 565  
Taxation and social security 41   64  
Other 1   1  
Accruals and deferred income 1   1  
 


 
  1 328   1 681  




 

Provisions for liabilities and charges (excluding pensions and similar obligations)

  £ million   £ million  
  2005   2004  




 
Deferred Taxation 6   10  




 
         
Other reserves £ million   £ million  
  2005   2004  




 
1 January (268 ) (254 )
Change in book value of shares (117 ) (14 )
 


 
31 December (385 ) (268 )




 

Remuneration of auditors £ million   £ million  
  2005   2004  




 
Parent company statutory audit fee 1.8   1.6  
Other audit services    
Other payments by the parent company for        
       non-audit services provided by        
       PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP United Kingdom(a)         
       Audit-related services 0.7   1.3  
       Other services 0.2   0.5  




 
(a) See also note 4 on page 93.
Profit retained £ million   £ million  
  2005   2004  
      Restated  




 
Balance brought forward 1 094   1 086  
FRS 21 adjustments (103 ) (180 )
 


 
1 January – restated 991   906  
Profit for the year(b)  1 035   607  
Final dividend 2003 on ordinary and        
       deferred shares   (341 )
Interim dividend 2004 on ordinary and        
       deferred shares   (181 )
Final dividend 2004 on ordinary and        
       deferred shares (367 )  
Interim dividend 2005 on ordinary and        
       deferred shares (193 )  
 


 
31 December 1 466   991  




 
(b) Profit for the year as reported in 2004 was £556 million. This includes intra-group dividends of £470 million which under FRS 21 are not recognised until they have been approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting. It also excludes the £521 million of intra- group dividends that would have previously been recognised in 2003 but under FRS 21 are recognised in 2004 following Annual General Meeting approval.
 
Contingent liabilities £ million   £ million  
  2005   2004  




 
Guarantees given for group companies 5 099   5 883  
 


 
Of which guaranteed also by NV 2 544   3 542  




 
Other contingent liabilities are not expected to give rise to material loss.

Profit appropriation £ million  
  2005  



The appropriation of the profit of PLC    
       is as follows:    
Profit for the year 1 035  
Of which already appropriated in 2004    
       (accounting policy change) (470 )
 
 
Available for distribution 565  
Interim dividend 2005 already paid (193 )
 
 
To profit retained 372  


 

Post balance sheet event
The directors propose a final dividend of 13.54p per share (totalling £385 million) for the year ended 31 December 2005. The dividend will be submitted for formal approval at the Annual General Meeting to be held on 9 May 2006. In accordance with FRS 21, these financial statements do not reflect this dividend payable, which will be accounted for in shareholders’ equity as an appropriation of retained earnings in the year ending 31 December 2006. During 2005, a final dividend of 12.82p per share (totalling £367 million) was paid in respect of the dividend declared for the year ended 31 December 2004.


 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 177

Back to Contents

Further statutory and other information
Unilever PLC

Employee involvement and communication
Unilever’s UK companies maintain formal processes to inform, consult and involve employees and their representatives. Most of the United Kingdom sites are accredited to the Investors in People standard. Our sites also use tools such as Total Productive Maintenance which rely heavily on employee involvement, contribution and commitment.

A European Works Council, embracing employee and management representatives from 15 countries of Western Europe, has been in existence for several years and provides a forum for discussing issues that extend across national boundaries.

The directors’ reports of the United Kingdom group companies contain more details about how they have communicated with their employees during 2005.

Equal opportunities and diversity
The heads of all operating companies and units in the UK have committed their businesses to achieving greater diversity. Every Unilever company in the United Kingdom has an equal opportunities policy and actively pursues equality of opportunity for all employees.

The company carries out an annual employee monitoring survey and has also conducted an equal pay audit. The company continues to review ways in which greater diversity can be achieved in recruitment and selection.

The company continues to put in place policies which promote the achievement of diversity in the business. We have policies on home working, flexible working, maternity and paternity leave, child care provision and career breaks, which help us to meet this objective.

Charitable and other contributions
Unilever collates the cost of its community involvement activities using the London Benchmarking Group model. The model recommends the separation of charitable donations, community investment, commercial initiatives in the community and management costs relating to the programme of activity.

During 2005 UK group companies made a total contribution of £7.4 million, analysed as follows:

Charitable donations: £1.5 million
Community investment: £1.3 million
Commercial initiatives in the community: £3.9 million
Management costs: £0.7 million

No donation or contribution was made or expenditure incurred for political purposes.

Supplier payment policies
Individual operating companies are responsible for agreeing the terms and conditions under which business transactions with their suppliers are conducted. The directors’ reports of the United Kingdom operating companies give information about their supplier payment policies as required by the United Kingdom Companies Act 1985. PLC, as a holding company, does not itself make any relevant payments in this respect.

Auditors
A resolution will be proposed at the Annual General Meeting on 9 May 2006 for the re-appointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditors of PLC. The present appointment will end at the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting.

Authority to purchase own shares
At the Annual General Meeting of PLC held on 11 May 2005, authority was given pursuant to Article 64 of the PLC Articles of Association to make market purchases of PLC ordinary shares of 1.4p each, to a maximum of 290 million shares. This authority will expire at the Annual General Meeting on 9 May 2006, and a resolution will be proposed to renew it. On 9 December 2005, Unilever PLC announced that it had purchased 25 680 479 Unilever PLC ordinary shares under this authority.

Details of shares purchased by an employee share trust and Unilever group companies to satisfy options granted under PLC’s employee share schemes are given in the report of the Remuneration Committee on page 67 and in note 31 to the consolidated accounts on pages 132 to 141.

Directors’ report of PLC
For the purposes of Section 234 of the Companies Act 1985, the Directors’ Report of Unilever PLC for the year ended 31 December 2005 comprises this page and the information contained in the report of the Directors on pages 09 to 72, the report of the Remuneration Committee in respect of Directors’ interests in shares or debentures of the Group on page 69, Dividends on page 187 and Principal group companies and fixed investments on pages 167 and 168.

Corporate Centre
Unilever PLC
PO Box 68 Unilever House
Blackfriars
London EC4P 4BQ

Unilever PLC Registered Office
Port Sunlight
Wirral
Merseyside CH62 4ZD


Unilever PLC Registrars
Computershare Investor Services PLC
PO Box 82
The Pavilions
Bridgwater Road
Bristol BS99 7NH

By Order of the Board

J A A van der Bijl
S G Williams

Joint Secretaries of Unilever PLC
28 February 2006


 

178 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Financial Statements

 

Shareholder information

Analysis of shareholding 180  
Information about exchange controls    
    affecting security holders 182  
Nature of the trading market 183  
Taxation for US residents holding shares in NV  185  
Taxation for US residents holding shares in PLC 186  
Dividends 187  
Glossary  188  
Financial calendar and addresses  189  
Website  190  
Publications  190  
Share registration  190  
Cross reference to form 20-F 191  

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 179

Back to Contents

Analysis of shareholding

Significant shareholders of NV
As far as we are aware the only holders of more than 5% (as referred to in the Disclosure of Major Holdings in Listed Companies Act 1996 in the Netherlands) of any class of NV shares (apart from Stichting Administratiekantoor Unilever N.V., see page 43) are ING Verzekeringen N.V. and Aegon Levensverzekering N.V. The voting rights of such shareholders are the same as for other holders of the class of share indicated. We have to rely on the information we receive from the holders about the details of their holdings. The information we give below is the numbers we hold on 28 February 2006. This information was provided by ING Verzekeringen N.V. at various dates over the preceding six months and by Aegon Levensverzekering N.V. on 28 February 2006.

ING Verzekeringen N.V.

8 504 215 (1.49%) ordinary shares (€4 322 130)
20 665 (71.26%) 7% cumulative preference shares (€9 377 368)
120 088 (74.56%) 6% cumulative preference shares (€54 493 559)
504 440 (67.26%) 4% cumulative preference shares (€22 890 489)

Aegon Levensverzekering N.V.

461 548 (0.08%) ordinary shares (€234 574)
4 995 (17.22%) 7% cumulative preference shares (€2 266 632)
29 540 (18.34%) 6% cumulative preference shares (€13 404 668)
157 106 (20.95%) 4% cumulative preference shares (€7 129 159)

Some of the above holdings are in the form of depositary receipts against NV shares issued by Stichting Administratiekantoor Unilever N.V. (see page 43). There have been no material changes to the holdings of significant shareholders of NV during the three years up to and including 2005.

Significant shareholders of PLC
The following table gives details of shareholders who held more than 3% of PLC’s shares or deferred stock (excluding treasury shares) on 28 February 2006. The voting rights of such shareholders are the same as for other holders of the class of share indicated. We take this information from the register we hold under section 211 of the UK Companies Act 1985.

    Number of   Approximate  
Title of class Name of holder shares held   % held  





 
Deferred Stock Naamlooze Vennootschap Elma 50 000   50  
  United Holdings Limited 50 000   50  
Ordinary shares Trustees of the Leverhulme Trust and the        
      Leverhulme Trade Charities Trust 156 815 034   5  
       Legal & General Group plc 116 106 618   4  
  The Capital Group Companies, Inc. 115 155 283   4  





 

On 21 April 2005, Barclays PLC became a significant shareholder with over 3% (87 704 743), however, on 8 June 2005 their holding fell back below 3%. On 30 June 2005, Legal & General Group plc became a significant shareholder with over 3% (116 470 237), this dropped to 116 106 618 on 5 July 2005 but still remained above 3%. The holding by The Capital Group Companies, Inc. is on behalf of affiliated investment management companies and was first notified to PLC in November 2000. On 13 December 2005, The Capital Group Companies holding fell from 144 557 853 to 115 155 283. There have been no material changes to the holdings of significant shareholders of PLC during the three years up to and including 2005.

Analysis of PLC registered holdings
At 31 December 2005 PLC had 73 356 ordinary shareholdings.

The following table analyses the registered holdings of PLC’s 1.4p ordinary shares at 31 December 2005:

  Number       Total      
Number of shares of holdings   %   shares held   %  








 
            1 –         1 000 29 056   39.61   15 564 071   0.53  
    1 001 –         2 500 20 300   27.67   33 628 187   1.16  
    2 501 –         5 000 11 800   16.09   42 260 752   1.45  
    5 001 –       10 000 6 832   9.31   48 023 527   1.65  
  10 001 –       25 000 3 407   4.65   51 089 523   1.76  
  25 001 –       50 000 707   0.96   24 372 847   0.84  
  50 001 –     100 000 365   0.50   25 694 543   0.88  
100 001 –  1 000 000 593   0.81   206 247 609   7.08  
            Over 1 000 000 296   0.40   2 464 577 521   84.65  








 
73 356   100.00   2 911 458 580   100.00  








 

 

180 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Shareholder information

Analysis of shareholding
(continued)

 

Share purchases during 2005
Between October and December we purchased 4 934 960 NV and 25 680 479 PLC shares under the share buy-back programme amounting to €500 million in total, which was announced on 3 October 2005 and completed on 9 December 2005.

                  € million  
            Total number of   Maximum value that   
            shares purchased   may yet be purchased   
    Total number of   Average price   as part of publicly   as part of publicly   
    shares purchased  (a) paid per share   announced plans   announced plans   









 
January NV shares     }  
  PLC shares      









 
February NV shares 777 844   50.60     }  
  PLC shares 692 568   £5.30      










 
March NV shares 2 066 014   51.58     }   
  PLC shares 2 744 432   £5.38      










 
April NV shares     }   
  PLC shares      










 
May NV shares 606 878   53.08     }   
  PLC shares 1 076 912   £5.56      










 
June NV shares 1 900 000   54.30     }   
  PLC shares      










 
July NV shares 3 413 557   54.93     }   
  PLC shares      










 
August NV shares 4 217 999   56.12     }   
  PLC shares 734 996   £5.63      










 
September NV shares 2 031 319   57.10     }  500  
  PLC shares      










 
October NV shares 1 876 698   58.55   1 876 698   }  318  
  PLC shares 8 434 294   £5.81   8 434 294    










 
November NV shares 2 575 481   57.05   2 429 193   }  69  
  PLC shares 14 182 645   £5.67   13 362 293    










 
December NV shares 629 069   57.89   629 069   }   
  PLC shares 3 883 892   £5.73   3 883 892    










 
Total NV shares 20 094 859   55.47   4 934 960   }   
  PLC shares 31 749 739   £5.67   25 680 479    










 
(a)

When under a North American plan, in the form of NV New York shares or PLC ADRs.

During the year, 15 159 899 NV and 6 069 260 PLC shares at a total cost of €879 million were purchased to maintain our hedging of share-based plan commitments in line with our hedging practice (see also page 87).

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 181

Back to Contents

Information about exchange controls affecting security holders

 

Unilever N.V.
Under the Dutch External Financial Relations Act of 25 March 1994 the Minister of Finance is authorised to issue regulations relating to financial transactions concerning the movement of capital to or from third countries with respect to direct investments, establishment, the performing of financial services, the admission of negotiable instruments or goods with respect to which regulations have been issued under the Import and Export Act in the interest of the international legal system or an arrangement relevant thereto. These regulations may contain a prohibition to perform any of the actions indicated in those regulations without a licence. To date no regulations of this type have been issued which are applicable to Unilever N.V.

The Central Bank of the Netherlands is authorised to issue regulations with respect to reporting obligations. Pursuant to this authorisation it has issued the Reporting Obligations Balance of Payments 2003 (the ‘RR 2003’). Unilever N.V. has been appointed by the Central Bank as an institution subject to the reporting obligations and Unilever N.V. complies with such obligations.

Unilever PLC
None.


 

182 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Shareholder information

Nature of the trading market

 

The principal trading markets upon which Unilever shares are listed are Euronext Amsterdam for NV ordinary shares and the London Stock Exchange for PLC ordinary shares. NV ordinary shares mainly trade in the form of depositary receipts for shares and almost all the shares and depositary receipts thereof are in bearer form. PLC ordinary shares are all in registered form.

In the United States, NV ordinary shares in registered form and PLC American Depositary Receipts, each representing four PLC ordinary shares, are traded on the New York Stock Exchange. Citibank, NA acts for NV and PLC as issuer, transfer agent and, in respect of the American Depositary Receipts, depositary.

The NV depositary receipts for ordinary shares are also listed on the stock exchanges in Frankfurt and Zürich.

There have not been any significant trading suspensions in the past three years.

At 28 February 2006 there were 7 060 registered holders of NV ordinary shares and 1 176 registered holders of PLC American Depositary Receipts in the United States. We estimate that approximately 28% of NV’s ordinary shares were held in the United States (approximately 27% in 2004), based on the distribution of the 2005 interim dividend payments, while most holders of PLC ordinary shares are registered in the United Kingdom – approximately 99% in both 2005 and 2004.

The high and low trading prices for the separate stock exchange listings are shown in the tables on the following page.

NV and PLC are separate companies with separate stock exchange listings and different shareholders. Shareholders cannot convert or exchange the shares of one for shares of the other and the relative share prices on the various markets can, and do, fluctuate. This happens for various reasons, including changes in exchange rates. However, over time the prices of NV and PLC shares do stay in close relation to each other, in particular because of our equalisation arrangements.

If you are a shareholder of NV, you have an interest in a Netherlands legal entity, your dividends will be paid in euros (converted into US dollars if you have shares registered in the United States) and you will be subject to Netherlands tax. If you are a shareholder of PLC, your interest is in a United Kingdom legal entity, your dividends will be paid in sterling (converted into US dollars if you have American Depositary Receipts) and you will be subject to United Kingdom tax. Nevertheless, the Equalisation Agreement means that as a shareholder of either company you effectively have an interest in the whole of Unilever. You have largely equal rights over our combined net profit and capital reserves as shown in the consolidated accounts. See Taxation for US residents on pages 184 and 185 and Equalisation Agreement on pages 41 and 42.


 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005   183 

Back to Contents

Nature of the trading market
(continued)

 

Share prices at 31 December 2005
The share price of the ordinary shares at the end of the year was for NV €57.85 and $68.65 and for PLC 576.5p and $40.12.

Monthly high and low prices for the most recent six months:

      September   October   November   December   January   February  














 
NV per €0.51 ordinary share in Amsterdam (in €) High   60   61   59   59   58   59  
  Low   56   57   57   57   56   58  














 
NV per €0.51 ordinary share in New York (in $) High   72   72   71   71   70   72  
  Low   70   69   67   68   68   70  














 
PLC per 1.4p ordinary share in London (in pence) High   597   603   581   583   592   610  
  Low   556   564   560   566   574   588  














 
PLC per American Depositary Receipt in New York (in $) High   43   42   41   41   42   43  
  Low   41   40   39   40   40   42  














 


Quarterly high and low prices for 2005 and 2004

  2005   1st   2nd   3rd   4th  










 
NV per €0.51 ordinary share in Amsterdam (in €) High   53   55   60   61  
  Low   48   50   53   57  










 
NV per €0.51 ordinary share in New York (in $) High   69   69   72   72  
  Low   63   64   64   67  










 
PLC per 1.4p ordinary share in London (in pence) High   527   554   597   603  
  Low   488   496   538   560  










 
PLC per American Depositary Receipt in New York (in $) High   40   41   43   42  
  Low   37   38   38   39  










 
  2004   1st   2nd   3rd   4th  










 
NV per €0.51 ordinary share in Amsterdam (in €) High   59   60   56   49  
  Low   52   52   46   44  










 
NV per €0.51 ordinary share in New York (in $) High   74   71   68   67  
  Low   65   62   58   57  










 
PLC per 1.4p ordinary share in London (in pence) High   576   573   534   513  
  Low   518   501   450   443  










 
PLC per American Depositary Receipt in New York (in $) High   44   41   39   40  
  Low   38   37   33   33  










 


Annual high and low prices for 2003, 2002 and 2001

          2003   2002   2001  










 
NV per €0.51 ordinary share in Amsterdam (in €) High       60   72   71  
  Low       46   50   55  










 
NV per €0.51 ordinary share in New York (in $) High       65   67   65  
  Low       53   50   50  










 
PLC per 1.4p ordinary share in London (in pence) High       628   659   610  
  Low       475   473   478  










 
PLC per American Depositary Receipt in New York (in $) High       39   39   35  
  Low       31   30   28  










 

 

184 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Shareholder information

Taxation for US residents holding shares in NV

 

The following notes are provided for guidance. US residents should consult their local tax advisers, particularly in connection with potential liability to pay US taxes on disposal, lifetime gift or bequest of their shares.

Netherlands taxation on dividends
Dividends of companies in the Netherlands are in principle subject to dividend withholding tax of 25%. Where a shareholder is entitled to the benefits of the current Income Tax Convention (‘the Convention’) concluded on 18 December 1992 between the United States and the Netherlands, when dividends are paid by NV to:

a United States resident;
   
a corporation organised under the laws of the United States (or any territory of it) having no permanent establishment in the Netherlands of which such shares form a part of the business property; or
   
any other legal person subject to United States Federal income tax with respect to its worldwide income, having no permanent establishment in the Netherlands of which such shares form a part of the business property;

these dividends qualify for a reduction of Netherlands withholding tax on dividends from 25% to 15% (to 5% if the beneficial owner is a company which directly holds at least 10% of the voting power of NV shares and to 0% if the beneficial owner is a qualified ‘Exempt Organisation’ as defined in Article 36 of the Convention).

Where a United States resident or corporation has a permanent establishment in the Netherlands, which has shares in NV forming part of its business property, dividends it receives on those shares are included in that establishment’s profit. They are subject to the Netherlands income tax or corporation tax, as appropriate, and the Netherlands tax on dividends will generally be applied at the full rate of 25%. This tax will be treated as foreign income tax eligible for credit against the shareholder’s United States income taxes.

Under the Convention, qualifying United States organisations that are generally exempt from United States taxes and that are constituted and operated exclusively to administer or provide pension, retirement or other employee benefits may be exempt at source from withholding tax on dividends received from a Netherlands corporation. An agreement published by the US Internal Revenue Service on 20 April 2000 in release IR-INT-2000-9 between the United States and the Netherlands tax authorities describes the eligibility of these US organisations for benefits under the Convention.

A United States trust, company or organisation that is operated exclusively for religious, charitable, scientific, educational or public purposes, is now subject to an initial 25% withholding tax rate. Such an exempt organisation is entitled to reclaim from the Netherlands Tax Authorities a refund of the Netherlands dividend tax, if and to the extent that it is exempt from United States Federal Income Tax and it would be exempt from tax in the Netherlands if it were organised and carried on all its activities there.

If you are an NV shareholder resident in any country other than the United States or the Netherlands, any exemption from, or reduction or refund of, the Netherlands dividend withholding tax

may be governed by the ‘Tax Regulation for the Kingdom of the Netherlands’ or by the tax convention, if any, between the Netherlands and your country of residence.

United States taxation on dividends
If you are a United States shareholder, the dividend (including the withheld amount) up to the amount of our earnings and profits for United States Federal income tax purposes will be ordinary dividend income. Dividends received by an individual during taxable years before 2009 will be taxed at a maximum rate of 15%, provided the individual has held the shares for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date, that NV is a qualified foreign corporation and that certain other conditions are satisfied. NV is a qualified foreign corporation for this purpose. Dividends received by an individual for taxable years after 2008 will be subject to tax at ordinary income rates. The dividends are not eligible for the dividends received deduction allowed to corporations.

For US foreign tax credit purposes, the dividend is foreign source income, and the Netherlands withholding tax is a foreign income tax that is eligible for credit against the shareholder’s United States income taxes. However, the rules governing the US foreign tax credit are complex, and additional limitations on the credit apply to individuals receiving dividends eligible for the 15% maximum tax rate on dividends described above.

Any portion of the dividend that exceeds our United States earnings and profits is subject to different rules. This portion is a tax free return of capital to the extent of your basis in our shares, and thereafter is treated as a gain on a disposition of the shares.

Under a provision of the Netherlands Dividend Tax Act, NV is entitled to a credit (up to a maximum of 3% of the gross dividend from which dividend tax is withheld) against the amount of dividend tax withheld before remittance to the Netherlands tax authorities. For dividends paid on or after 1 January 1995, the United States tax authority may take the position that the Netherlands withholding tax eligible for credit should be limited accordingly.

Netherlands taxation on capital gains
Under the Convention, if you are a United States resident or corporation and you have capital gains on the sale of shares of a Netherlands company, these are generally not subject to taxation by the Netherlands. An exception to this rule generally applies if you have a permanent establishment in the Netherlands and the capital gain is derived from the sale of shares which form part of that permanent establishment’s business property.

Netherlands succession duty and gift taxes
Under the Estate and Inheritance Tax Convention between the United States and the Netherlands of 15 July 1969, United States individual residents who are not Dutch citizens who have shares will generally not be subject to succession duty in the Netherlands on the individual’s death, unless the shares are part of the business property of a permanent establishment situated in the Netherlands.

A gift of shares of a Netherlands company by a person who is not a resident or a deemed resident of the Netherlands is generally not subject to Netherlands gift tax. A non-resident Netherlands citizen, however, is still treated as a resident of the Netherlands for gift tax purposes for ten years and any other non-resident person for one year after leaving the Netherlands.


 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 185

Back to Contents

Taxation for US residents holding shares in PLC

 

The following notes are provided for guidance. US residents should consult their local tax advisers, particularly in connection with potential liability to pay US taxes on disposal, lifetime gift or bequest of their shares.

United Kingdom taxation on dividends
Under United Kingdom law, income tax is not withheld from dividends paid by United Kingdom companies. Shareholders, whether resident in the United Kingdom or not, receive the full amount of the dividend actually declared.

United States taxation on dividends
If you are a shareholder resident in the US, the dividend up to the amount of our earnings and profits for United States Federal income tax purposes will be ordinary dividend income. Dividends received by an individual during taxable years before 2009 will be taxed at a maximum rate of 15%, provided the individual has held the shares for more than 60 days during the 121-day period beginning 60 days before the ex-dividend date, that PLC is a qualified foreign corporation and certain other conditions are satisfied. PLC is a qualified foreign corporation for this purpose. Dividends received by an individual for taxable years after 2008 will be subject to tax at ordinary income rates. The dividend is not eligible for the dividends received deduction allowable to corporations. The dividend is foreign source income for US foreign tax credit purposes.

Any portion of the dividend that exceeds our United States earnings and profits is subject to different rules. This portion is a tax free return of capital to the extent of your basis in our shares, and thereafter is treated as a gain on a disposition of the shares.

UK taxation on capital gains
Under United Kingdom law, when you sell shares you may be liable to pay capital gains tax. However, if you are either:

an individual who is neither resident nor ordinarily resident in the United Kingdom; or
   
a company which is not resident in the United Kingdom;

you will not be liable to United Kingdom tax on any capital gains made on disposal of your shares.

The exception is if the shares are held in connection with a trade or business which is conducted in the United Kingdom through a branch or an agency.

UK inheritance tax
Under the current estate and gift tax convention between the United States and the United Kingdom, ordinary shares held by an individual shareholder who is:

domiciled for the purposes of the convention in the United States; and
is not for the purposes of the convention a national of the United Kingdom;

will not be subject to United Kingdom inheritance tax on:

the individual’s death; or
on a gift of the shares during the individual’s lifetime.

The exception is if the shares are part of the business property of a permanent establishment of the individual in the United Kingdom or, in the case of a shareholder who performs independent personal services, pertain to a fixed base situated in the United Kingdom.


 

186 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Shareholder information

Dividends

 

Our interim ordinary dividends are normally announced in November and paid in December. Final ordinary dividends are normally proposed in February and, if approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meetings, paid in June.

The following tables show the dividends paid by NV and PLC for the last five years. NV dividends are per €0.51 ordinary share and PLC dividends are per 1.4p ordinary share and per depositary receipt of 5.6p. Dividends for NV have been translated into US dollars at the exchange rates prevailing on the dates of declaration. The PLC interim dividend for 2001 was translated into US dollars at the exchange rates prevailing on the date of payment of the sterling dividend. Following a change in practice, starting with the final dividend for 2001, PLC dividends have been translated into US dollars at the rate prevailing on the date of declaration of the dividend.

The interim dividend is normally 35% of the previous year’s total normal dividend per share, based on the stronger of our two parent currencies over the first nine months of the year. Equalisation of the interim dividend in the other currency takes place at the average exchange rate of the third quarter. Equalisation of the final dividend takes place at the average exchange rate for the full year.

Final dividends for 2005 are payable on 12 June 2006, subject to approval at the AGMs. For purposes of illustration, the amounts payable in respect of NV New York shares and PLC ADRs have been translated in the table below at rates of exchange on 9 February 2006, which is the date on which the proposed dividends were announced. The actual amounts payable in US dollars will be calculated by reference to the exchange rates on the day on which the dividends are approved (8 May 2006 in the case of NV and 9 May 2006 in the case of PLC).

The dividend timetable for 2006 is shown on page 189.

NV Dividends             
  2005 2004 2003 2002 2001  










 
Interim dividend per €0.51 €0.66   €0.63   0.59   0.55   0.50  
Exchange rate $ to €1 1.1992   1.2784   1.1673   0.9820   0.9097  
Interim dividend per €0.51 (US registry) $0.791472   $0.805392   $0.688707   $0.540100   $0.454850  
                     
Final dividend per €0.51 €1.32   €1.26   1.15   €1.15   1.06  
Final exchange rate $ to €1 1.1948   1.2854   1.1857   1.1427   0.9088  
Final dividend per €0.51 (US registry) $1.577136   $1.619604   $1.363555   $1.314105   $0.963328  










 

 

PLC Dividends          
  2005   2004   2003   2002   2001  










 
Interim dividend per 1.4p 6.77p   6.33p   6.16p   5.21p   4.65p  
Exchange rate $ to £1 1.7648   1.8382   1.6910   1.5580   1.4527  
Interim dividend per 5.6p $0.4779   $0.4654   $0.4167   $0.3247   $0.2702  
                     
Final dividend per 1.4p 13.54p   12.82p   11.92p   10.83p   9.89p  
Final exchange rate $ to £1 1.7427   1.8835   1.7722   1.6065   1.4591  
Final dividend per 5.6p $0.9438   $0.9658   $0.8449   $0.6959   $0.5772  










 

 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 187

Back to Contents

Glossary


The following is intended to provide a general guide, particularly for United States readers, as to the meanings of various terms which may be used in this report.

Term used in this report US equivalent or brief description


Accounts Financial statements


Associate A business which is not a subsidiary or a joint venture, but in which the Group has
  a shareholding and exercises significant influence


Called up share capital Ordinary shares, issued and fully paid


Creditors Accounts payable/Payables


Creditors: amounts due after more than one year Long-term accounts payable


Creditors: amounts due within one year Current accounts payable


Debtors Accounts receivable/Receivables


Finance lease Capital lease


Freehold Ownership with absolute rights in perpetuity


Gearing Leverage


Group, or consolidated, accounts Consolidated financial statements


Finance cost Interest expense


Finance income Interest income


Joint venture A business which is jointly controlled by the Group and one or more
  external partners


Nominal value Par value


Operating margin Operating profit expressed as a percentage of turnover


Operating profit Net operating income


Profit Income (or earnings)


Profit and loss account Income statement


Profit attributable to ordinary shareholders Net income attributable to ordinary stockholders


Profit retained Retained earnings


Provisions Liabilities other than debt and specific accounts payable


Reserves Stockholders’ equity other than paid-up capital


Share capital Capital stock or common stock


Share option Stock option


Share premium account Additional paid-in capital relating to proceeds of sale of stock in excess of par value
  or paid-in surplus


Shareholders’ equity Stockholders’ equity


Shares in issue Shares outstanding


Statement of recognised income and expense Statement of comprehensive income


Turnover Sales revenues


Weighted average cost of capital The cost of equity multiplied by the market capitalisation, plus the after taxation
  interest cost of debt multiplied by the market value of the net debt, divided by the
  sum of the market values of debt and equity


 

188 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Shareholder information

Financial calendar and addresses

 

Annual General Meetings  


NV 09:30 am Monday 8 May 2006 Rotterdam


PLC 11:00 am Tuesday 9 May 2006 London



Announcements of results        





First Quarter 4 May 2006   Third Quarter      2 November 2006
First Half Year 3 August 2006   Final for Year 8 February 2007





 
Dividends on ordinary capital

Final for 2005

Announced 9 February 2006 and to be declared 8 May 2006 (NV) and 9 May 2006 (PLC).

 
  Ex-dividend Record Payment
  date date date




NV 10 May 2006 9 May 2006 12 June 2006
PLC 17 May 2006 19 May 2006 12 June 2006
NV – New York Shares 10 May 2006 12 May 2006 12 June 2006
PLC – American Depositary Receipts 17 May 2006 19 May 2006 12 June 2006




       
Interim for 2006      
To be announced 02 November 2006.      
  Ex-dividend Record Payment
  date date date




NV 3 November 2006 2 November 2006 4 December 2006
PLC 8 November 2006 10 November 2006 4 December 2006
NV – New York Shares 3 November 2006 7 November 2006 4 December 2006
PLC – American Depositary Receipts 8 November 2006 10 November 2006 4 December 2006




         
Preferential dividends - NV        






      Ex-dividend Record Payment
    Announced date date date






4% Cumulative Preference 8 December 2006 11 December 2006 8 December 2006 2 January 2007
6% Cumulative Preference 8 September 2006 11 September 2006 8 September 2006 2 October 2006
7% Cumulative Preference 8 September 2006 11 September 2006 8 September 2006 2 October 2006






     
Contact details    
Rotterdam London New York



Unilever N.V. Unilever PLC Unilever United States, Inc.
Corporate Relations Department Corporate Relations Department Investor Relations Department
Weena 455, PO Box 760 PO Box 68, Unilever House 700 Sylvan Avenue, Englewood Cliffs
3000 DK Rotterdam Blackfriars, London EC4P 4BQ NJ 07632
     
Telephone +31 (0)10 217 4000 Telephone +44 (0)20 7822 5252 Telephone +1 (0)201 894 2806
Telefax      +31 (0)10 217 4798 Telefax      + 44 (0)20 7822 6191 Telefax      + 1 (0)201 894 2222
     
Any queries can also be sent to us electronically via www.unilever.com/resources/contactus.asp.  



 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 189

Back to Contents

Website

 

Shareholders are encouraged to visit our website www.unilever.com, which has a wealth of information about Unilever.

There is a section designed specifically for investors at www.unilever.com/investorcentre. It includes detailed coverage of the Unilever share price, our quarterly and annual results, performance charts, financial news and investor relations speeches and presentations. It also includes conference and investor/analyst presentations.

You can also view this year’s and prior years’ Annual Review and Annual Report and Accounts documents at www.unilever.com/investorcentre.

PLC shareholders can elect not to receive paper copies of the Annual Review, the Annual Report and Accounts and other shareholder documents by registering at www.unilever.com/shareholderservices if they prefer to view these on our website.

Publications

Copies of the following publications can be accessed directly or ordered through www.unilever.com/investorcentre or www.unilever.nl/onsbedrijf/beleggers.

Unilever Annual Review 2005
Including Summary Financial Statement. Available in English or Dutch, with financial information in euros, pounds sterling and US dollars.

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005
Available in English or Dutch, with figures in euros. It forms the basis for the Form 20-F that is filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Quarterly Results Announcements
Available in English or Dutch, with figures in euros; supplements in English, with pounds sterling or US dollar figures, are also available.

Share registration

 

The Netherlands
N.V. Algemeen Nederlands Trustkantoor ANT
PO Box 11063
1001 GB Amsterdam

Telephone + 31 (0) 20 522 2555
Telefax + 31 (0) 20 522 2500
e-mail registers@ant-trust.nl 

UK
Computershare Investor Services PLC
PO Box 82
The Pavilions
Bridgwater Road
Bristol BS99 7NH

Telephone +  44 (0)  870 600 3977
Telefax +  44 (0)  870 703 6119
Website www.unilever.com/shareholderservices

USA
Citibank Shareholder Services
PO Box 43077
Providence   RI 02940-3077

Toll free phone (inside US) 888 502 6356  
Toll phone (outside US) +1 (0)816 843 4281
Website www.citibank.com/adr  

 

190 Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005

Back to Contents

Cross reference to Form 20-F

 

PART I  
     
1    Identity of directors, senior management and advisers n/a
     
2 Offer statistics and expected timetable n/a
     
3 Key information  
3A Selected financial data 124, 152-156, 188
3B Capitalization and indebtedness n/a
3C Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds n/a
3D Risk factors 31-32
     
4   Information on the company  
4A History and development of 4, 10-14, 34, 188
    the company  
4B Business overview 10-14, 26-30
4C Organisational structure 34-40, 167-168
4D Property, plant and equipment 14
     
4A Unresolved staff comments n/a
     
5   Operating and financial review and prospects  
5A Operating results 16-30
5B Liquidity and capital resources 16-25, 74, 105-114
5C Research and development, patents and  
    licences, etc. 10-14, 26-30, 93
5D Trend information 5-7, 16-30
5E Off balance sheet arrangements 24, 110-113
5F Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations 23-24
5G Safe harbour 4
     
6   Directors, senior management and employees  
6A Directors and senior management 34-50
6B Compensation 53-69, 114-122, 132-143
6C Board practices 34-50, 52-69
6D Employees 10-11
6E Share ownership 53-69, 132-141
     
7   Major shareholders and related party transactions  
7A Major shareholders 44, 180
7B Related party transactions 13, 142
7C Interests of experts and counsel n/a
     
8    Financial information  
8A Consolidated statements  
    and other financial information 78-166, 186
8B Significant changes 25, 143
     
9   The offer and listing  
9A Offer and listing details 182-183
9B Plan of distribution n/a
9C Markets 2, 182-183
9D Selling shareholders n/a
9E Dilution n/a
9F Expenses of the issue n/a
10 Additional information  
10A Share capital n/a
10B Memorandum and articles of association 34-44, 124-125, 173
10C Material contracts 34, 41-43
10D Exchange controls 182
10E Taxation 184-185
10F Dividends and paying agents n/a
10G Statement by experts n/a
10H Documents on display 161
10I Subsidiary information n/a
     
11    Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk   32, 86-87, 105-113
     
12 Description of securities other than equity securities n/a
   
PART II  
     
13 Defaults, dividend arrearages and delinquencies n/a
     
14    Material modifications to the rights of security holders and use of proceeds   n/a
     
15 Controls and procedures 74
     
16 Reserved  
16A Audit Committee financial expert 39
16B Code of Ethics 34, 47-48
16C Principal accountant fees and services 70-71, 93
16D Exemptions from the Listing Standards for  
    Audit Committees n/a
16E Purchases of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated purchasers 181
     
PART III 
     
17 Financial statements n/a
     
18 Financial statements 78-151, 157-166
     
19 Exhibits*  

 

*Filed with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

Unilever’s agent in the United States is Mr R Soiefer, Senior Vice-President, General Counsel and Secretary, Unilever United States, Inc., 700 Sylvan Avenue, Englewood Cliffs, NJ 07632.


 

Unilever Annual Report and Accounts 2005 191

Back to Contents

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
  Designed and produced by Addison Corporate Marketing
Photography by Igor Emmerich
Typeset by Pauffley, London
Printed by St Ives Westerham Press under ISO 14001 environmental accreditation.
All paper used in the production of this report is recyclable and bio degradable and
contains 50% recovered fibre. The paper was manufactured under ISO 9002 and
ISO 14001 environmental accreditation.

Back to Contents

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unilever N. V.
Weena 455, PO Box 760
3000 DK Rotterdam
The Netherlands
T  +31 (0)10 217 4000
F  +31 (0)10 217 4798

Unilever PLC
PO Box 68, Unilever House
Blackfriars, London EC4P 4BQ
United Kingdom
T  +44 (0)20 7822 5252
F  +44 (0)20 7822 5951

Unilever PLC registered office
Unilever PLC
Port Sunlight
Wirral
Merseyside CH62 4ZD
United Kingdom

 

www.unilever.com



Back to Contents

SIGNATURES

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorised the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on its behalf.

Unilever PLC.
(Registrant)

 

/s/ S G Williams  

 
(Signature)  
S G Williams, Joint Secretary  



Date: 29 March 2006


Back to Contents

Item 19. Exhibits


Exhibit Number Description of Exhibit

1.1 Memorandum and Articles of Association of Unilever PLC, as amended
 
2.1 Indenture dated as of August 1, 2000, among Unilever Capital Corporation, Unilever N.V., Unilever PLC, Unilever United States, Inc. and The Bank of New York, as Trustee, relating to Guaranteed Debt Securities 1
 
2.2 Trust Deed dated as of July 22, 1994, among Unilever N.V., Unilever PLC, Unilever Capital Corporation, Unilever United States, Inc. and The Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c., relating to Guaranteed Debt Securities 2
 
4.1 Equalisation Agreement between Unilever N.V. and Unilever PLC 3
 
4.2 Service Contracts of the Executive Directors of Unilever PLC
 
4.3 Letters regarding compensation of Executive Directors for Unilever PLC
 
4.4 Unilever North America 2002 Omnibus Equity Compensation Plan 4
 
4.5 The Unilever PLC International 1997 Executive Share Option Scheme 5
 
4.6 The Unilever Long Term Incentive Plan 6
 
7.1 Computation of Ratio of earnings to fixed charges and Return on invested capital 7
 
8.1 List of Subsidiaries 8
 
10.1 Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers Accountants N.V. and PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
 
12.1 Certifications of the Group Chief Executive and Financial Director/Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
 
13.1 Certifications of the Group Chief Executive and Financial Director/Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Certain instruments which define rights of holders of long-term debt of the Company and its subsidiaries are not being filed because the total amount of securities authorized under each such instrument does not exceed 10% of the total consolidated assets of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Company and its subsidiaries hereby agree to furnish a copy of each such instrument to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.


   
1 Incorporated by reference to the Form 6-K furnished to the SEC on October 23, 2000.
2 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.2 of Form 20-F filed with the SEC on March 28, 2002.
3 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of Form 20-F filed with the SEC on March 27, 2003.
4 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 of Form S-8 filed with the SEC on February 27, 2003.
5 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 of Form 20-F filed with the SEC on March 28, 2002.
6 Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 of Form 20-F filed with the SEC on March 28, 2002.
7 The required information is set forth on page 152 of the Annual Report and Accounts on Form 20-F.
8 The required information is set forth on pages 167-168 of the Annual Report and Accounts on Form 20-F.